WO2015096037A1 - Trigger signal sending and receiving method, device, and system - Google Patents

Trigger signal sending and receiving method, device, and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015096037A1
WO2015096037A1 PCT/CN2013/090339 CN2013090339W WO2015096037A1 WO 2015096037 A1 WO2015096037 A1 WO 2015096037A1 CN 2013090339 W CN2013090339 W CN 2013090339W WO 2015096037 A1 WO2015096037 A1 WO 2015096037A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
information
signal
trigger signal
transmission point
discovery signal
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2013/090339
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
官磊
薛丽霞
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to CN201380033691.9A priority Critical patent/CN105052212B/en
Priority to PCT/CN2013/090339 priority patent/WO2015096037A1/en
Publication of WO2015096037A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015096037A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02Power saving arrangements
    • H04W52/0203Power saving arrangements in the radio access network or backbone network of wireless communication networks
    • H04W52/0206Power saving arrangements in the radio access network or backbone network of wireless communication networks in access points, e.g. base stations
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/08Access restriction or access information delivery, e.g. discovery data delivery
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The embodiments of the present invention provide a trigger signal sending and receiving method, device, and system, relating to the field of communications and used for triggering, without requiring the aid of a macro base station, a transmission point to provide service to a user equipment (UE), thus enhancing user experience. The method comprises: the UE detecting a discovery signal sent by the transmission point (101); said UE obtaining trigger signal configuration information according to said discovery signal (102); according to said trigger signal configuration information, said UE sending said trigger signal to said transmission point (103); said trigger signal carrying first information; said first information comprising at least one of: reception power information of said discovery signal, and transmission power information, power offset information, and first timing offset information of said trigger signal. The present invention is suitable for triggering a micro base station or a pico base station.

Description

一种触发信号的发送及接收方法、 装置及系统 技术领域  Method, device and system for transmitting and receiving trigger signal
本发明涉及通信领域, 尤其涉及一种触发信号的发送及接收方 法、 装置及系统。  The present invention relates to the field of communications, and in particular, to a method and device for transmitting and receiving a trigger signal.
背景技术 Background technique
随着通信网络的发展, LTE ( Long Term Evolution, 长期演 进) 系统中, 异构网络架构逐渐成为主流架构。 在异构网络架构中, 在一个宏基站的覆盖范围内, 部署多个微基站或微微基站。 这样, 可以通过宏基站为 UE ( User Equipment, 用户设备 ) 提供实时的数 据业务和无线资源控制信息等, 通过微基站或微微基站为 UE提供高 速率的数据业务。 由于每个微基站或微微基站的覆盖范围较小, 所 以在每个微基站或微微基站的覆盖范围内 UE的数量有限, 甚至在微 基站或微微基站的覆盖范围内, 没有 UE存在。 当微基站或微微基站 没有服务的 UE时, 微基站或微微基站可以关闭, 这样可以降低对其 他微基站或微微基站的干扰。  With the development of communication networks, in the LTE (Long Term Evolution) system, the heterogeneous network architecture has gradually become the mainstream architecture. In a heterogeneous network architecture, multiple micro base stations or pico base stations are deployed within the coverage of one macro base station. In this way, the macro base station can provide real-time data services and radio resource control information for the UE (User Equipment), and provide high-speed data services for the UE through the micro base station or the pico base station. Since the coverage of each micro base station or pico base station is small, the number of UEs within the coverage of each micro base station or pico base station is limited, and even within the coverage of the micro base station or the pico base station, no UE exists. When the micro base station or the pico base station has no serving UE, the micro base station or the pico base station can be turned off, so that interference with other micro base stations or pico base stations can be reduced.
在现有技术中, 当微基站或微微基站关闭后, 开启微基站或微 微基站的方法如下, 宏基站配置关闭的微基站或微微基站以较长的 周期广播 DRS ( Discovery Reference Signal , 发现参考信号), 并 且触发 UE基于 DRS对关闭的微基站或微微基站进行测量, 并将测量 结果上报给宏基站, 以便宏基站根据此测量结果决定是否开启此微 基站或微微基站。  In the prior art, when the micro base station or the pico base station is turned off, the method of turning on the micro base station or the pico base station is as follows: the macro base station configures the closed micro base station or the pico base station to broadcast the DRS (Discovered Reference Signal) in a long period. And triggering the UE to measure the closed micro base station or the pico base station based on the DRS, and report the measurement result to the macro base station, so that the macro base station determines whether to turn on the micro base station or the pico base station according to the measurement result.
在实现上述将关闭的微基站重新开启的过程中, 必须由宏基站 的参与。 当 UE没有在宏基站的覆盖范围内时, 无法及时将关闭的微 基站重新开启为 UE提供服务, 降低了用户体验。  In the process of implementing the above-mentioned micro base station to be turned off, it is necessary to participate by the macro base station. When the UE is not in the coverage of the macro base station, the closed micro base station cannot be re-enabled to provide services to the UE in time, thereby reducing the user experience.
发明内容 Summary of the invention
本发明的实施例提供一种触发信号的发送及接收方法、 装置及 系统, 实现无需宏基站辅助的情况下, 触发基站为 UE提供服务, 提 高用户体验。 为达到上述目 的, 本发明的实施例釆用如下技术方案: The embodiments of the present invention provide a method, a device, and a system for transmitting and receiving a trigger signal, which enable the base station to provide services for the UE without the assistance of the macro base station, thereby improving the user experience. In order to achieve the above object, embodiments of the present invention use the following technical solutions:
第一方面, 本发明实施例提供了一种触发信号的发送方法, 包 括: 用户设备 UE检测传输点发送的发现信号; 所述 UE根据所述发 现信号获取触发信号的配置信息; 所述 UE根据所述触发信号的配置 信息, 向所述传输点发送所述触发信号; 其中, 所述触发信号中携 带有第一信息; 所述第一信息包括: 所述发现信号的接收功率信息、 所述触发信号的发送功率信息、 功率偏移量信息及第一定时偏移信 息中的至少一种; 所述功率偏移量是指所述触发信号的发送功率与 所述发现信号的发送功率间的偏移值; 所述第一定时偏移信息是指 所述 UE接收所述发现信号与发送所述触发信号间的时间间隔。  In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a method for transmitting a trigger signal, including: a user equipment UE detects a discovery signal sent by a transmission point; and the UE acquires configuration information of a trigger signal according to the discovery signal; The triggering signal is configured to send the triggering signal to the transmission point, where the triggering signal carries the first information; the first information includes: the received power information of the discovery signal, the At least one of transmit power information, power offset information, and first timing offset information of the trigger signal; the power offset is between the transmit power of the trigger signal and the transmit power of the discovery signal Offset value; the first timing offset information refers to a time interval between the UE receiving the discovery signal and transmitting the trigger signal.
在第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,在所述第一信息包括: 所述发现信号的接收功率信息的情况下, 在所述 U E根据所述触发信 号的配置信息, 向所述传输点发送所述触发信号之前, 还包括: 所 述 UE根据所述发现信号, 获取所述发现信号的接收功率信息。  In a first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a case that the first information includes: the received power information of the discovery signal, the UE is configured according to the configuration information of the trigger signal to the Before the transmitting point sends the trigger signal, the method further includes: acquiring, by the UE, the received power information of the discovery signal according to the discovery signal.
结合第一方面, 或第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第一 方面的第二种可能的实现方式中, 在所述第一信息包括: 所述第一 定时偏移信息的情况下, 在所述 U E根据所述触发信号的配置信息, 向所述传输点发送所述触发信号之前, 还包括: 所述 UE根据接收所 述发现信号的时间与发送所述触发信号的时间, 确定所述第一定时 偏移信息。  With reference to the first aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first information includes: the first timing offset information And before the sending, by the UE, the trigger signal to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal, the method further includes: a time when the UE receives the discovery signal and a time when the trigger signal is sent, Determining the first timing offset information.
结合第一方面, 或第一方面的第一或第二种可能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, 在所述第一信息包括: 所 述功率偏移量信息的情况下, 在所述 UE根据所述触发信号的配置信 息, 向所述传输点发送所述触发信号之前, 还包括: 所述 U E根据发 现信号的发送功率信息, 及所述触发信号的发送功率信息, 确定所 述功率偏移量信息; 其中, 所述发现信号中携带有所述发现信号的 发送功率信息。  With reference to the first aspect, or the first or second possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first information includes: the power offset information In the case that the UE sends the trigger signal to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal, the method further includes: sending power information of the UE according to the discovery signal, and sending the trigger signal The power information is used to determine the power offset information. The discovery signal carries the transmit power information of the discovery signal.
结合第一方面, 或第一方面的第一至第三任一种可能的实现方 式, 在第一方面的第四种可能的实现方式中, 在所述 UE根据所述发 现信号获取所述触发信号的配置信息之前, 还包括: 所述 UE获取所 述发现信号的配置信息; 所述 U E确定所述发现信号的配置信息与所 述触发信号的配置信息之间的对应关系; 所述 UE根据所述发现信号 获取所述触发信号的配置信息包括: 所述 UE根据所述发现信号的配 置信息和所述对应关系, 获取所述触发信号的配置信息。 With reference to the first aspect, or any one of the first to the third possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, Before the configuration information of the trigger signal is obtained, the method further includes: the UE acquiring configuration information of the discovery signal; and determining, by the UE, a correspondence between configuration information of the discovery signal and configuration information of the trigger signal And the acquiring, by the UE, the configuration information of the trigger signal according to the discovery signal, that: the UE acquires configuration information of the trigger signal according to the configuration information of the discovery signal and the corresponding relationship.
结合第一方面, 或第一方面的第一至第四任一种可能的实现方 式, 在第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述触发信号包括: 触发参考信号或上行数据包信号。  With reference to the first aspect, or any one of the first to the fourth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the fifth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the trigger signal includes: a trigger reference signal or an uplink data packet signal.
结合第一方面的第五种可能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第六种 可能的实现方式中, 在所述触发信号包括: 所述触发参考信号的情 况下, 所述触发信号的配置信息包括: 候选序列和 /或时频资源; 在 所述触发信号包括: 所述上行数据包信号的情况下, 所述触发信号 的配置信息包括: 调制编码方式, 载荷大小和时频资源中的至少一 种。  With reference to the fifth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the configuration information of the trigger signal in a case that the trigger signal includes: the trigger reference signal The method includes: a candidate sequence and/or a time-frequency resource; where the trigger signal includes: the uplink data packet signal, the configuration information of the trigger signal includes: a modulation coding mode, a payload size, and at least a time-frequency resource. One.
结合第一方面的第六种可能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第七种 可能的实现方式中, 在所述 UE根据所述发现信号获取触发信号的配 置信息之前, 还包括: 所述 U E根据所述发现信号, 获取所述发现信 号的发送功率信息; 所述 UE根据所述发现信号的发送功率信息及所 述发现信号的接收功率信息, 确定路径损耗; 所述 UE根据所述发现 信号获取触发信号的配置信息包括: 所述 UE根据所述路径损耗, 确 定发送触发信号的发送功率信息; 其中, 所述触发信号的配置信息 还包括: 所述触发信号的发送功率信息。  With the sixth possible implementation of the first aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, before the acquiring, by the UE, the configuration information of the trigger signal according to the discovery signal, the method further includes: Obtaining, according to the discovery signal, the transmit power information of the discovery signal; the UE determining a path loss according to the transmit power information of the discovery signal and the received power information of the discovery signal; Obtaining the configuration information of the trigger signal includes: determining, by the UE, the sending power information of the sending trigger signal according to the path loss, where the configuration information of the trigger signal further includes: sending power information of the trigger signal.
结合第一方面, 或第一方面的第一至第七任一种可能的实现方 式, 在第一方面的第八种可能的实现方式中, 在所述 UE根据所述触 发信号的配置信息, 向所述传输点发送所述触发信号之前, 还包括: 所述 UE根据所述发现信号, 获取所述发现信号的发送功率信息; 所 述 UE 根据所述发现信号的发送功率信息及所述发现信号的接收功 率信息, 确定路径损耗; 所述 UE根据所述路径损耗, 确定发送触发 信号的发送功率信息; 所述 UE根据所述触发信号的配置信息, 向所 述传输点发送所述触发信号包括: 所述 UE根据所述触发信号的配置 信息及所述触发信号的发送功率信息, 向所述传输点发送所述触发 信号。 With reference to the first aspect, or any one of the first to the seventh possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in an eighth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the configuration information of the UE according to the trigger signal, Before transmitting the trigger signal to the transmission point, the method further includes: acquiring, by the UE, transmission power information of the discovery signal according to the discovery signal; and sending, by the UE, the transmission power information of the discovery signal and the discovery The received power information of the signal is used to determine the path loss; the UE determines the transmit power information of the transmit trigger signal according to the path loss; and the UE according to the configuration information of the trigger signal The transmitting, by the transmission point, the triggering signal includes: sending, by the UE, the trigger signal to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal and the sending power information of the trigger signal.
结合第一方面, 或第一方面的第一至第八任一种可能的实现方 式, 在第一方面的第九种可能的实现方式中, 所述发现信号还携带 有所述传输点的状态信息, 所述状态信息指示所述传输点是否能够 被所述 UE通过发送所述触发信号的方式来触发; 所述 UE根据所述 触发信号的配置信息, 向所述传输点发送所述触发信号包括: 在所 述状态信息指示所述传输点能够被所述 U E 通过发送所述触发信号 的方式来触发时, 所述 U E根据所述触发信号的配置信息, 向所述传 输点发送所述触发信号。  With reference to the first aspect, or any one of the first to eighth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the ninth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the discovery signal further carries a state of the transmission point Information, the status information indicating whether the transmission point can be triggered by the UE by sending the trigger signal; the UE sending the trigger signal to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal The method includes: when the status information indicates that the transmission point is triggered by the UE by sending the trigger signal, the UE sends the trigger to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal. signal.
结合第一方面, 或第一方面的第一至第九任一种可能的实现方 式, 在第一方面的第十种可能的实现方式中, 所述发现信号包括: 发现参考信号或下行数据包信号。  With reference to the first aspect, or any one of the first to the ninth possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the tenth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the discovery signal includes: the discovery reference signal or the downlink data packet signal.
结合第一方面的第十种可能的实现方式, 在第一方面的第十一 种可能的实现方式中, 在所述发现信号包括: 所述发现参考信号的 情况下, 所述发现信号的配置信息包括: 候选序列和 /或时频资源; 在所述发现信号包括: 所述下行数据包信号的情况下, 所述发现信 号的配置信息包括: 调制编码方式, 载荷大小和时频资源中的至少 一种。  With reference to the tenth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, in the eleventh possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the configuration of the discovery signal, where the discovery signal includes: the discovery reference signal The information includes: a candidate sequence and/or a time-frequency resource; where the discovery signal includes: the downlink data packet signal, the configuration information of the discovery signal includes: a modulation and coding mode, a payload size, and a time-frequency resource. At least one.
结合第一方面, 或第一方面的第一至第十一任一种可能的实现 方式, 在第一方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中, 在所述 UE根据所 述触发信号的配置信息, 向所述传输点发送所述触发信号之后, 还 包括: 所述 U E接收所述传输点发送的所述触发信号的响应消息。  With reference to the first aspect, or any one of the first to eleventh possible implementation manners of the first aspect, in the twelfth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the configuration of the UE according to the trigger signal After the sending the trigger signal to the transmission point, the method further includes: receiving, by the UE, a response message of the trigger signal sent by the transmission point.
第二方面, 本发明实施例提供了一种触发信号的接收方法, 包 括: 传输点确定发现信号的配置信息并根据所述发现信号的配置信 息向用户设备 UE发送所述发现信号; 所述传输点确定触发信号的配 置信息, 并根据所述触发信号的配置信息接收 UE发送的所述触发信 号; 其中, 所述触发信号中携带有第一信息; 所述第一信息包括: 所述发现信号的接收功率信息、 所述触发信号的发送功率信息、 功 率偏移量信息及第一定时偏移信息中的至少一种; 所述功率偏移量 是指所述触发信号的发送功率与所述发现信号的发送功率间的偏移 值; 所述第一定时偏移信息是指所述 UE接收所述发现信号与发送所 述触发信号间的时间间隔; 所述传输点从所述触发信号中获取所述 第一信息; 在所述传输点处于休眠态时, 所述传输点根据所述第一 信息, 所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态; 和 /或; 在所述传输点处 于激活态时, 所述传输点根据所述第一信息调大第一发送功率; 其 中, 所述第一发送功率是所述传输点发送公共信号时釆用的功率。 In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a method for receiving a trigger signal, including: a transmission point determining configuration information of a discovery signal, and transmitting the discovery signal to a user equipment UE according to configuration information of the discovery signal; Determining the configuration information of the trigger signal, and receiving the trigger signal sent by the UE according to the configuration information of the trigger signal; wherein the trigger signal carries the first information; the first information includes: At least one of received power information of the discovery signal, transmission power information of the trigger signal, power offset information, and first timing offset information; the power offset refers to transmission of the trigger signal An offset value between the power and the transmit power of the discovery signal; the first timing offset information is a time interval between the UE receiving the discovery signal and transmitting the trigger signal; Obtaining the first information in the trigger signal; when the transmission point is in a sleep state, the transmission point is switched from a sleep state to an active state according to the first information; and/or; When the transmission point is in an active state, the transmission point increases the first transmission power according to the first information; wherein, the first transmission power is power used when the transmission point sends a common signal.
在第二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,在所述第一信息包括: 所述发现信号的接收功率信息的情况下, 所述传输点根据所述第 ― 信息, 所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态包括: 所述传输点根据所 述发现信号的接收功率信息, 及所述发现信号的发送功率信息, 确 定所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗; 所述传输点根据所述传输 点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态; 和 /或, 所述传输点根据所述第一信息调大所述第一发送功率包括: 所述传输点根据所述发现信号的接收功率信息, 及所述发现信号的 发送功率信息, 确定所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗; 所述传 输点根据所述传输点和所述 U E之间的路径损耗, 调大所述第一发送 功率。  In a first possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in the case that the first information includes: the received power information of the discovery signal, the transmission point is, according to the first information, the transmission point is The switching between the dormant state and the active state includes: determining, by the transmission point, a path loss between the transmission point and the UE according to the received power information of the discovery signal and the transmit power information of the discovery signal; According to a path loss between the transmission point and the UE, the transmission point is switched from a dormant state to an active state; and/or, the transmission point increases the first transmit power according to the first information. The transmission point determines a path loss between the transmission point and the UE according to the received power information of the discovery signal and the transmission power information of the discovery signal; the transmission point is according to the transmission point The path loss between the UE and the UE is increased by the first transmit power.
结合第二方面, 在第二方面的第二种可能的实现方式中, 在所 述第一信息包括: 所述触发信号的发送功率信息的情况下, 所述传 输点根据所述第一信息, 所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态包括: 所述传输点根据所述触发信号的发送功率信息, 及接收所述触发信 号时获取的所述触发信号的接收功率信息, 确定所述传输点和所述 UE 之间的路径损耗; 所述传输点根据所述传输点和所述 UE 之间的 路径损耗, 所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态; 和 /或, 所述传输点 根据所述第一信息调大所述第一发送功率包括: 所述传输点根据所 述触发信号的发送功率信息, 及接收所述触发信号时获取的所述触 发信号的接收功率信息, 确定所述传输点和所述 UE 之间的路径损 耗; 所述传输点根据所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 调大所 述第一发送功率。 With reference to the second aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in a case that the first information includes: sending power information of the trigger signal, the transmission point is according to the first information, The switching of the transmission point from the dormant state to the active state includes: determining, by the transmission point, the transmission point according to the transmit power information of the trigger signal and the received power information of the trigger signal acquired when the trigger signal is received And a path loss between the UE and the UE, the transmission point is switched from a sleep state to an active state according to a path loss between the transmission point and the UE; and/or, the transmission point is according to The first information is increased by the first information, and the first transmission power is: the transmission power information of the transmission point according to the trigger signal, and the touch acquired when the trigger signal is received Transmitting received power information, determining a path loss between the transmission point and the UE; the transmission point increases the first transmission power according to a path loss between the transmission point and the UE.
结合第二方面, 在第二方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, 在所 述第一信息包括: 所述功率偏移量信息的情况下, 所述传输点根据 所述第一信息, 所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态包括: 所述传输 点根据所述功率偏移量信息, 及所述发现信号的发送功率信息, 确 定所述触发信号的发送功率信息; 所述传输点根据所述触发信号的 发送功率信息, 及接收所述触发信号时获取的所述触发信号的接收 功率信息, 确定所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗; 所述传输点 根据所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 所述传输点由休眠态切 换至激活态; 和 /或, 所述传输点根据所述第一信息调大所述第一发 送功率包括: 所述传输点根据所述功率偏移量信息, 及所述发现信 号的发送功率信息, 确定所述触发信号的发送功率信息; 所述传输 点根据所述触发信号的发送功率信息, 及接收所述触发信号时获取 的所述触发信号的接收功率信息, 确定所述传输点和所述 UE之间的 路径损耗; 所述传输点根据所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 调大所述第一发送功率。  With reference to the second aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in a case that the first information includes: the power offset information, the transmission point is according to the first information, The switching of the transmission point from the dormant state to the active state includes: the transmission point determining, according to the power offset information, and the transmit power information of the discovery signal, the transmit power information of the trigger signal; a transmission power information of the trigger signal, and received power information of the trigger signal acquired when the trigger signal is received, determining a path loss between the transmission point and the UE; the transmission point is according to the transmission a path loss between the point and the UE, the transmission point is switched from a dormant state to an active state; and/or, the transmitting point amplifies the first transmit power according to the first information, including: the transmitting Determining, according to the power offset information, and the transmit power information of the discovery signal, transmit power information of the trigger signal; Sending power information of the signal, and receiving power information of the trigger signal acquired when the trigger signal is received, determining a path loss between the transmission point and the UE; the transmission point is according to the transmission point and The path loss between the UEs increases the first transmit power.
结合第二方面, 在第二方面的第四种可能的实现方式中, 在所 述第一信息包括: 第一定时偏移信息的情况下, 所述传输点根据所 述第一信息, 所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态包括: 所述传输点 根据所述发现信号的发送时刻, 所述第一定时偏移信息, 及接收所 述触发信号的接收时刻, 确定所述传输点与所述 UE间的传输距离; 所述传输点根据所述传输点和所述 UE之间的传输距离, 所述传输点 由休眠态切换至激活态; 和 /或, 所述传输点根据所述第一信息调大 所述第一发送功率包括: 所述传输点根据所述发现信号的发送时刻, 所述第一定时偏移信息, 及接收所述触发信号的接收时刻, 确定所 述传输点与所述 UE 间的传输距离; 所述传输点根据所述传输点和所 述 UE之间的传输距离, 调大所述第一发送功率。 结合第二方面, 或第二方面的第一至第四任一种可能的实现方 式, 在第二方面的第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述发现信号中携带 有发现信号的发送功率信息。 With reference to the second aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in the case that the first information includes: first timing offset information, the transmission point is according to the first information, The switching of the transmission point from the dormant state to the active state includes: determining, by the transmission point, the transmission point and the location according to the sending moment of the discovery signal, the first timing offset information, and the receiving moment of receiving the trigger signal Transmitting a distance between the UEs; the transmission point is switched from a dormant state to an active state according to a transmission distance between the transmission point and the UE; and/or, the transmission point is according to the The first transmission power is increased by the information: the transmission point determines the transmission point according to the transmission time of the discovery signal, the first timing offset information, and the reception time of receiving the trigger signal. a transmission distance between the UEs; the transmission point increases the first transmission power according to a transmission distance between the transmission point and the UE. With reference to the second aspect, or any one of the first to the fourth possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in the fifth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the discovery signal carries the transmit power information of the discovery signal .
结合第二方面, 或第二方面的第一至第五任一种可能的实现方 式, 在第二方面的第六种可能的实现方式中, 所述发现信号携带有 所述传输点的状态信息, 所述状态信息指示所述传输点是否能够被 所述 UE通过发送所述触发信号的方式来触发。  With reference to the second aspect, or any one of the first to fifth possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the discovery signal carries status information of the transmission point And the status information indicates whether the transmission point can be triggered by the UE by sending the trigger signal.
结合第二方面, 或第二方面的第一至第六任一种可能的实现方 式, 在第二方面的第七种可能的实现方式中, 在所述传输点确定触 发信号的配置信息之前, 还包括: 所述传输点确定所述发现信号的 配置信息与所述触发信号的配置信息之间具有对应关系; 所述传输 点确定触发信号的配置信息, 包括: 所述传输点根据所述发现信号 的配置信, I.和所述对应关系确定所述触发信号的配置信息。  With reference to the second aspect, or any one of the first to the sixth possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in the seventh possible implementation manner of the second aspect, before the transmission point determines the configuration information of the trigger signal, The transmission point determines that the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration information of the trigger signal have a corresponding relationship; the transmission point determines the configuration information of the trigger signal, and the method includes: the transmission point is according to the discovery The configuration information of the signal, I. and the corresponding relationship determine configuration information of the trigger signal.
结合第二方面, 或第二方面的第一至第七任一种可能的实现方 式, 在第二方面的第八种可能的实现方式中, 所述触发信号包括: 触发参考信号或上行数据包信号。  With reference to the second aspect, or any one of the first to the seventh possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in the eighth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the triggering signal includes: triggering a reference signal or an uplink data packet signal.
结合第二方面的第八种可能的实现方式, 在第二方面的第九种 可能的实现方式中, 在所述触发信号包括: 所述触发参考信号的情 况下, 所述触发信号的配置信息包括: 候选序列和 /或时频资源; 在 所述触发信号包括: 所述上行数据包信号的情况下, 所述触发信号 的配置信息包括: 调制编码方式, 载荷大小和时频资源中的至少一 种。  In conjunction with the eighth possible implementation of the second aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the configuration information of the trigger signal in a case where the trigger signal includes: the trigger reference signal The method includes: a candidate sequence and/or a time-frequency resource; where the trigger signal includes: the uplink data packet signal, the configuration information of the trigger signal includes: a modulation coding mode, a payload size, and at least a time-frequency resource. One.
结合第二方面, 或第二方面的第一至第九任一种可能的实现方 式, 在第二方面的第十种可能的实现方式中, 所述发现信号包括: 发现参考信号或下行数据包信号。  With reference to the second aspect, or the first to the ninth possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in the tenth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the discovery signal includes: discovering a reference signal or a downlink data packet signal.
结合第二方面的第十种可能的实现方式, 在第二方面的第十一 种可能的实现方式中, 在所述发现信号包括: 所述发现参考信号的 情况下, 所述发现信号的配置信息包括: 候选序列和 /或时频资源; 在所述发现信号包括: 所述下行数据包信号的情况下, 所述发现信 号的配置信息包括: 调制编码方式, 载荷大小和时频资源中的至少 一种。 With reference to the tenth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in an eleventh possible implementation manner of the second aspect, in the case that the discovery signal includes: the discovery reference signal, the configuration of the discovery signal The information includes: a candidate sequence and/or a time-frequency resource; where the discovery signal includes: the downlink data packet signal, the discovery signal The configuration information of the number includes: at least one of a modulation and coding mode, a payload size, and a time-frequency resource.
结合第二方面, 或第二方面的第一至第十一任一种可能的实现 方式, 在第二方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中, 在所述传输点根 据所述触发信号的配置信息接收所述 U E发送的所述触发信号之后, 还包括: 所述传输点向所述 UE发送所述触发信号的响应消息。  With reference to the second aspect, or any one of the first to eleventh possible implementation manners of the second aspect, in the twelfth possible implementation manner of the second aspect, After the configuration information receives the trigger signal sent by the UE, the method further includes: sending, by the transmission point, a response message of the trigger signal to the UE.
第三方面, 本发明实施例提供了一种用户设备 U E , 包括: 检测 单元, 用于检测传输点发送的发现信号; 获取单元, 用于根据所述 检测单元检测的所述发现信号获取触发信号的配置信息; 发送单元, 用于根据所述获取单元获取的所述触发信号的配置信息, 向所述传 输点发送所述触发信号; 其中, 所述触发信号中携带有第一信息; 所述第一信息包括: 所述发现信号的接收功率信息、 所述触发信号 的发送功率信息、 功率偏移量信息及第一定时偏移信息中的至少一 种; 所述功率偏移量是指所述触发信号的发送功率与所述发现信号 的发送功率间的偏移值; 所述第一定时偏移信息是指所述 UE接收所 述发现信号与发送所述触发信号间的时间间隔。  In a third aspect, the embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment (UE), including: a detecting unit, configured to detect a discovery signal sent by a transmission point, and an acquiring unit, configured to acquire a trigger signal according to the discovery signal detected by the detecting unit. And the sending unit, configured to send the trigger signal to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal acquired by the acquiring unit, where the trigger signal carries first information; The first information includes: at least one of received power information of the discovery signal, transmission power information of the trigger signal, power offset information, and first timing offset information; An offset value between a transmit power of the trigger signal and a transmit power of the discovery signal; the first timing offset information is a time interval between the UE receiving the discovery signal and transmitting the trigger signal.
在第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述获取单元, 还用 于在所述第一信息包括: 所述发现信号的接收功率信息的情况下, 根据所述发现信号, 获取所述发现信号的接收功率信息。  In a first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the acquiring unit is further configured to: when the first information includes: the received power information of the discovery signal, obtain the location according to the discovery signal The received power information of the discovery signal.
结合第三方面, 或第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第三 方面的第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述获取单元, 还用于在所述第 一信息包括: 所述第一定时偏移信息的情况下, 根据接收所述发现 信号的时间与发送所述触发信号的时间, 确定所述第一定时偏移信 息。  With reference to the third aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in the second possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the acquiring unit is further configured to: In the case of the first timing offset information, the first timing offset information is determined according to the time when the discovery signal is received and the time when the trigger signal is transmitted.
结合第三方面, 或第三方面的第一或第二种可能的实现方式, 在第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述获取单元, 具体用于 在所述第一信息包括: 所述功率偏移量信息的情况下, 根据所述发 现信号的发送功率信息, 及所述触发信号的发送功率信息, 确定所 述功率偏移量信息; 其中, 所述发现信号中携带有所述发现信号的 发送功率信息。 With reference to the third aspect, or the first or second possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the acquiring unit is specifically configured to include, in the first information And the power offset information is determined according to the transmit power information of the discovery signal and the transmit power information of the trigger signal; wherein the discovery signal carries Discovery signal Send power information.
结合第三方面, 或第三方面的第一至第三任一种可能的实现方 式, 在第三方面的第四种可能的实现方式中, 还包括: 所述获取单 元, 还用于获取所述发现信号的配置信息; 确定单元, 用于确定所 述发现信号的配置信息与所述触发信号的配置信息之间的对应关 系; 所述获取单元, 具体用于根据所述发现信号的配置信息和所述 确定单元确定的所述对应关系, 获取所述触发信号的配置信息。  With the third aspect, or any one of the first to the third possible implementation manners of the third aspect, the fourth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, And a determining unit, configured to determine a correspondence between configuration information of the discovery signal and configuration information of the trigger signal; the acquiring unit is specifically configured to use configuration information according to the discovery signal And the corresponding relationship determined by the determining unit, acquiring configuration information of the trigger signal.
结合第三方面, 或第三方面的第一至第四任一种可能的实现方 式, 在第三方面的第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述触发信号包括: 触发参考信号或上行数据包信号。  With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the first to the fourth possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in the fifth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the triggering signal includes: triggering a reference signal or an uplink data packet signal.
结合第三方面的第五种可能的实现方式, 在第三方面的第六种 可能的实现方式中, 在所述触发信号包括: 所述触发参考信号的情 况下, 所述触发信号的配置信息包括: 候选序列和 /或时频资源; 在 所述触发信号包括: 所述上行数据包信号的情况下, 所述触发信号 的配置信息包括: 调制编码方式, 载荷大小和时频资源中的至少一 种。  With reference to the fifth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the configuration information of the trigger signal in the case that the trigger signal includes: the trigger reference signal The method includes: a candidate sequence and/or a time-frequency resource; where the trigger signal includes: the uplink data packet signal, the configuration information of the trigger signal includes: a modulation coding mode, a payload size, and at least a time-frequency resource. One.
结合第三方面的第六种可能的实现方式, 在第三方面的第七种 可能的实现方式中, 所述获取单元, 还用于获取所述发现信号的发 送功率信息; 所述获取单元, 具体用于根据获取的所述发现信号的 发送功率信息及所述发现信号的接收功率信息, 确定路径损耗; 所 述获取单元, 还用于根据所述路径损耗, 确定发送触发信号的发送 功率信息; 其中, 所述触发信号的配置信息还包括: 所述触发信号 的发送功率信息。  With the sixth possible implementation of the third aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the acquiring unit is further configured to acquire, according to the sending power information of the discovery signal, the acquiring unit, Specifically, the method is further configured to determine a path loss according to the obtained transmit power information of the discovery signal and the received power information of the discovery signal, where the acquiring unit is further configured to determine, according to the path loss, transmit power information of the sending trigger signal. The configuration information of the trigger signal further includes: sending power information of the trigger signal.
结合第三方面, 或第三方面的第一至第七任一种可能的实现方 式, 在第三方面的第八种可能的实现方式中, 所述获取单元, 还用 于根据所述发现信号, 获取所述发现信号的发送功率信息; 所述获 取单元, 具体用于根据获取的所述发现信号的发送功率信息及所述 发现信号的接收功率信息, 确定路径损耗; 所述获取单元, 还用于 根据所述路径损耗, 确定发送触发信号的发送功率信息; 所述发送 单元, 具体用于根据所述获取单元获取的所述触发信号的配置信息 及所述触发信号的发送功率信息, 向所述传输点发送所述触发信号。 With the third aspect, or any one of the first to the seventh possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in the eighth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the acquiring unit is further configured to use the discovery signal Obtaining the transmission power information of the discovery signal, where the acquiring unit is configured to determine a path loss according to the obtained transmission power information of the discovery signal and the received power information of the discovery signal, where the acquiring unit is further And determining, according to the path loss, determining transmit power information of sending a trigger signal; And the unit is configured to send the trigger signal to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal acquired by the acquiring unit and the sending power information of the trigger signal.
结合第三方面, 或第三方面的第一至第八任一种可能的实现方 式, 在第三方面的第九种可能的实现方式中, 所述发现信号还携带 有所述传输点的状态信息, 所述状态信息指示所述传输点是否能够 被所述发送单元通过发送所述触发信号的方式来触发; 所述发送单 元, 具体用于在所述状态信息指示所述传输点能够被通过发送所述 触发信号的方式来触发时, 根据所述触发信号的配置信息, 向所述 传输点发送所述触发信号。  With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the first to the eighth possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in the ninth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the discovery signal further carries a state of the transmission point Information, the status information indicating whether the transmission point can be triggered by the sending unit by sending the trigger signal; the sending unit is specifically configured to indicate, in the status information, that the transmission point can be passed When the trigger signal is sent to trigger, the trigger signal is sent to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal.
结合第三方面, 或第三方面的第一至第九任一种可能的实现方 式, 在第三方面的第十种可能的实现方式中, 所述发现信号包括: 发现参考信号或下行数据包信号。  With reference to the third aspect, or any one of the first to the ninth possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in the tenth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the discovery signal includes: discovering a reference signal or a downlink data packet signal.
结合第三方面的第十种可能的实现方式, 在第三方面的第十一 种可能的实现方式中, 在所述发现信号包括: 所述发现参考信号的 情况下, 所述发现信号的配置信息包括: 候选序列和 /或时频资源; 在所述发现信号包括: 所述下行数据包信号的情况下, 所述发现信 号的配置信息包括: 调制编码方式, 载荷大小和时频资源中的至少 一种。  With reference to the tenth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in an eleventh possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, the configuration of the discovery signal, where the discovery signal includes: the discovery reference signal The information includes: a candidate sequence and/or a time-frequency resource; where the discovery signal includes: the downlink data packet signal, the configuration information of the discovery signal includes: a modulation and coding mode, a payload size, and a time-frequency resource. At least one.
结合第三方面, 或第三方面的第一至第十一任一种可能的实现 方式, 在第三方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中, 还包括: 接收单 元, 用于接收所述传输点发送的所述触发信号的响应消息。  With reference to the third aspect, or the first to eleventh possible implementation manners of the third aspect, in a twelfth possible implementation manner of the third aspect, A response message of the trigger signal sent by the transmission point.
第四方面, 本发明实施例提供了一种传输点, 包括: 确定单元, 用于确定发现信号的配置信息; 发送单元, 用于根据所述确定单元 确定的所述发现信号的配置信息向用户设备 UE发送所述发现信号; 所述确定单元, 还用于确定触发信号的配置信息; 接收单元, 用于 根据所述确定单元确定的所述触发信号的配置信息接收 UE 发送的 所述触发信号; 其中, 所述触发信号中携带有第一信息; 所述第一 信息包括: 所述发现信号的接收功率信息、 所述触发信号的发送功 率信息、 功率偏移量信息及第一定时偏移信息中的至少一种; 所述 功率偏移量是指所述触发信号的发送功率与所述发现信号的发送功 率间的偏移值; 所述第一定时偏移信息是指所述 U E接收所述发现信 号与发送所述触发信号间的时间间隔; 获取单元, 用于从所述触发 信号中获取所述第一信息; 处理单元, 用于在所述传输点处于休眠 态时, 根据所述获取单元获取的所述第一信息将所述传输点由休眠 态切换至激活态; 和 /或, 所述处理单元, 用于在所述传输点处于激 活态时, 根据所述获取单元获取的所述第一信息调大第一发送功率; 其中, 所述第一发送功率是所述传输点发送公共信号时釆用的功率。 In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a transmission point, including: a determining unit, configured to determine configuration information of a discovery signal, and a sending unit, configured to send, according to configuration information of the discovery signal determined by the determining unit, to a user The device UE sends the discovery signal; the determining unit is further configured to determine configuration information of the trigger signal; the receiving unit is configured to receive, according to the configuration information of the trigger signal determined by the determining unit, the trigger signal sent by the UE And the first information includes: the received power information of the discovery signal, the transmit power information of the trigger signal, the power offset information, and the first timing offset. At least one of the information; The power offset refers to an offset value between the transmit power of the trigger signal and the transmit power of the discovery signal; the first timing offset information refers to the UE receiving the discovery signal and transmitting the trigger a time interval between the signals; an obtaining unit, configured to acquire the first information from the trigger signal; and a processing unit, configured to: when the transmission point is in a dormant state, the first acquired according to the acquiring unit The information is used to switch the transmission point from the dormant state to the active state; and/or the processing unit is configured to: when the transmission point is in an active state, adjust the first information acquired according to the acquiring unit a transmit power; wherein the first transmit power is power used by the transmission point when transmitting a common signal.
在第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述获取单元, 具体 用于在所述第一信息包括: 所述发现信号的接收功率信息的情况下, 根据所述发现信号的接收功率信息, 及所述发现信号的发送功率信 息, 确定所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗; 所述处理单元, 具 体用于根据所述获取单元确定的所述传输点和所述 UE 之间的路径 损耗, 将所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态; 和 /或, 所述处理单元, 具体用于根据所述获取单元确定的所述传输点和所述 UE 之间的路 径损耗, 调大所述第一发送功率。  In a first possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the acquiring unit is specifically configured to: according to the received power information of the discovery signal, the received power according to the discovery signal Information, and the transmission power information of the discovery signal, determining a path loss between the transmission point and the UE; the processing unit is specifically configured to use the transmission point and the UE determined according to the acquiring unit a path loss between the transmission state and the active state; and/or the processing unit is specifically configured to determine a path between the transmission point and the UE according to the acquiring unit Loss, increase the first transmit power.
结合第四方面, 在第四方面的第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述 获取单元, 具体用于在所述第一信息包括: 所述触发信号的发送功 率信息的情况下, 根据所述触发信号的发送功率信息, 及接收所述 触发信号时获取的所述触发信号的接收功率信息, 确定所述传输点 和所述 UE之间的路径损耗; 所述处理单元, 具体用于根据所述获取 单元确定的所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 将所述传输点由 休眠态切换至激活态; 和 /或, 所述处理单元, 还具体用于根据所述 获取单元确定的所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 调大所述第 一发送功率。  With reference to the fourth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the acquiring unit is specifically configured to: when the first information includes: sending power information of the trigger signal, according to the a transmission power information of the trigger signal, and received power information of the trigger signal obtained when the trigger signal is received, determining a path loss between the transmission point and the UE; Determining, by the obtaining unit, a path loss between the transmission point and the UE, switching the transmission point from a dormant state to an active state; and/or the processing unit is further configured to be used according to the acquiring unit Determining a path loss between the transmission point and the UE, and increasing the first transmission power.
结合第四方面, 在第四方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述 获取单元, 具体用于在所述第一信息包括: 所述功率偏移量信息的 情况下, 根据所述功率偏移量信息, 及所述发现信号的发送功率信 息, 确定所述触发信号的发送功率信息; 所述获取单元, 具体用于 根据所述触发信号的发送功率信息, 及接收所述触发信号时获取的 所述触发信号的接收功率信息, 确定所述传输点和所述 U E之间的路 径损耗; 所述处理单元, 具体用于根据所述获取单元确定的所述传 输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 将所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活 态; 和 /或, 所述处理单元, 还具体用于根据所述获取单元确定的所 述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 调大所述第一发送功率。 With reference to the fourth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the acquiring unit is specifically configured to: when the first information includes: the power offset information, according to the power The offset information, and the transmit power information of the discovery signal, determining transmit power information of the trigger signal; Determining a path loss between the transmission point and the UE according to the transmit power information of the trigger signal and the received power information of the trigger signal obtained when the trigger signal is received; And the switching point is switched from the dormant state to the active state according to the path loss between the transmission point and the UE determined by the acquiring unit; and/or the processing unit is further configured to be used according to the Determining a path loss between the transmission point and the UE determined by the acquiring unit, and increasing the first transmission power.
结合第四方面, 在第四方面的第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述 获取单元, 具体用于在所述第一信息包括;第一定时偏移信息的情况 下, 根据所述发现信号的发送时刻, 所述第一定时偏移信息, 及接 收所述触发信号的接收时刻, 确定所述传输点与所述 U E间的传输距 离; 所述处理单元, 具体用于根据所述获取单元确定的所述传输点 和所述 UE之间的传输距离, 将所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态; 和 /或, 所述处理单元, 还具体用于根据所述获取单元确定的所述传 输点和所述 UE之间的传输距离, 调大所述第一发送功率。  With reference to the fourth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the acquiring unit is specifically configured to: when the first information includes: first timing offset information, according to the discovery signal The transmission timing, the first timing offset information, and the reception timing of receiving the trigger signal, determining a transmission distance between the transmission point and the UE; the processing unit is specifically configured to be used according to the acquiring unit Determining a transmission distance between the transmission point and the UE, switching the transmission point from a dormant state to an active state; and/or, the processing unit is further configured to be determined according to the acquiring unit Transmitting the transmission distance between the transmission point and the UE, and increasing the first transmission power.
结合第四方面, 或第四方面的第一至第四任一种可能的实现方 式, 在第四方面的第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述发现信号中携带 有发现信号的发送功率信息。  With reference to the fourth aspect, or any one of the first to the fourth possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, in the fifth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the discovery signal carries the transmit power information of the discovery signal .
结合第四方面, 或第四方面的第一至第五任一种可能的实现方 式, 在第四方面的第六种可能的实现方式中, 所述发现信号携带有 所述传输点的状态信息, 所述状态信息指示所述传输点是否能够被 所述 UE通过发送所述触发信号的方式来触发。  With reference to the fourth aspect, or any one of the first to fifth possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the discovery signal carries state information of the transmission point And the status information indicates whether the transmission point can be triggered by the UE by sending the trigger signal.
结合第四方面, 或第四方面的第一至第六任一种可能的实现方 式, 在第四方面的第七种可能的实现方式中, 所述确定单元, 还用 于确定所述发现信号的配置信息与所述触发信号的配置信息之间具 有对应关系; 所述确定单元, 具体用于根据所述发现信号的配置信 息和所述对应关系确定所述触发信号的配置信息。  With reference to the fourth aspect, or any one of the first to the sixth possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, in the seventh possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the determining unit is further configured to determine the discovery signal The determining unit is configured to determine the configuration information of the trigger signal according to the configuration information of the discovery signal and the corresponding relationship.
结合第四方面, 或第四方面的第一至第七任一种可能的实现方 式, 在第四方面的第八种可能的实现方式中, 所述触发信号包括: 触发参考信号或上行数据包信号。 结合第四方面的第八种可能的实现方式, 在第四方面的第九种 可能的实现方式中, 在所述触发信号包括: 所述触发参考信号的情 况下, 所述触发信号的配置信息包括: 候选序列和 /或时频资源; 在 所述触发信号包括: 所述上行数据包信号的情况下, 所述触发信号 的配置信息包括: 调制编码方式, 载荷大小和时频资源中的至少一 种。 With reference to the fourth aspect, or any one of the first to the seventh possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, in the eighth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the triggering signal includes: triggering a reference signal or an uplink data packet signal. With reference to the eighth possible implementation manner of the foregoing aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the configuration information of the trigger signal in a case that the trigger signal includes: the trigger reference signal The method includes: a candidate sequence and/or a time-frequency resource; where the trigger signal includes: the uplink data packet signal, the configuration information of the trigger signal includes: a modulation coding mode, a payload size, and at least a time-frequency resource. One.
结合第四方面, 或第四方面的第一至第九任一种可能的实现方 式, 在第四方面的第十种可能的实现方式中, 所述发现信号包括: 发现参考信号或下行数据包信号。  With reference to the fourth aspect, or the first to the ninth possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, in the tenth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the discovery signal includes:: discovering a reference signal or a downlink data packet signal.
结合第四方面的第十种可能的实现方式中, 在第四方面的第十 一种可能的实现方式中, 在所述发现信号包括: 所述发现参考信号 的情况下,所述发现信号的配置信息包括:候选序列和 /或时频资源; 在所述发现信号包括: 所述下行数据包信号的情况下, 所述发现信 号的配置信息包括: 调制编码方式, 载荷大小和时频资源中的至少 一种。  With reference to the tenth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in an eleventh possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in the case that the discovery signal includes: the discovery reference signal, the discovery signal The configuration information includes: a candidate sequence and/or a time-frequency resource; where the discovery signal includes: the downlink data packet signal, the configuration information of the discovery signal includes: a modulation and coding mode, a payload size, and a time-frequency resource. At least one of them.
结合第四方面, 或第四方面的第一至第十一任一种可能的实现 方式, 在第四方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中, 所述发送单元, 还用于向所述 UE发送所述触发信号的响应消息。  With reference to the fourth aspect, or the first to eleventh possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, in the twelfth possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the sending unit is further configured to The UE sends a response message of the trigger signal.
第五方面, 本发明实施例提供了一种用户设备 UE , 包括: 处理 器, 用于检测传输点发送的发现信号; 所述处理器, 还用于根据所 述发现信号获取触发信号的配置信息; 发送器, 用于根据所述处理 器获取的所述触发信号的配置信息, 向所述传输点发送所述触发信 号; 其中, 所述触发信号中携带有第一信息; 所述第一信息包括: 所述发现信号的接收功率信息、 所述触发信号的发送功率信息、 功 率偏移量信息及第一定时偏移信息中的至少一种; 所述功率偏移量 是指所述触发信号的发送功率与所述发现信号的发送功率间的偏移 值; 所述第一定时偏移信息是指所述 UE接收所述发现信号与发送所 述触发信号间的时间间隔。  According to a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment (UE), including: a processor, configured to detect a discovery signal sent by a transmission point, where the processor is further configured to acquire configuration information of a trigger signal according to the discovery signal. a transmitter, configured to send the trigger signal to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal acquired by the processor, where the trigger signal carries first information; the first information The method includes: at least one of received power information of the discovery signal, transmission power information of the trigger signal, power offset information, and first timing offset information; the power offset refers to the trigger signal The offset value between the transmit power and the transmit power of the discovery signal; the first timing offset information is a time interval between the UE receiving the discovery signal and transmitting the trigger signal.
在第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器, 还用于 在所述第一信息包括: 所述发现信号的接收功率信息的情况下, 根 据所述发现信号, 获取所述发现信号的接收功率信息。 In a first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the processor is further used to And when the first information includes: the received power information of the discovery signal, acquiring the received power information of the discovery signal according to the discovery signal.
结合第五方面, 或第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第五 方面的第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器, 还用于在所述第一 信息包括: 所述第一定时偏移信息的情况下, 根据接收所述发现信 号的时间与发送所述触发信号的时间, 确定所述第一定时偏移信息。  With reference to the fifth aspect, or the first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the processor is further configured to: In the case of the first timing offset information, the first timing offset information is determined according to the time when the discovery signal is received and the time when the trigger signal is transmitted.
结合第五方面, 或第五方面的第一或第二种可能的实现方式, 在第五方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器, 具体用于在 所述第一信息包括: 所述功率偏移量信息的情况下, 根据所述发现 信号的发送功率信息, 及所述触发信号的发送功率信息, 确定所述 功率偏移量信息; 其中, 所述发现信号中携带有所述发现信号的发 送功率信息。  With reference to the fifth aspect, or the first or second possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the processor is specifically configured to include, in the first information And the power offset information is determined according to the transmit power information of the discovery signal and the transmit power information of the trigger signal; wherein the discovery signal carries Transmit power information of the discovery signal.
结合第五方面, 或第五方面的第一至第三任一种可能的实现方 式, 在第五方面的第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器, 还用于 获取所述发现信号的配置信息; 所述处理器, 还用于确定所述发现 信号的配置信息与所述触发信号的配置信息之间的对应关系; 所述 处理器, 具体用于根据所述发现信号的配置信息和确定的所述对应 关系, 获取所述触发信号的配置信息。  With reference to the fifth aspect, or any one of the first to the third possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the processor is further configured to acquire the discovery signal The processor is further configured to determine a correspondence between configuration information of the discovery signal and configuration information of the trigger signal, where the processor is specifically configured to use configuration information according to the discovery signal. And determining the corresponding relationship, obtaining configuration information of the trigger signal.
结合第五方面, 或第五方面的第一至第四任一种可能的实现方 式, 在第五方面的第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述触发信号包括: 触发参考信号或上行数据包信号。  With reference to the fifth aspect, or any one of the first to the fourth possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in the fifth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the trigger signal includes: a trigger reference signal or an uplink data packet signal.
结合第五方面的第五种可能的实现方式, 在第五方面的第六种 可能的实现方式中, 在所述触发信号包括: 所述触发参考信号的情 况下, 所述触发信号的配置信息包括: 候选序列和 /或时频资源; 在 所述触发信号包括: 所述上行数据包信号的情况下, 所述触发信号 的配置信息包括: 调制编码方式, 载荷大小和时频资源中的至少一 种。  With reference to the fifth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the case that the trigger signal includes: the trigger reference signal, configuration information of the trigger signal The method includes: a candidate sequence and/or a time-frequency resource; where the trigger signal includes: the uplink data packet signal, the configuration information of the trigger signal includes: a modulation coding mode, a payload size, and at least a time-frequency resource. One.
结合第五方面的第六种可能的实现方式, 在第五方面的第七种 可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器, 还用于获取所述发现信号的发送 功率信息; 所述处理器, 具体用于根据获取的所述发现信号的发送 功率信息及所述发现信号的接收功率信息, 确定路径损耗; 所述处 理器, 还用于根据所述路径损耗, 确定发送触发信号的发送功率信 息; 其中, 所述触发信号的配置信息还包括: 所述触发信号的发送 功率信息。 With the sixth possible implementation of the fifth aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the processor is further configured to acquire the sending of the discovery signal The processor is configured to determine a path loss according to the obtained transmit power information of the discovery signal and the received power information of the discovery signal, where the processor is further configured to use, according to the path loss, The sending power information of the triggering signal is determined. The configuration information of the triggering signal further includes: sending power information of the triggering signal.
结合第五方面, 或第五方面的第一至第七任一种可能的实现方 式, 在第五方面的第八种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器, 还用于 根据所述发现信号, 获取所述发现信号的发送功率信息; 所述处理 器, 具体用于根据获取的所述发现信号的发送功率信息及所述发现 信号的接收功率信息, 确定路径损耗; 所述处理器, 还用于根据所 述路径损耗, 确定发送触发信号的发送功率信息; 所述发送器, 具 体用于根据所述处理器获取的所述触发信号的配置信息及所述触发 信号的发送功率信息, 向所述传输点发送所述触发信号。  With reference to the fifth aspect, or any one of the first to the seventh possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in the eighth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the processor is further configured to use the discovery signal And acquiring, by the processor, the path power loss according to the obtained transmit power information of the discovery signal and the received power information of the discovery signal; And determining, according to the path loss, the sending power information of the sending trigger signal, where the transmitter is specifically configured to use, according to the configuration information of the trigger signal acquired by the processor, and the sending power information of the trigger signal, The transmission point transmits the trigger signal.
结合第五方面, 或第五方面的第一至第八任一种可能的实现方 式, 在第五方面的第九种可能的实现方式中, 所述发现信号还携带 有所述传输点的状态信息, 所述状态信息指示所述传输点是否能够 被所述发送器通过发送所述触发信号的方式来触发; 所述发送器, 具体用于在所述状态信息指示所述传输点能够被通过发送所述触发 信号的方式来触发时, 根据所述触发信号的配置信息, 向所述传输 点发送所述触发信号。  With reference to the fifth aspect, or any one of the first to the eighth possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in the ninth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the discovery signal further carries a state of the transmission point Information, the status information indicating whether the transmission point can be triggered by the transmitter by sending the trigger signal; the transmitter is specifically configured to indicate, in the status information, that the transmission point can be passed When the trigger signal is sent to trigger, the trigger signal is sent to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal.
结合第五方面, 或第五方面的第一至第九任一种可能的实现方 式, 在第五方面的第十种可能的实现方式中, 所述发现信号包括: 发现参考信号或下行数据包信号。  With reference to the fifth aspect, or the first to the ninth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the tenth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the discovery signal includes: discovering a reference signal or a downlink data packet signal.
结合第五方面的第十种可能的实现方式, 在第五方面的第十一 种可能的实现方式中, 在所述发现信号包括: 所述发现参考信号的 情况下, 所述发现信号的配置信息包括: 候选序列和 /或时频资源; 在所述发现信号包括: 所述下行数据包信号的情况下, 所述发现信 号的配置信息包括: 调制编码方式, 载荷大小和时频资源中的至少 一种。 结合第五方面, 或第五方面的第一至第十一任一种可能的实现 方式, 在第五方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中, 还包括: 接收单 元, 用于接收所述传输点发送的所述触发信号的响应消息。 With reference to the tenth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in an eleventh possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, in the case that the discovery signal includes: the discovery reference signal, the configuration of the discovery signal The information includes: a candidate sequence and/or a time-frequency resource; where the discovery signal includes: the downlink data packet signal, the configuration information of the discovery signal includes: a modulation and coding mode, a payload size, and a time-frequency resource. At least one. With reference to the fifth aspect, or the first to eleventh possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect, in the twelfth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the method further includes: a receiving unit, configured to receive the A response message of the trigger signal sent by the transmission point.
第六方面, 本发明实施例提供了一种传输点, 包括: 处理器, 用于确定发现信号的配置信息; 发送器, 用于根据所述处理器确定 的所述发现信号的配置信息向用户设备 UE发送所述发现信号; 所述 处理器, 还用于确定触发信号的配置信息; 接收器, 用于根据所述 处理器确定的所述触发信号的配置信息接收 UE 发送的所述触发信 号; 其中, 所述触发信号中携带有第一信息; 所述第一信息包括: 所述发现信号的接收功率信息、 所述触发信号的发送功率信息、 功 率偏移量信息及第一定时偏移信息中的至少一种; 所述功率偏移量 是指所述触发信号的发送功率与所述发现信号的发送功率间的偏移 值; 所述第一定时偏移信息是指所述 UE接收所述发现信号与发送所 述触发信号间的时间间隔; 所述处理器, 还用于从所述触发信号中 获取所述第一信息; 所述处理器, 还用于在所述传输点处于休眠态 时, 根据所述第一信息将所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态; 和 / 或, 所述处理单元, 用于在所述传输点处于激活态时, 根据所述第 一信息调大第一发送功率; 其中, 所述第一发送功率是所述传输点 发送公共信号时釆用的功率。  According to a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a transmission point, including: a processor, configured to determine configuration information of a discovery signal, and a transmitter, configured to send, according to configuration information of the discovery signal determined by the processor, to a user The device UE sends the discovery signal; the processor is further configured to determine configuration information of the trigger signal, and the receiver is configured to receive the trigger signal sent by the UE according to the configuration information of the trigger signal determined by the processor. And the first information includes: the received power information of the discovery signal, the transmit power information of the trigger signal, the power offset information, and the first timing offset. At least one of the information; the power offset refers to an offset between the transmit power of the trigger signal and the transmit power of the discovery signal; the first timing offset information refers to the UE receiving The time interval between the discovery signal and the sending of the trigger signal; the processor is further configured to acquire the first letter from the trigger signal The processor is further configured to: when the transmission point is in a sleep state, switch the transmission point from a sleep state to an active state according to the first information; and/or, the processing unit is configured to When the transmission point is in an active state, the first transmission power is increased according to the first information; wherein the first transmission power is power used when the transmission point sends a common signal.
在第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器, 具体用 于在所述第一信息包括: 所述发现信号的接收功率信息的情况下, 根据所述发现信号的接收功率信息, 及所述发现信号的发送功率信 息, 确定所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗; 所述处理器, 具体 用于根据所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 将所述传输点由休 眠态切换至激活态; 和 /或, 所述处理器, 具体用于根据所述传输点 和所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 调大所述第一发送功率。  In a first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the processor is specifically configured to: according to the received power information of the discovery signal, the received power according to the discovery signal Information, and the transmit power information of the discovery signal, determining a path loss between the transmission point and the UE; the processor is specifically configured to: according to a path loss between the transmission point and the UE, And the processor is configured to increase the first transmit power according to a path loss between the transmission point and the UE.
结合第六方面, 在第六方面的第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述 处理器, 具体用于在所述第一信息包括: 所述触发信号的发送功率 信息的情况下, 根据所述触发信号的发送功率信息, 及接收所述触 发信号时获取的所述触发信号的接收功率信息, 确定所述传输点和 所述 UE之间的路径损耗; 所述处理器, 具体用于根据所述传输点和 所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 将所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态; 和 /或, 所述处理器, 还具体用于根据所述传输点和所述 UE 之间的路 径损耗, 调大所述第一发送功率。 With reference to the sixth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the processor is specifically configured to: when the first information includes: sending power information of the trigger signal, Transmitting power information of the trigger signal, and receiving the touch The received power information of the trigger signal obtained when the signal is sent, the path loss between the transmission point and the UE is determined; the processor is specifically configured to: according to the path between the transmission point and the UE Loss, switching the transmission point from the dormant state to the active state; and/or the processor is further configured to increase the first transmission according to a path loss between the transmission point and the UE power.
结合第六方面, 在第六方面的第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述 处理器, 具体用于在所述第一信息包括: 所述功率偏移量信息的情 况下, 根据所述功率偏移量信息, 及所述发现信号的发送功率信息, 确定所述触发信号的发送功率信息; 所述处理器, 具体用于根据所 述触发信号的发送功率信息, 及接收所述触发信号时获取的所述触 发信号的接收功率信息, 确定所述传输点和所述 UE 之间的路径损 耗; 所述处理器, 具体用于根据所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损 耗, 将所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态; 和 /或, 所述处理器, 还 具体用于根据所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 调大所述第 ― 发送功率。  With reference to the sixth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the processor is specifically configured to: when the first information includes: the power offset information, according to the power The offset information, and the transmit power information of the discovery signal, determining transmit power information of the trigger signal; the processor is specifically configured to use transmit power information according to the trigger signal, and when receiving the trigger signal Obtaining the received power information of the trigger signal, determining a path loss between the transmission point and the UE; the processor is specifically configured to: according to a path loss between the transmission point and the UE, And the processor is further configured to increase the first transmit power according to a path loss between the transmission point and the UE.
结合第六方面, 在第六方面的第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述 处理器, 具体用于在所述第一信息包括;第一定时偏移信息的情况 下, 根据所述发现信号的发送时刻, 所述第一定时偏移信息, 及接 收所述触发信号的接收时刻, 确定所述传输点与所述 U E间的传输距 离; 所述处理器, 还具体用于根据所述传输点和所述 UE之间的传输 距离, 将所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态; 和 /或, 所述处理器, 还具体用于根据所述传输点和所述 UE之间的传输距离, 调大所述第 一发送功率。  With reference to the sixth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the processor is specifically configured to: when the first information includes: first timing offset information, according to the discovery signal a transmission time, the first timing offset information, and a reception time at which the trigger signal is received, determining a transmission distance between the transmission point and the UE; the processor is further configured to be used according to the transmission a transmission distance between the point and the UE, the transmission point is switched from a dormant state to an active state; and/or the processor is further configured to perform transmission according to the transmission point and the UE The distance is increased by the first transmission power.
结合第六方面, 或第六方面的第一至第四任一种可能的实现方 式, 在第六方面的第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述发现信号中携带 有发现信号的发送功率信息。  With reference to the sixth aspect, or any one of the first to the fourth possible implementation manners of the sixth aspect, in the fifth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the discovery signal carries the transmit power information of the discovery signal .
结合第六方面, 或第六方面的第一至第五任一种可能的实现方 式, 在第六方面的第六种可能的实现方式中, 所述发现信号携带有 所述传输点的状态信息, 所述状态信息指示所述传输点是否能够被 所述 UE通过发送所述触发信号的方式来触发。 With reference to the sixth aspect, or any one of the first to the fifth possible implementation manners of the sixth aspect, in a sixth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the discovery signal carries state information of the transmission point The status information indicates whether the transmission point can be The UE is triggered by sending the trigger signal.
结合第六方面, 或第六方面的第一至第六任一种可能的实现方 式, 在第六方面的第七种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器, 还用于 确定所述发现信号的配置信息与所述触发信号的配置信息之间具有 对应关系; 所述处理器, 具体用于根据所述发现信号的配置信息和 所述对应关系确定所述触发信号的配置信息。  With reference to the sixth aspect, or the first to the sixth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a seventh possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the processor is further configured to determine the discovery signal Corresponding relationship between the configuration information and the configuration information of the trigger signal; the processor is specifically configured to determine configuration information of the trigger signal according to the configuration information of the discovery signal and the correspondence.
结合第六方面, 或第六方面的第一至第七任一种可能的实现方 式, 在第六方面的第八种可能的实现方式中, 所述触发信号包括: 触发参考信号或上行数据包信号。  With reference to the sixth aspect, or any one of the first to the seventh possible implementation manners of the sixth aspect, in the eighth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the triggering signal includes: triggering a reference signal or an uplink data packet signal.
结合第六方面的第八种可能的实现方式, 在第六方面的第九种 可能的实现方式中, 在所述触发信号包括: 所述触发参考信号的情 况下, 所述触发信号的配置信息包括: 候选序列和 /或时频资源; 在 所述触发信号包括: 所述上行数据包信号的情况下, 所述触发信号 的配置信息包括: 调制编码方式, 载荷大小和时频资源中的至少一 种。  With reference to the eighth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the configuration information of the trigger signal in a case that the trigger signal includes: the trigger reference signal The method includes: a candidate sequence and/or a time-frequency resource; where the trigger signal includes: the uplink data packet signal, the configuration information of the trigger signal includes: a modulation coding mode, a payload size, and at least a time-frequency resource. One.
结合第六方面, 或第六方面的第一至第九任一种可能的实现方 式, 在第六方面的第十种可能的实现方式中, 所述发现信号包括: 发现参考信号或下行数据包信号。  With reference to the sixth aspect, or the first to the ninth possible implementation manners of the sixth aspect, in the tenth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the discovery signal includes:: discovering a reference signal or a downlink data packet signal.
结合第六方面的第十种可能的实现方式中, 在第六方面的第十 一种可能的实现方式中, 在所述发现信号包括: 所述发现参考信号 的情况下,所述发现信号的配置信息包括:候选序列和 /或时频资源; 在所述发现信号包括: 所述下行数据包信号的情况下, 所述发现信 号的配置信息包括: 调制编码方式, 载荷大小和时频资源中的至少 一种。  With reference to the tenth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in an eleventh possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in the case that the discovery signal includes: the discovery reference signal, the discovery signal The configuration information includes: a candidate sequence and/or a time-frequency resource; where the discovery signal includes: the downlink data packet signal, the configuration information of the discovery signal includes: a modulation and coding mode, a payload size, and a time-frequency resource. At least one of them.
结合第六方面, 或第六方面的第一至第十一任一种可能的实现 方式, 在第六方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中, 所述发送器, 还 用于向所述 UE发送所述触发信号的响应消息。  With reference to the sixth aspect, or the first to eleventh possible implementation manners of the sixth aspect, in the twelfth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the transmitter is further used to The UE sends a response message of the trigger signal.
第七方面, 本发明实施例提供了一种触发信号的发送及接收的 系统, 包括: 用户设备 U E及传输点; 其中, 所述 UE为上述实施例 所述的 UE; 所述传输点为上述实施例所述的传输点。 In a seventh aspect, the embodiment of the present invention provides a system for transmitting and receiving a trigger signal, including: a user equipment UE and a transmission point; wherein, the UE is the foregoing embodiment. The UE; the transmission point is a transmission point described in the foregoing embodiment.
本发明实施例提供了一种触发信号的发送及接收方法、 装置及 系统, 用户设备 UE在检测到发现信号后, 根据此发现信号获取触发 信号的配置信息, UE可以根据触发信号的配置信息, 向传输点发送 触发信号, 以使得传输点在接收到触发信号后, 获取第一信息, 在 所述传输点处于休眠态时, 所述传输点根据所述第一信息, 所述传 输点由休眠态切换至激活态; 和 /或, 在所述传输点处于激活态时, 所述传输点根据所述第一信息调大第一发送功率。 这样, 当传输点 处于休眠态或传输点的公共信号的发送功率降低时, 可以通过 U E向 传输点发送触发信号, 由 UE触发传输点由休眠态切换为激活态, 或 增大公共信号的发送功率, 无需宏基站的参与, 这样实现了无需宏 基站辅助的情况下, 触发传输点为 UE提供服务, 提高了用户体验。 附图说明  The embodiment of the present invention provides a method, a device, and a system for transmitting and receiving a trigger signal. After detecting a discovery signal, the user equipment UE acquires configuration information of the trigger signal according to the discovery signal, and the UE may use the configuration information of the trigger signal according to the configuration information of the trigger signal. Sending a trigger signal to the transmission point, so that the transmission point acquires the first information after receiving the trigger signal, and when the transmission point is in the sleep state, the transmission point is, according to the first information, the transmission point is dormant Switching to an active state; and/or, when the transmission point is in an active state, the transmission point increases the first transmission power according to the first information. In this way, when the transmission point of the common signal of the transmission point is in the dormant state or the transmission point is decreased, the UE may send a trigger signal to the transmission point, and the UE triggers the transmission point to switch from the dormant state to the active state, or increase the transmission of the common signal. The power does not require the participation of the macro base station, so that the triggering transmission point provides services for the UE without the assistance of the macro base station, and the user experience is improved. DRAWINGS
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例的技术方案, 下面将对实施例 或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍, 显而易见地, 下面描述中的附图仅仅是本发明的一些实施例, 对于本领域普通技 术人员来讲, 在不付出创造性劳动的前提下, 还可以根据这些附图 获得其他的附图。  In order to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention, the drawings used in the embodiments or the prior art description will be briefly described below. Obviously, the drawings in the following description are only some of the present invention. For the embodiments, those skilled in the art can obtain other drawings according to the drawings without any creative work.
图 1 为本发明实施例提供的一种触发信号的发送方法的流程示 意图;  FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting a trigger signal according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 2为本发明实施例提供的另一种触发信号的接收方法的流程 示意图;  2 is a schematic flowchart of another method for receiving a trigger signal according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 3为本发明实施例提供的一种触发信号的发送及接收的实例 示意图;  FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an example of sending and receiving a trigger signal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图 4为本发明实施例提供的另一种触发信号的发送及接收方法 的流程示意图;  4 is a schematic flowchart of another method for transmitting and receiving a trigger signal according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 5为本发明实施例提供的另一种触发信号的发送及接收方法 的流程示意图;  FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another method for transmitting and receiving a trigger signal according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图 6本发明实施例提供的一种用户设备 UE的功能示意图; 图 Ί本发明实施例提供的另一种用户设备 UE的功能示意图; 图 8本发明实施例提供的一种传输点的功能示意图; FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of functions of a user equipment UE according to an embodiment of the present invention; Figure 2 is a schematic diagram showing the function of another user equipment UE according to an embodiment of the present invention; Figure 8 is a schematic diagram showing the function of a transmission point according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 9本发明实施例提供的一种用户设备 UE的结构示意图; 图 1 0本发明实施例提供的一种传输点的结构示意图;  FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment UE according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a transmission point according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 1 1 本发明实施例提供的一种触发信号的发送及接收系统的 结构示意图。  FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a system for transmitting and receiving a trigger signal according to an embodiment of the present invention.
具体实施方式 detailed description
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图, 对本发明实施例中的技术 方案进行清楚、 完整地描述, 显然, 所描述的实施例仅仅是本发明 一部分实施例, 而不是全部的实施例。 基于本发明中的实施例, 本 领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他 实施例, 都属于本发明保护的范围。  The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention are clearly and completely described in the following with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. It is obvious that the described embodiments are only a part of the embodiments of the present invention, but not all embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by a person of ordinary skill in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without creative efforts are within the scope of the present invention.
本发明实施例提供了一种触发信号的发送方法, 如图 1 所示, 包括:  An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for sending a trigger signal, as shown in FIG. 1 , including:
1 0 1、 UE ( U s e r E qu i pmen t , 用户设备) 检测传输点发送的发现 信号。  1 0 1. The UE (U s e r E qu i pmen t , user equipment) detects the discovery signal transmitted by the transmission point.
其中, 所述发现信号是传输点发送的, 用于所述 UE发现传输点 的信号。 传输点是基站或第一 UE。  The discovery signal is sent by the transmission point, and is used by the UE to discover a signal of the transmission point. The transmission point is a base station or a first UE.
需要说明的是, 第一 UE是除所述 UE之外的 UE。 在传输点为基 站时, 所述发现信号是基站发送的, 用于所述 UE发现所述基站的信 号。 或者, 在传输点为第一 UE时, 所述发现信号是第一 UE发送的, 用于所述 UE发现所述第一 UE的信号, 此时通信演变为 UE之间的直 接通信或发现。 在本发明中, 上述两种情况不做任何限定, 下面的 描述中以发现信号由基站发送为例进行说明, 对于第一 UE发送发现 信号的实施方式类似, 不做赘述。  It should be noted that the first UE is a UE other than the UE. When the transmission point is a base station, the discovery signal is sent by the base station, and the UE is used to discover the signal of the base station. Or, when the transmission point is the first UE, the discovery signal is sent by the first UE, and the UE is used to discover the signal of the first UE, and the communication evolves into a direct communication or discovery between the UEs. In the present invention, the above two cases are not limited. In the following description, the discovery signal is sent by the base station as an example for description. The implementation manner of transmitting the discovery signal by the first UE is similar and will not be described again.
具体的, 当 UE 进入某个小区的覆盖范围时, UE 可以接收到此 基站广播的发现信号。 该发现信号一般来说相比于正常供 UE接入的 同步信号和广播信号的发送周期来说, 周期要较长, 至少百毫秒级 别, 比如 2 0 0毫秒发送一次, 而正常供 UE接入的同步信号和广播信 号的发送周期为 1 0毫秒级别, 比如 LTE 系统的同步信号周期为 5 毫 秒, 广播信道周期为 1 0毫秒。 Specifically, when the UE enters the coverage of a certain cell, the UE may receive the discovery signal broadcast by the base station. The discovery signal is generally longer than the transmission period of the synchronization signal and the broadcast signal normally accessed by the UE, and is transmitted at least once in a millisecond level, for example, 200 milliseconds, and is normally used for UE access. Synchronization signal and broadcast signal The transmission period of the number is 10 milliseconds. For example, the synchronization signal period of the LTE system is 5 milliseconds, and the broadcast channel period is 10 milliseconds.
该发现信号可以在基站处于休眠态时发送,用于 UE在基站处于 休眠态时, 及时发现该基站管辖的小区, 并对该小区进行测量, 比 如发现信号接收功率或发现信号接收质量等的测量。 当然发现信号 也可以在基站处于激活态时发送, 作用与基站处于休眠态时一样, 并不做限定。  The discovery signal may be sent when the base station is in a dormant state, and the UE may discover the cell under the jurisdiction of the base station in time when the base station is in the dormant state, and perform measurement on the cell, such as detecting the received power of the signal or the quality of the received signal. . Of course, the discovery signal can also be sent when the base station is in an active state, and the action is the same as when the base station is in the dormant state, and is not limited.
需要说明的是, 在本发明实施例中定义的基站处于休眠态意味 着基站处于关闭的节电状态, 此状态下基站只发送该发现信号; 而 基站处于激活态指基站处于正常服务状态, 此时除了可以继续发送 发现信号之外, 还需要发送供 UE正常接入的同步信号, 广播信道, 公共参考信号, 控制信道和数据信道等。  It should be noted that, in the dormant state, the base station defined in the embodiment of the present invention means that the base station is in a power-saving state in which the base station is in a closed state. In this state, the base station only sends the discovery signal; and when the base station is in an active state, the base station is in a normal service state. In addition to continuing to send discovery signals, it is also necessary to transmit synchronization signals, broadcast channels, common reference signals, control channels, and data channels for the UE to normally access.
进一步的, 所述发现信号包括: 发现参考信号或下行数据包信 号。  Further, the discovery signal includes: a discovery reference signal or a downlink data packet signal.
需要说明的是, UE在检测发现信号之前, 需要先获取发现信号 的配置信息, 从而可以根据此配置信息, 检测发现信号。  It should be noted that, before detecting the discovery signal, the UE needs to acquire the configuration information of the discovery signal, so that the discovery signal can be detected according to the configuration information.
需要说明的是, 发现信号的配置信息是关于接收或发送所述发 现信号时的配置信息。 对于 UE 来说, UE 获取发现信号的配置信息 是指 UE获取关于接收所述发现信号时的配置信息。  It should be noted that the configuration information of the discovery signal is configuration information when the discovery signal is received or transmitted. For the UE, the configuration information of the UE acquiring the discovery signal refers to that the UE acquires configuration information when receiving the discovery signal.
进一步的, 发现信号为发现参考信号时, 该配置信息包括发现 信号的候选序列和 /或时频资源。  Further, when the discovery signal is a discovery reference signal, the configuration information includes a candidate sequence and/or a time-frequency resource of the discovery signal.
f , ^ it /f^歹1■! 以为 Za do f f— Chu /f>歹'] , M / >歹] G o 1 d /f>歹'] 等, 多个候选序列和 /或时频资源可以表示发送该发现信号的基站管 辖小区的小区标识, 这样 UE可以通过检测该发现信号来区别不同的 小区。 f , ^ it /f^歹1 ■! Thought Za do ff — Chu /f>歹'] , M / >歹] G o 1 d /f>歹'], etc., multiple candidate sequences and/or time-frequency The resource may indicate the cell identity of the cell of the base station transmitting the discovery signal, so that the UE can distinguish different cells by detecting the discovery signal.
发现信号为下行数据包信号时, 配置信息可以包括调制编码方 式, 载荷大小等信息。 该配置信息可以预先配置好, 也可以通过信 令配置给 UE。  When the discovery signal is a downlink data packet signal, the configuration information may include information such as a modulation and coding mode, a payload size, and the like. The configuration information can be pre-configured or configured to the UE through the signaling.
以发现参考信号为例, UE检测发现信号可以理解为 UE检测所 有的候选序列, 从中匹配出基站实际发送发现信号使用的实际序列, 该实际序列为候选序列之一, 进而通过该实际序列确定该基站管辖 当前小区的小区标识, 即发现到当前小区。 Taking the discovery reference signal as an example, the UE detecting the discovery signal can be understood as a UE detection station. The candidate sequence is used to match the actual sequence used by the base station to actually send the discovery signal, and the actual sequence is one of the candidate sequences, and then the actual sequence determines that the base station occupies the cell identity of the current cell, that is, the current cell is found.
进一步的, 所述发现信号携带有所述传输点的状态信息。  Further, the discovery signal carries state information of the transmission point.
其中 ,所述状态信息指示所述传输点是否能够被所述 UE通过发 送所述触发信号的方式来触发。  The status information indicates whether the transmission point can be triggered by the UE by sending the trigger signal.
1 0 2、 所述 UE根据所述发现信号获取触发信号的配置信息。 其中 , 所述触发信号是所述 UE发送的 , 用于触发所述传输点为 所述 UE提供服务的信号。  The UE obtains configuration information of the trigger signal according to the discovery signal. The trigger signal is sent by the UE, and is used to trigger the signal that the transmission point provides a service for the UE.
所述触发信号的配置信息是关于接收或发送所述触发信号时的 配置信息。 对于本发明实施例中的 UE来说, 触发信号的配置信息是 关于发送所述触发信号时的配置信息。 例如, 配置信息包括: 发送 触发信息时使用的序列和 /或时频资源信息, 及发送触发信息时的发 送功率信息。 或者, 配置信息包括: 发送触发信息时使用的序列和 / 或时频资源信息。  The configuration information of the trigger signal is configuration information when the trigger signal is received or transmitted. For the UE in the embodiment of the present invention, the configuration information of the trigger signal is configuration information when the trigger signal is sent. For example, the configuration information includes: a sequence and/or time-frequency resource information used when transmitting the trigger information, and a transmission power information when the trigger information is sent. Alternatively, the configuration information includes: a sequence and/or time-frequency resource information used when transmitting the trigger information.
具体的, U E在检测到发现信号之前, 可以确定出此发现信号的 实际配置信息, 比如实际序列和 /或实际时频资源, U E 可以根据所 述发现信号的实际配置信息, 获取触发信号的配置信息。  Specifically, before detecting the discovery signal, the UE may determine the actual configuration information of the discovery signal, such as the actual sequence and/or the actual time-frequency resource, and the UE may obtain the configuration of the trigger signal according to the actual configuration information of the discovery signal. information.
进一步的, 所述触发信号包括: 触发参考信号或上行数据包信 号。  Further, the trigger signal includes: a trigger reference signal or an uplink data packet signal.
需要说明的是, 根据触发信号不同, 其对应的配置信息也不同。 进一步的, 在所述触发信号包括: 所述触发参考信号的情况下, 所述触发信号的配置信息包括: 候选序列和 /或时频资源。  It should be noted that the corresponding configuration information is different according to the trigger signal. Further, in the case that the trigger signal includes: the trigger reference signal, the configuration information of the trigger signal includes: a candidate sequence and/or a time-frequency resource.
需要说明的是, UE可以先确定出发现信号的配置信息与触发信 号的配置信息间的对应关系, 然后在确定出发现信号的配置信息后, 根据发现信号的配置信息与触发信号的配置信息间的对应关系, 确 定出触发信号的配置信息。  It should be noted that the UE may first determine the correspondence between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration information of the trigger signal, and then, after determining the configuration information of the discovery signal, according to the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration information of the trigger signal. Correspondence relationship, determine the configuration information of the trigger signal.
此时, 在触发信号的配置信息包括候选序列时, UE 可以根据发 现信号的配置信息与触发信号的配置信息间的对应关系, 从发现信 号的配置信息中的与触发信号的候选序列有对应的信息, 确定出实 际发送触发信号时釆用的候选序列。 At this time, when the configuration information of the trigger signal includes the candidate sequence, the UE may obtain the correspondence relationship according to the correspondence between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration information of the trigger signal. The information corresponding to the candidate sequence of the trigger signal in the configuration information of the number determines the candidate sequence to be used when actually transmitting the trigger signal.
进一步的, 发现信号的配置信息中包括候选序列, 发现信号的 候选序列与触发信号的候选序列有对应关系。 UE可以根据发现信号 的候选序列, 及此对应关系, 确定触发信号的候选序列。  Further, the configuration information of the discovery signal includes a candidate sequence, and the candidate sequence of the discovery signal has a corresponding relationship with the candidate sequence of the trigger signal. The UE may determine a candidate sequence of the trigger signal according to the candidate sequence of the discovery signal and the corresponding relationship.
其中, 发现信号的候选序列与触发信号的候选序列间的对应关 系可以是 对应的对应关系, 也可以是一对多的对应关系, 还可 以是多对一的对应关系。 此外, 发现信号的序列与触发信号的序列 可以类型相同, 比如都为 Z a do f f _C hu序歹 'J或都为 M序歹 'J , 也可以 是不同类型的序列, 比如发现信号的序列为 M序列或 G o l d ( 戈尔德) 序列, 而触发信号的序列为 Z a d o f f -C hu序列。  The correspondence between the candidate sequence of the discovery signal and the candidate sequence of the trigger signal may be a corresponding correspondence relationship, or may be a one-to-many correspondence relationship, and may also be a many-to-one correspondence relationship. In addition, the sequence of the discovery signal and the sequence of the trigger signal may be of the same type, for example, both Z a do ff _C hu sequence 歹 'J or both are M sequences 歹 'J, or may be different types of sequences, such as a sequence of discovery signals. It is an M sequence or a G old (Gold) sequence, and the sequence of the trigger signal is a Z adoff -C hu sequence.
需要说明的是, 发现信号的候选序列与触发信号的候选序列间 的对应关系还可以是其他的对应关系, 例如多对多的对应关系, 并 且该对应关系可以预先设置好, 也可以通过信令通知 UE , 本发明对 此不做限定。  It should be noted that the correspondence between the candidate sequence of the discovery signal and the candidate sequence of the trigger signal may also be other correspondences, such as a many-to-many correspondence, and the correspondence may be preset or may be signaling. The UE is notified, and the present invention does not limit this.
具体的, 若发现信号的候选序列与触发信号的候选序列间的对 应关系是——对应的对应关系时, UE在确定了发现信号的候选序列 后, 可以根据发现信号的候选序列与触发信号的候选序列的——对 应的对应关系, 确定出一个触发信号的候选序列。  Specifically, if the correspondence between the candidate sequence of the signal and the candidate sequence of the trigger signal is the corresponding correspondence, the UE may determine the candidate sequence of the discovery signal according to the candidate sequence of the discovery signal and the trigger signal. The corresponding correspondence of the candidate sequences determines a candidate sequence of the trigger signal.
若发现信号的候选序列与触发信号的候选序列间的对应关系是 一对多的对应关系时, UE在确定了发现信号的候选序列后, 可以根 据发现信号的候选序列与触发信号的候选序列的一对多的对应关 系, 确定出一组触发信号的候选序列, 此时 UE可以从这一组触发信 号的候选序列中选取一个触发信号的候选序列, 作为触发信号的配 置信息中的候选序列。  If the correspondence between the candidate sequence of the signal and the candidate sequence of the trigger signal is found to be a one-to-many correspondence, after determining the candidate sequence of the discovery signal, the UE may select the candidate sequence of the discovery signal and the candidate sequence of the trigger signal. A one-to-many correspondence determines a candidate sequence of a set of trigger signals. At this time, the UE may select a candidate sequence of the trigger signal from the candidate sequences of the set of trigger signals as a candidate sequence in the configuration information of the trigger signal.
进一步的, UE可以从这一组触发信号的候选序列中随机选取一 个触发信号的候选序列, 作为触发信号的配置信息中的候选序列。 也可以根据发现信号的配置信息中的其他信息(比如当前发现信号 的接收功率信息等)选取一个触发信号的候选序列, 作为触发信号的 配置信息中的候选序列。 Further, the UE may randomly select a candidate sequence of the trigger signal from the candidate sequences of the set of trigger signals as a candidate sequence in the configuration information of the trigger signal. A candidate sequence of the trigger signal may also be selected according to other information in the configuration information of the discovery signal (such as the received power information of the currently found signal), as a trigger signal. The candidate sequence in the configuration information.
需要说明的是, UE从一组触发信号的候选序列中选取一个触发 信号的候选序列, 作为触发信号的配置信息中的候选序列的方法还 可以是其他方式, 本发明对此不做限制。  It should be noted that the method for selecting a candidate sequence of the trigger signal from the candidate sequence of the trigger signal as the candidate sequence in the configuration information of the trigger signal may be other methods, which is not limited in the present invention.
若发现信号的候选序列与触发信号的候选序列间的对应关系是 多对一的对应关系时, UE在确定了发现信号的候选序列组后, 可以 根据发现信号的候选序列组与触发信号的候选序列的多对一的对应 关系, 确定出发现信号的候选序列组对应的一个触发信号的候选序 列。 此时, 也可以不用确定发现信号的候选序列组, 而直接用检测 到的发现信号的候选序列来唯一的对应出触发信号的候选序列, 因 为此时发现信号的多个候选序列都对应于触发信号的候选序列, 那 么该多个候选序列中任意检测出一个候选序列, 都可以唯一对应出 触发信号的候选序列。  If the correspondence between the candidate sequence of the signal and the candidate sequence of the trigger signal is found to be a many-to-one correspondence, the UE may select the candidate sequence group of the discovery signal and the candidate of the trigger signal after determining the candidate sequence group of the discovery signal. The many-to-one correspondence of the sequences determines a candidate sequence of a trigger signal corresponding to the candidate sequence group of the discovery signal. At this time, the candidate sequence group of the discovery signal may not be determined, but the candidate sequence of the detected discovery signal may be directly used to directly correspond to the candidate sequence of the trigger signal, because at this time, multiple candidate sequences of the found signal correspond to the trigger. A candidate sequence of the signal, then any candidate sequence of the plurality of candidate sequences can be uniquely matched to the candidate sequence of the trigger signal.
需要说明的是, UE确定发现信号的候选序列组的方法, 可以是 UE在发现信号的配置信息中检测出一个候选序列, UE根据此候选序 列可以确定出此候选序列对应的候选序列组。 此时, UE预先存储了 发现信号的所有候选序列组。 当然, UE可以通过其他方法确定发现 信号的候选序列组, 本发明对此不做限制。  It should be noted that, the method for the UE to determine the candidate sequence group of the discovery signal may be that the UE detects a candidate sequence in the configuration information of the discovery signal, and the UE may determine the candidate sequence group corresponding to the candidate sequence according to the candidate sequence. At this time, the UE stores in advance all candidate sequence groups of the discovery signal. Of course, the UE may determine the candidate sequence group of the discovery signal by other methods, which is not limited by the present invention.
需要说明的是, 发现信号的配置信息中还包括其他信息时, 例 如时频资源, 则还可以是发现信号的配置信息中的其他信息与触发 信号的候选序列有对应关系, 例如, 发现信号的配置信息的时频资 源与触发信号的候选序列有对应关系。 U E根据发现信号的配置信息 的其他信息, 及发现信号的配置信息中其他信息与触发信号的候选 序列的对应关系, 获取触发信号的配置信息。 本发明对发现信号的 配置信息中与触发信号的候选序列有对应关系的具体信息不做限 制。  It should be noted that, when other information is included in the configuration information of the discovery signal, for example, the time-frequency resource, the other information in the configuration information of the discovery signal may correspond to the candidate sequence of the trigger signal, for example, the signal is found. The time-frequency resource of the configuration information has a corresponding relationship with the candidate sequence of the trigger signal. U E acquires the configuration information of the trigger signal according to other information of the configuration information of the discovery signal and the correspondence between the other information in the configuration information of the discovery signal and the candidate sequence of the trigger signal. The present invention does not limit the specific information corresponding to the candidate sequence of the trigger signal in the configuration information of the discovery signal.
在触发信号的配置信息包括时频资源时, UE可以根据发现信号 的配置信息与触发信号的配置信息间的对应关系, 从发现信号的配 置信息中与触发信号的时频资源有对应的信息, 确定出触发信号的 时频资源。 When the configuration information of the trigger signal includes a time-frequency resource, the UE may obtain information corresponding to the time-frequency resource of the trigger signal from the configuration information of the discovery signal according to the correspondence between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration information of the trigger signal. Determine the trigger signal Time-frequency resources.
进一步的, 发现信号的配置信息中包括时频资源, 发现信号的 时频资源与触发信号的时频资源有对应关系。 UE可以根据发现信号 的时频资源, 及此对应关系, 确定触发信号的时频资源。  Further, the configuration information of the discovery signal includes a time-frequency resource, and the time-frequency resource of the discovery signal has a corresponding relationship with the time-frequency resource of the trigger signal. The UE can determine the time-frequency resource of the trigger signal according to the time-frequency resource of the discovery signal and the corresponding relationship.
其中, 时频资源包括: 频率资源和时域资源。  The time-frequency resources include: frequency resources and time domain resources.
此时, UE可以根据发现信号的频率资源, 及其对应关系, 确定 触发信号的频率资源。 UE可以根据发现信号的时域资源, 及其对应 关系, 确定触发信号的时域资源。  At this time, the UE may determine the frequency resource of the trigger signal according to the frequency resource of the discovery signal and its corresponding relationship. The UE may determine the time domain resource of the trigger signal according to the time domain resource of the discovery signal and its corresponding relationship.
具体的, 发现信号的频率资源与触发信号的频率资源间的对应 关系可以是发送发现信号的下行频率资源与发送触发信号的上行频 率资源间对应。 例如, 传输点通过下行载波的某段频率资源发送发 现信号, 此时 U E可以将与此下行频率资源相对应的上行频率资源作 为触发信号的配置信息中的频率资源。  Specifically, the correspondence between the frequency resource of the discovery signal and the frequency resource of the trigger signal may be a correspondence between a downlink frequency resource that sends the discovery signal and an uplink frequency resource that sends the trigger signal. For example, the transmission point sends a discovery signal through a certain frequency resource of the downlink carrier, and the U E can use the uplink frequency resource corresponding to the downlink frequency resource as the frequency resource in the configuration information of the trigger signal.
需要说明的是, UE 在获取触发信号的配置信息中的频率资源 时, 也可以不通过发现信号的配置信息获取, 此时, UE可以 自 己定 义频率资源。  It should be noted that, when acquiring the frequency resource in the configuration information of the trigger signal, the UE may not acquire the configuration information of the discovery signal. In this case, the UE may define the frequency resource by itself.
发现信号的时域资源与触发信号的时域资源间的对应关系可以 是——对应的对应关系, 也可是一对多的对应关系。  The correspondence between the time domain resource of the discovery signal and the time domain resource of the trigger signal may be - a corresponding correspondence relationship, or a one-to-many correspondence relationship.
具体的, 若发现信号的时域资源与触发信号的时域资源间的对 应关系是——对应的对应关系时, U E可以在子帧 N接收到传输点发 送的发现信号后, 可以根据发现信号的时域资源与触发信号的时域 资源间的——对应的对应关系, UE可以将子帧 N+ 4作为触发信号的 配置信息中的时域资源。  Specifically, if the corresponding relationship between the time domain resource of the signal and the time domain resource of the trigger signal is found to be the corresponding correspondence, the UE may receive the discovery signal sent by the transmission point after the subframe N, according to the discovery signal. The corresponding correspondence between the time domain resource and the time domain resource of the trigger signal may be used by the UE as the time domain resource in the configuration information of the trigger signal.
需要说明的是, UE可以将其他子帧例如子帧 N+M作为触发信号 的配置信息中的时域资源, M 为大于 0 的正整数。 本发明对此不做 限制。 当然, UE还可以利用其他时序关系, 根据发现信号的时域资 源确定出触发信号的时域资源。 本发明对此不做限制。  It should be noted that the UE may use other subframes such as the subframe N+M as the time domain resource in the configuration information of the trigger signal, and M is a positive integer greater than 0. The invention is not limited thereto. Of course, the UE can also use other timing relationships to determine the time domain resources of the trigger signal according to the time domain resources of the discovery signal. The invention is not limited thereto.
若发现信号的时域资源与触发信号的时域资源间的对应关系是 一对多的对应关系时, UE可以在子帧 N接收到传输点发送的发现信 号后, 可以根据发现信号的时域资源与触发信号的时域资源间的一 对多的对应关系, UE可以将子帧 N+ i作为触发信号的配置信息中的 时域资源。 If the correspondence between the time domain resource of the signal and the time domain resource of the trigger signal is found to be a one-to-many correspondence, the UE may receive the discovery message sent by the transmission point in the subframe N. After the number, the UE may use the subframe N+i as the time domain resource in the configuration information of the trigger signal according to a one-to-many correspondence between the time domain resource of the discovery signal and the time domain resource of the trigger signal.
优选的, i是 4的整数倍。  Preferably, i is an integer multiple of four.
需要说明的是, UE可以随机确定 i 的值, 将子帧 N+ i作为触发 信号的配置信息中的时域资源。 当然, UE 也可根据 UE 的标识信息 确定 i 的值, 将子帧 N+ i 作为触发信号的配置信息中的时域资源。 上述 N+ i 的多个时域资源一般是不连续的子帧, 只要 i 不等于 1 , 上述对应关系也可以对应出一串连续的子帧作为时域资源,比如 N+ i 开始的连续 j个子帧, 即 N+ i , N+ i + 1 , N+ i + j - 1 0 It should be noted that the UE may randomly determine the value of i, and use the subframe N+i as the time domain resource in the configuration information of the trigger signal. Certainly, the UE may also determine the value of i according to the identification information of the UE, and use the subframe N+i as the time domain resource in the configuration information of the trigger signal. The multiple time domain resources of the above N+i are generally discontinuous subframes. As long as i is not equal to 1, the above correspondence may also correspond to a series of consecutive subframes as time domain resources, such as consecutive j subframes starting from N+i. , ie N+ i , N+ i + 1 , N+ i + j - 1 0
需要说明的是, 若 UE根据 UE的标识信息确定 i 的值时, 可以 是 UE将此标识对第一整数取模, 获取余数, i 的值为余数与 4 的乘 积。 其中, 第一整数是预先设置的。 当然, UE 根据 UE 的标识信息 确定 i 的值还可以是其他方法, 本发明对此不做限制。  It should be noted that, if the UE determines the value of i according to the identity information of the UE, the UE may modulate the identifier to the first integer to obtain a remainder, where the value of i is the product of the remainder and 4. Wherein, the first integer is preset. Certainly, the determining the value of i according to the identification information of the UE may be other methods, which is not limited by the present invention.
需要说明的是, UE还可以根据其他方法确定 i 的值, 本发明对 此不做限制。  It should be noted that the UE may also determine the value of i according to other methods, and the present invention does not limit this.
需要说明的是, UE还可以通过其他方法获取触发信号的配置信 息中的时域资源, 例如, UE 自身设定触发信号的配置信息中的时域 资源, 本发明对此不做限制。  It should be noted that the UE may also obtain the time domain resource in the configuration information of the trigger signal by using other methods, for example, the time domain resource in the configuration information of the trigger signal is set by the UE itself, which is not limited by the present invention.
需要说明的是, 发现信号的配置信息中还包括其他信息时, 例 如候选序列, 则还可是发现信号的配置信息中还其他信息与触发信 号的时频资源有对应关系, 例如, 候选序列与触发信号的时频资源 有对应关系。 UE根据发现信号的配置信息的其他信息, 及发现信号 的配置信息中其他信息与触发信号的时频资源的对应关系, 获取触 发信号的配置信息。 本发明对发现信号的配置信息中与触发信号的 时频资源有对应关系的具体信息不做限制。  It should be noted that, when other information is included in the configuration information of the discovery signal, for example, the candidate sequence, the other information in the configuration information of the discovery signal may correspond to the time-frequency resource of the trigger signal, for example, the candidate sequence and the trigger. The time-frequency resources of the signals have a corresponding relationship. The UE obtains the configuration information of the trigger signal according to other information of the configuration information of the discovery signal and the correspondence between the other information in the configuration information of the discovery signal and the time-frequency resource of the trigger signal. The present invention does not limit the specific information corresponding to the time-frequency resource of the trigger signal in the configuration information of the discovery signal.
在所述触发信号包括: 所述上行数据包信号的情况下, 所述触 发信号的配置信息包括: 调制编码方式, 载荷大小和时频资源中的 至少一种。 此时, 在触发信号的配置信息包括调制编码方式时, UE可以根 据发现信号的配置信息与触发信号的配置信息间的对应关系, 从发 现信号的配置信息中与触发信号的调制编码方式有对应的信息, 确 定出触发信号的调制编码方式。 In the case that the trigger signal includes: the uplink data packet signal, the configuration information of the trigger signal includes: at least one of a modulation and coding mode, a payload size, and a time-frequency resource. In this case, when the configuration information of the trigger signal includes the modulation and coding mode, the UE may correspond to the modulation and coding mode of the trigger signal from the configuration information of the discovery signal according to the correspondence between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration information of the trigger signal. The information determines the modulation and coding mode of the trigger signal.
可选的, 发现信号的配置信息中包括调制编码方式, 发现信号 的配置信息中与触发信号的调制编码有对应的信息为调制编码方 式, 则 UE可以根据发现信号的调制编码方式, 及发现信号的调制编 码方式与触发信号的调制编码方式的对应关系, 确定出触发信号的 调制编码方式。  Optionally, the configuration information of the discovery signal includes a modulation and coding manner, and the information corresponding to the modulation and coding of the trigger signal in the configuration information of the discovery signal is a modulation and coding manner, and the UE may perform a modulation and coding manner according to the discovery signal, and discover the signal. The correspondence between the modulation and coding mode and the modulation and coding mode of the trigger signal determines the modulation and coding mode of the trigger signal.
需要说明的是, 发现信号的配置信息中与触发信号的调制编码 方式有对应的信息还可是其他信息, 例如发现信号的候选序列, 时 频资源等, 本发明对此不做限制。  It should be noted that the information corresponding to the modulation and coding mode of the trigger signal in the configuration information of the discovery signal may be other information, such as a candidate sequence of the discovery signal, a time-frequency resource, etc., which is not limited by the present invention.
在触发信号的配置信息包括载荷大小时, UE可以根据发现信号 的配置信息与触发信号的配置信息间的对应关系, 从发现信号的配 置信息中与触发信号的载荷大小有对应的信息, 确定出触发信号的 载荷大小。  When the configuration information of the trigger signal includes the load size, the UE may determine, according to the correspondence between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration information of the trigger signal, the information corresponding to the load size of the trigger signal in the configuration information of the discovery signal. The load size of the trigger signal.
可选的, 发现信号的配置信息中包括载荷大小, 发现信号的配 置信息中与触发信号的调制编码有对应的信息为载荷大小, 则 U E可 以根据发现信号的载荷大小, 及发现信号的载荷大小与触发信号的 载荷大小的对应关系, 确定出触发信号的载荷大小。  Optionally, the configuration information of the discovery signal includes a load size, and the information corresponding to the modulation code of the trigger signal in the configuration information of the discovery signal is a payload size, and the UE may determine the load size of the signal according to the load size of the discovery signal. Corresponding to the load size of the trigger signal, the load size of the trigger signal is determined.
需要说明的是, 发现信号的配置信息中与触发信号的载荷大小 有对应的信息还可是其他信息, 例如发现信号的候选序列, 时频资 源等, 本发明对此不做限制。  It should be noted that the information corresponding to the load size of the trigger signal in the configuration information of the discovery signal may be other information, such as a candidate sequence of the discovery signal, a time-frequency resource, etc., which is not limited by the present invention.
需要说明的是, UE根据发现信号的配置信息, 及发现信号的配 置信息与触发信号的配置信息间对应关系, 获取触发信号的配置信 息。 本发明对发现信号的配置信息的具体内容不做限制。 发现信号 的配置信息与触发信号的配置信息间对应关系可以预先设置。  It should be noted that the UE acquires the configuration information of the trigger signal according to the configuration information of the discovery signal and the correspondence between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration information of the trigger signal. The present invention does not limit the specific content of the configuration information of the discovery signal. The correspondence between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration information of the trigger signal can be set in advance.
1 0 3、 所述 UE根据所述触发信号的配置信息, 向所述传输点发 送所述触发信号。 其中, 所述触发信号中携带有第一信息。 所述第一信息包括: 所述发现信号的接收功率信息、 所述触发信号的发送功率信息、 功 率偏移量信息及第一定时偏移信息中的至少一种。 The UE sends the trigger signal to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal. The trigger signal carries the first information. The first information includes: at least one of received power information of the discovery signal, transmission power information of the trigger signal, power offset information, and first timing offset information.
所述功率偏移量是指所述触发信号的发送功率与所述发现信号 的发送功率间的偏移值。 所述第一定时偏移信息是指所述 UE接收所 述发现信号与发送所述触发信号间的时间间隔。  The power offset refers to an offset value between a transmission power of the trigger signal and a transmission power of the discovery signal. The first timing offset information refers to a time interval between the UE receiving the discovery signal and transmitting the trigger signal.
具体的, UE在获取了触发信号的配置信息后, 即可获知发送触 发信号时釆用的资源信息, UE可以将第一信息添加至触发信号中, 向所述传输点发送所述触发信号, 即为根据其配置信息将触发信号 发送至传输点中, 以使得传输点在接收到触发信号后, 可以根据触 发信号中的第一信息确定传输点由休眠态切换至激活态, 或者, 在 传输点处于激活态时, 根据所述第一信息调大第一发送功率。  Specifically, after acquiring the configuration information of the trigger signal, the UE may obtain the resource information used when the trigger signal is sent, and the UE may add the first information to the trigger signal, and send the trigger signal to the transmission point. That is, the trigger signal is sent to the transmission point according to the configuration information, so that after receiving the trigger signal, the transmission point may determine that the transmission point is switched from the sleep state to the active state according to the first information in the trigger signal, or When the point is in an active state, the first transmit power is increased according to the first information.
进一步的, UE将第一信息携带在触发信号的方法有如下几种。 具体的, UE可以将第一信息直接添加至触发信号的载荷中, 由 触发信号的载荷直接承载第一信息, 即为将第一信息作为触发信号 的载荷数据, 将第一信息添加至触发信号中。  Further, the method for the UE to carry the first information on the trigger signal is as follows. Specifically, the UE may directly add the first information to the payload of the trigger signal, and directly load the first information by the load of the trigger signal, that is, load data that uses the first information as a trigger signal, and adds the first information to the trigger signal. in.
UE也可以将第一信息通过触发信号的配置信息承载。 此时, 并 不是将第一信息的内容直接添加至触发信号的配置信息中, 而是预 先建立第一信息与触发信号的配置信息间的对应关系, 传输点在接 收触发信号时, 可以同时获取触发信号的配置信息, 从而可以根据 触发信号的配置信息, 及第一信息与触发信号的配置信息间的对应 关系, 获取第一信息。 也就是说, 通过触发信号的配置信息承载第 一信息。  The UE may also carry the first information by using configuration information of the trigger signal. At this time, the content of the first information is not directly added to the configuration information of the trigger signal, but the correspondence between the configuration information of the first information and the trigger signal is established in advance, and the transmission point can be simultaneously acquired when receiving the trigger signal. The configuration information of the trigger signal is used to obtain the first information according to the configuration information of the trigger signal and the correspondence between the first information and the configuration information of the trigger signal. That is, the first information is carried by the configuration information of the trigger signal.
示例性的, 假设传输点为基站, 若第一信息包括发现信号的接 收功率信息, 将第一信息通过触发信号的配置信息中的候选序列承 载, 即预先建立了候选序列与发现信号的接收功率信息间的对应关 系。 例如, 预先建立了候选序列 1 对应发现信号的接收功率值 a , 或对应发现信号的接收功率级别为 1 ; 候选序列 2 对应发现信号的 接收功率值 b , 或对应发现信号的接收功率级别为 2 的对应关系。 这样, 基站在接收触发信号时, 获知此触发信号的候选序列为 1 时, 根据候选序列与发现信号的接收功率信息间的对应关系, 即可获知 候选序列为 1 对应发现信号的接收功率值 a , 或对应发现信号的接 收功率级别为 1 , 从而可以获取第一信息。 Exemplarily, the transmission point is a base station. If the first information includes the received power information of the discovery signal, the first information is carried by the candidate sequence in the configuration information of the trigger signal, that is, the received power of the candidate sequence and the discovery signal is pre-established. Correspondence between information. For example, the received power value a of the candidate sequence 1 corresponding to the discovery signal is pre-established, or the received power level of the corresponding discovery signal is 1; the candidate sequence 2 corresponds to the received power value b of the discovery signal, or the received power level of the corresponding discovery signal is 2 Correspondence. In this way, when the base station receives the trigger signal and knows that the candidate sequence of the trigger signal is 1, according to the correspondence between the candidate sequence and the received power information of the discovery signal, the base station can know that the candidate sequence is the received power value of the corresponding discovery signal. , or the received power level of the corresponding discovery signal is 1, so that the first information can be obtained.
需要说明的是, UE通过触发信号携带第一信息, 还可釆用其他 的方法, 本发明对此不做限制。  It should be noted that the UE carries the first information by using the trigger signal, and other methods may be used. The present invention does not limit this.
进一步的, 在发现信号中携带有所述传输点的状态信息时, 所 述 UE根据所述触发信号的配置信息, 向所述传输点发送所述触发信 号包括:  Further, when the discovery signal carries the status information of the transmission point, the sending, by the UE, the trigger signal to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal includes:
在所述状态信息指示所述传输点能够被所述 UE 通过发送所述 触发信号的方式来触发时, 所述 UE根据所述触发信号的配置信息, 向所述传输点发送所述触发信号。  When the status information indicates that the transmission point can be triggered by the UE by sending the trigger signal, the UE sends the trigger signal to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal.
本发明实施例提供了一种触发信号的发送方法, 用户设备 UE 在检测到发现信号后, 根据此发现信号获取触发信号的配置信息, UE可以根据触发信号的配置信息, 向传输点发送触发信号, 以使得 传输点在接收到触发信号后, 获取第一信息, 在所述传输点处于休 眠态时, 所述传输点根据所述第一信息, 所述传输点由休眠态切换 至激活态; 和 /或, 在所述传输点处于激活态时, 所述传输点根据所 述第一信息调大第一发送功率。 这样, 当传输点处于休眠态或传输 点的公共信号的发送功率降低时, 可以通过 UE向传输点发送触发信 号, 由 UE触发传输点由休眠态切换为激活态, 或增大公共信号的发 送功率, 无需宏基站的参与, 这样实现了无需宏基站辅助的情况下, 触发传输点为 UE提供服务, 提高了用户体验。  The embodiment of the present invention provides a method for transmitting a trigger signal. After detecting a discovery signal, the user equipment UE acquires configuration information of the trigger signal according to the discovery signal, and the UE may send a trigger signal to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal. So that the transmission point acquires the first information after receiving the trigger signal, and when the transmission point is in the sleep state, the transmission point is switched from the sleep state to the active state according to the first information; And/or, when the transmission point is in an active state, the transmission point increases the first transmission power according to the first information. In this way, when the transmission point of the common signal of the transmission point is in the dormant state or the transmission point is decreased, the UE may send a trigger signal to the transmission point, and the UE triggers the transmission point to switch from the dormant state to the active state, or increase the transmission of the common signal. The power does not require the participation of the macro base station, so that the triggering transmission point provides services for the UE without the assistance of the macro base station, and the user experience is improved.
本发明实施例提供了一种触发信号的接收方法, 如图 2 所示, 包括:  An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for receiving a trigger signal, as shown in FIG. 2, including:
2 0 1、传输点确定发现信号的配置信息并根据所述发现信号的配 置信息发送所述发现信号。  2 0 1. The transmission point determines configuration information of the discovery signal and transmits the discovery signal according to the configuration information of the discovery signal.
其中, 所述发现信号是传输点发送的, 用于用户设备 UE发现所 述传输点的信号。 传输点可以是基站或第一 UE。 需要说明的是, 发现信号的配置信息是关于接收或发送所述发 现信号时的配置信息。 对于传输点来说, 传输点确定发现信号的配 置信息是传输点确定关于发送所述发现信号时的配置信息。 The discovery signal is sent by the transmission point, and is used by the user equipment UE to discover the signal of the transmission point. The transmission point can be a base station or a first UE. It should be noted that the configuration information of the discovery signal is configuration information when the discovery signal is received or transmitted. For the transmission point, the transmission point determines that the configuration information of the discovery signal is that the transmission point determines configuration information when transmitting the discovery signal.
需要说明的是, 第一 UE是除所述 UE之外的 UE。 此时, 在传输 点为基站时, 所述发现信号是基站发送的, 用于 UE发现所述基站的 信号。 或者, 在传输点为第一 UE 时, 所述发现信号是第一 UE发送 的, 用于 U E发现所述第一 UE的信号。 此时通信演变为 UE之间的直 接通信或发现。 在本发明中, 上述两种情况不做任何限定, 下面的 描述中以发现信号由基站发送为例进行说明, 对于第一 UE发送发现 信号的实施方式类似, 不做赘述。  It should be noted that the first UE is a UE other than the UE. At this time, when the transmission point is a base station, the discovery signal is sent by the base station, and is used by the UE to discover the signal of the base station. Or, when the transmission point is the first UE, the discovery signal is sent by the first UE, and is used by the UE to discover the signal of the first UE. At this point the communication evolves into a direct communication or discovery between the UEs. In the present invention, the above two cases are not limited. In the following description, the discovery signal is sent by the base station as an example for description. The implementation manner of transmitting the discovery signal by the first UE is similar and will not be described again.
具体的, 基站中可以预先设置发现信号的配置信息, 即为基站 可以预先设置发送发现信号时的资源信息, 例如时频信息, 候选序 列等。 基站在确定出发现信号的配置信息后, 在基站处于休眠状态 时, 或者基站处于激活状态, 但是降低了发送公共信号的发送功率 时, 可以以一定周期根据其配置信息通过广播的方式发送发现信号, 以便基站周围的 UE发现并接入此基站。 该发现信号一般来说相比于 正常供 UE 接入的同步信号和广播信号的发送周期来说, 周期要较 长, 至少百毫秒级别, 比如 2 0 0毫秒发送一次, 而正常供 UE接入的 同步信号和广播信号的发送周期为 1 0毫秒级别, 比如 L TE 系统的同 步信号周期为 5 毫秒, 广播信道周期为 1 0毫秒。  Specifically, the configuration information of the discovery signal may be preset in the base station, that is, the base station may preset resource information when transmitting the discovery signal, such as time-frequency information, candidate sequence, and the like. After determining the configuration information of the discovery signal, the base station is in the dormant state when the base station is in the dormant state, or the base station is in the active state, but when the transmission power of the common signal is reduced, the discovery signal may be sent by broadcasting according to the configuration information in a certain period. So that the UE around the base station discovers and accesses the base station. The discovery signal generally has a longer period than a normal transmission period for the synchronization signal and the broadcast signal for the UE to access, and is transmitted at least once in a millisecond level, for example, 200 milliseconds, and is normally used for UE access. The transmission period of the synchronization signal and the broadcast signal is 10 milliseconds. For example, the synchronization signal period of the L TE system is 5 milliseconds, and the broadcast channel period is 10 milliseconds.
需要说明的是, 当基站处于激活态且没有降低发送公共信号的 发送功率时, 也可以通过广播的方式发送发现信号, 本发明对此不 做限制。  It should be noted that, when the base station is in an active state and the transmission power of the common signal is not reduced, the discovery signal may also be sent by means of a broadcast, which is not limited by the present invention.
需要说明的是, 在本发明实施例中的基站处于休眠态意味着基 站处于关闭的节电状态, 此状态下基站只发送该发现信号; 而基站 处于激活态指基站处于正常服务状态, 此时除了可以继续发送发现 信号之外, 还需要发送供 UE正常接入的同步信号, 广播信道, 公共 参考信号, 控制信道和数据信道等。  It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the base station is in a dormant state, meaning that the base station is in a closed power saving state, in which the base station only sends the discovery signal; and when the base station is in an active state, the base station is in a normal service state. In addition to continuing to transmit discovery signals, it is also necessary to transmit synchronization signals, broadcast channels, common reference signals, control channels, and data channels for the UE to normally access.
进一步的, 所述发现信号中携带有发现信号的发送功率信息。 具体的,传输点将发现信号的发送功率信息添加至发现信号中, 以便将发现信号的发送功率信息发送至 UE。 具体的, 传输点将发现 信号的发送功率信息添加至发现信号方法如下: Further, the discovery signal carries the transmission power information of the discovery signal. Specifically, the transmission point adds the transmission power information of the discovery signal to the discovery signal, so as to send the transmission power information of the discovery signal to the UE. Specifically, the method for adding the transmission power information of the discovery signal to the discovery signal by the transmission point is as follows:
传输点可以将发现信号的发送功率信息直接添加至发现信号的 载荷中, 由发现信号的载荷直接承载发现信号的发送功率信息, 即 为将发现信号的发送功率信息作为发现信号的载荷数据, 将发现信 号的发送功率信息添加至发现信号中。  The transmission point may directly add the transmission power information of the discovery signal to the payload of the discovery signal, and directly transmit the transmission power information of the discovery signal by the load of the discovery signal, that is, the transmission power information of the discovery signal as the load data of the discovery signal, The transmission power information of the discovery signal is added to the discovery signal.
传输点还可以将发现信号的发送功率信息通过发现信号的候选 序列承载, 此时, 传输点与 UE需预先设置发现信号的发送功率信息 与发现信号的候选序列间的对应关系。 传输点根据发现信号的发送 功率信息, 设置发现信号的候选序列, 将此发现信号发送至 U E , 以 使得 UE在接收到此发现信号后, 可以根据预先设置的发现信号的发 送功率信息与发现信号的候选序列间的对应关系, 及发现信号的候 选序列, 确定出发现信号的发送功率。  The transmission point may also carry the transmission power information of the discovery signal through the candidate sequence of the discovery signal. At this time, the transmission point and the UE need to preset the correspondence between the transmission power information of the discovery signal and the candidate sequence of the discovery signal. The transmission point sets a candidate sequence of the discovery signal according to the transmission power information of the discovery signal, and sends the discovery signal to the UE, so that after receiving the discovery signal, the UE may perform the transmission power information and the discovery signal according to the preset discovery signal. The correspondence between the candidate sequences and the candidate sequence of the discovery signal determine the transmission power of the discovery signal.
示例性的, 假设传输点为基站, 基站与 UE需预先设置发现信号 的候选序列 1 表示发现信号的发送功率值为 Q , 发现信号的候选序 列 2 表示发现信号的发送功率值为 P。 在基站发送发现信号的发送 功率为 Q 时, 基站设置发现信号的候选序列为 1 , 并将发现信号发 送至 U E , 使得 UE 接收到发现信号时, 可以获知发现信号的候选序 列 1 , 并根据预设的发现信号的发送功率信息与发现信号的候选序 列间的对应关系, 确定出发现信号的发送功率值为 Q。  Exemplarily, assuming that the transmission point is a base station, the base station and the UE need to preset the candidate sequence of the discovery signal. 1 indicates that the transmission power value of the discovery signal is Q, and the candidate sequence 2 of the discovery signal indicates that the transmission power value of the discovery signal is P. When the transmission power of the discovery signal sent by the base station is Q, the base station sets the candidate sequence of the discovery signal to 1, and sends the discovery signal to the UE, so that when the UE receives the discovery signal, the candidate sequence 1 of the discovery signal can be learned, and according to the pre- The correspondence between the transmission power information of the discovery signal and the candidate sequence of the discovery signal determines that the transmission power value of the discovery signal is Q.
需要说明的是, 在本发明实施例中, 发现信号中携带有发现信 号的发送功率信息的具体方法, 还可以是其他方法, 本发明对此不 做限制。  It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the specific method for the discovery signal carrying the transmission power information of the discovery signal may be other methods, which are not limited by the present invention.
需要说明的是, UE在获取传输点发送的发现信号时, 需要先获 取发现信号的配置信息。 此时, 传输点与 UE还可以预先建立发现信 号的配置信息与发现信号的发送功率信息间的对应关系, 以便 U E在 获取到发现信号的配置信息时, 可以通过预设建立的发现信号的配 置信息与发现信号的发送功率信息间的对应关系, 获知传输点发送 发现信号时的发送功率。 此时, 传输点将发现信号的发送功率通过 发现信号的配置信息承载。 It should be noted that, when acquiring the discovery signal sent by the transmission point, the UE needs to acquire the configuration information of the discovery signal. At this time, the transmission point and the UE may further establish a correspondence between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the transmission power information of the discovery signal, so that the configuration of the discovery signal that can be established by the UE when the configuration information of the discovery signal is acquired by the UE. The correspondence between the information and the transmission power information of the discovery signal, and the transmission point is known to be transmitted. Transmit power when the signal is found. At this time, the transmission point carries the transmission power of the discovery signal through the configuration information of the discovery signal.
需要说明的是,传输点向 UE发送发现信号的方法还可以是其他 方法, 本发明对此不做限制。  It should be noted that the method for the transmission point to send the discovery signal to the UE may also be other methods, which is not limited by the present invention.
进一步的, 所述发现信号包括: 发现参考信号或下行数据包信 号。  Further, the discovery signal includes: a discovery reference signal or a downlink data packet signal.
需要说明的是, 发现信号不同, 其对应的配置信息不同。  It should be noted that the discovery signals are different, and the corresponding configuration information is different.
其中, 在所述发现信号包括: 所述发现参考信号的情况下, 所 述发现信号的配置信息包括: 候选序列和 /或时频资源。 在所述发现 信号包括: 所述下行数据包信号的情况下, 所述发现信号的配置信 息包括: 调制编码方式, 载荷大小和时频资源中的至少一种。  In the case that the discovery signal includes: the discovery reference signal, the configuration information of the discovery signal includes: a candidate sequence and/or a time-frequency resource. In the case that the discovery signal includes: the downlink data packet signal, the configuration information of the discovery signal includes: at least one of a modulation and coding mode, a payload size, and a time-frequency resource.
进一步的, 所述发现信号携带有所述传输点的状态信息。  Further, the discovery signal carries state information of the transmission point.
其中 ,所述状态信息指示所述传输点是否能够被所述 UE通过发 送所述触发信号的方式来触发。  The status information indicates whether the transmission point can be triggered by the UE by sending the trigger signal.
2 0 2、 所述传输点确定触发信号的配置信息, 并根据所述触发信 号的配置信息接收 UE发送的所述触发信号。  The transmission point determines the configuration information of the trigger signal, and receives the trigger signal sent by the UE according to the configuration information of the trigger signal.
其中, 所述触发信号中携带有第一信息。 所述第一信息包括: 所述发现信号的接收功率信息、 所述触发信号的发送功率信息、 功 率偏移量信息及第一定时偏移信息中的至少一种。  The trigger signal carries the first information. The first information includes: at least one of received power information of the discovery signal, transmission power information of the trigger signal, power offset information, and first timing offset information.
所述功率偏移量是指所述触发信号的发送功率与所述发现信号 的发送功率间的偏移值。 所述第一定时偏移信息是指所述 UE接收所 述发现信号与发送所述触发信号间的时间间隔。  The power offset refers to an offset value between a transmission power of the trigger signal and a transmission power of the discovery signal. The first timing offset information refers to a time interval between the UE receiving the discovery signal and transmitting the trigger signal.
需要说明的是, 所述触发信号的配置信息是关于接收或发送所 述触发信号时的配置信息。 对于本发明实施例中的传输点来说, 触 发信号的配置信息是关于接收所述触发信号时的配置信息。 例如, 配置信息包括: 接收触发信息时使用的序列和 /或时频资源信息, 及 接收触发信息时的发送功率信息。 或者, 配置信息包括: 接收触发 信息时使用的序列和 /或时频资源信息等。  It should be noted that the configuration information of the trigger signal is configuration information when receiving or transmitting the trigger signal. For the transmission point in the embodiment of the present invention, the configuration information of the trigger signal is configuration information when the trigger signal is received. For example, the configuration information includes: sequence and/or time-frequency resource information used when receiving the trigger information, and transmission power information when the trigger information is received. Alternatively, the configuration information includes: a sequence and/or time-frequency resource information used when receiving the trigger information, and the like.
具体的, 传输点可以在确定了发现信号的配置信息后, 可以根 据发现信号的配置信息获知触发信号的配置信息。 此时, 传输点需 要先确定所述发现信号的配置信息与所述触发信号的配置信息之间 具有对应关系, 从而可以根据发现信号的配置信息获知触发信号的 配置信息。 Specifically, the transmission point may be rooted after determining the configuration information of the discovery signal. It is found that the configuration information of the signal knows the configuration information of the trigger signal. At this time, the transmission point needs to first determine the correspondence between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration information of the trigger signal, so that the configuration information of the trigger signal can be obtained according to the configuration information of the discovery signal.
需要说明的是, 发现信号的配置信息与所述触发信号的配置信 , ¾之间具有对应关系是预先设置的。  It should be noted that the correspondence between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration information of the trigger signal is preset.
进一步的, 所述触发信号包括: 触发参考信号或上行数据包信 号。  Further, the trigger signal includes: a trigger reference signal or an uplink data packet signal.
需要说明的是, 根据触发信号的不同, 其对应的配置信息也不 同。  It should be noted that the corresponding configuration information is different according to the trigger signal.
其中, 在所述触发信号包括: 所述触发参考信号的情况下, 所 述触发信号的配置信息包括: 候选序列和 /或时频资源。 在所述触发 信号包括: 所述上行数据包信号的情况下, 所述触发信号的配置信 息包括: 调制编码方式, 载荷大小和时频资源中的至少一种。  In the case that the trigger signal includes: the trigger reference signal, the configuration information of the trigger signal includes: a candidate sequence and/or a time-frequency resource. In the case that the trigger signal includes: the uplink data packet signal, the configuration information of the trigger signal includes: at least one of a modulation and coding mode, a payload size, and a time-frequency resource.
进一步的, 所述触发信号中携带第一信息的方法有如下几种。 具体的, 第一信息直接由触发信号的载荷承载, 即为将第一信 息作为触发信号的载荷数据。  Further, the method for carrying the first information in the trigger signal is as follows. Specifically, the first information is directly carried by the load of the trigger signal, that is, the load data that uses the first information as a trigger signal.
第一信息也可以由触发信号的配置信息承载, 此时, 并不是在 触发信号的配置信息中直接承载第一信息的内容, 而是预先建立触 发信号的配置信息与第一信息的对应关系, 从而, 传输点可以根据 触发信号的配置信息, 及第一信息与触发信号的配置信息间的对应 关系, 获知第一信息。  The first information may also be carried by the configuration information of the trigger signal. In this case, the content of the first information is not directly carried in the configuration information of the trigger signal, but the correspondence between the configuration information of the trigger signal and the first information is established in advance. Therefore, the transmission point can learn the first information according to the configuration information of the trigger signal and the correspondence between the first information and the configuration information of the trigger signal.
需要说明的是, 触发信号中携带第一信息的方法, 还可釆用其 他的方法, 本发明对此不做限制。  It should be noted that the method for carrying the first information in the trigger signal may also adopt other methods, which are not limited in the present invention.
2 03、 所述传输点从所述触发信号中获取所述第一信息。  2 03. The transmission point acquires the first information from the trigger signal.
具体的, 传输点在获取到触发信号时, 根据触发信号携带第一 信息的方法不同, 获取第一信息的方法也不同。  Specifically, when the transmission point acquires the trigger signal, the method for acquiring the first information according to the trigger signal is different, and the method for obtaining the first information is also different.
若第一信息直接由触发信号的载荷承载, 即为将第一信息作为 触发信号的载荷数据时, 传输点直接解析触发信号, 从触发信号的 载荷承载中获取第一信息。 If the first information is directly carried by the load of the trigger signal, that is, when the first information is used as the load data of the trigger signal, the transmission point directly analyzes the trigger signal, and the trigger signal is The first information is obtained in the payload bearer.
若第一信息由触发信号的配置信息承载时, 则传输点可以根据 触发信号的配置信息, 及第一信息与触发信号的配置信息间的对应 关系, 获知第一信息。  If the first information is carried by the configuration information of the trigger signal, the transmission point may obtain the first information according to the configuration information of the trigger signal and the correspondence between the first information and the configuration information of the trigger signal.
示例性的, 假设传输点为基站, 若第一信息包括发现信号的接 收功率信息, 将第一信息通过触发信号的配置信息中的候选序列承 载, 即为预先建立了候选序列与发现信号的接收功率信息间的对应 关系。 例如, 预先建立了候选序列 1对应发现信号的接收功率值 a , 或对应发现信号的接收功率级别为 1 ; 候选序列 2 对应发现信号的 接收功率值 b , 或对应发现信号的接收功率级别为 2 的对应关系。 这样, 基站在接收触发信号时, 获知此触发信号的候选序列为 1 时, 根据候选序列与发现信号的接收功率信息间的对应关系, 即可获知 候选序列为 1 对应发现信号的接收功率值 a , 或对应发现信号的接 收功率级别为 1 , 从而可以获取第一信息。  Exemplarily, the transmission point is a base station. If the first information includes the received power information of the discovery signal, the first information is carried by the candidate sequence in the configuration information of the trigger signal, that is, the candidate sequence and the discovery signal are pre-established. Correspondence between power information. For example, the received power value a corresponding to the discovery signal of the candidate sequence 1 is set in advance, or the received power level of the corresponding discovery signal is 1; the received power value b corresponding to the discovery signal of the candidate sequence 2, or the received power level of the corresponding discovery signal is 2 Correspondence. In this way, when the base station receives the trigger signal and knows that the candidate sequence of the trigger signal is 1, according to the correspondence between the candidate sequence and the received power information of the discovery signal, the base station can know that the candidate sequence is the received power value of the corresponding discovery signal. , or the received power level of the corresponding discovery signal is 1, so that the first information can be obtained.
2 04、 所述传输点根据第一信息调整状态或调大第一发送功率。 具体的, 在所述传输点处于休眠态时, 所述传输点根据所述第 一信息, 所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态。 和 /或, 在所述传输点 处于激活态时, 所述传输点根据所述第一信息调大第一发送功率。  2 04. The transmission point adjusts a state according to the first information or increases the first transmission power. Specifically, when the transmission point is in a dormant state, the transmission point is switched from a sleep state to an active state according to the first information. And/or, when the transmission point is in an active state, the transmission point increases the first transmission power according to the first information.
其中, 所述第一发送功率是所述传输点发送公共信号时釆用的 功率。 所述公共信号包括小区特定参考信号, 物理广播信道, 公共 搜索空间中承载的广播信道中的至少一种。  The first transmit power is power used when the transmission point sends a common signal. The common signal includes at least one of a cell-specific reference signal, a physical broadcast channel, and a broadcast channel carried in a common search space.
需要说明的是, 在本发明实施例中所述传输点根据第一信息调 整状态或调大第一发送功率是指传输点在获取了第一信息后, 根据 第一信息确定是否为 UE提供服务, 若确定出能够为 UE提供服务, 此时, 传输点调整状态或调大第一发送功率。  It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the transmission point adjusts the state according to the first information or increases the first transmission power, that is, after the transmission point acquires the first information, determining, according to the first information, whether to provide services for the UE. If it is determined that the UE can be served, at this time, the transmission point adjusts the state or increases the first transmission power.
也就是说, 在传输点获取了第一信息后, 可以根据第一信息, 确定是否为发送触发信号的 UE提供服务, 即为根据第一信息确定是 否允许发送触发信号的 UE接入至传输点。 若确定出可以为发送触发 信号的 UE提供服务时, 若传输点处于休眠态时, 传输点可以由休眠 态切换为激活态。 可选的, 传输点由休眠态切换至激活态后, 传输 点可以调大第一发送功率, 以向 UE发送公共信号。 That is, after the first information is obtained by the transmission point, it may be determined according to the first information whether to provide a service for the UE that sends the trigger signal, that is, whether the UE that is allowed to send the trigger signal is allowed to access the transmission point according to the first information. . If it is determined that the UE capable of transmitting the trigger signal can be served, if the transmission point is in the sleep state, the transmission point can be hibernated. The state is switched to the active state. Optionally, after the transmission point is switched from the dormant state to the active state, the transmission point may increase the first transmit power to send a common signal to the UE.
或者, 在传输点处于激活态时, 由于传输点在接收到触发信号 之前已经降低了第一发送功率, 以至于传输点无法通过第一发送功 率将公共信号发送至 UE , 此时传输点可以直接调大第一发送功率, 以便传输点可以利用第一发送功率将公共信号发送至 UE。  Or, when the transmission point is in an active state, since the transmission point has reduced the first transmission power before receiving the trigger signal, the transmission point cannot transmit the public signal to the UE by using the first transmission power, and the transmission point may directly The first transmit power is increased such that the transmission point can transmit the common signal to the UE using the first transmit power.
示例性的, 假设传输点为基站, 如图 3所示, 有三个基站, 基 站 1 , 基站 2 , 基站 3。 三个基站的发现信号的发送功率是静态恒定 的, 公共信号的发送功率是可以动态调整的。 因此, 三个基站的公 共信号的发送功率可以根据其服务的 UE 的位置或 UE与基站间的距 离动态调整。 假设基站 3服务的 UE 3位于基站 3 的小区边缘, 所以 基站 3 的发现信号的发送功率与公共信号的发送功率相同。 基站 1 中没有服务的 UE , 所以, 基站 1处于休眠状态, 此时基站 1只发送 发现信号, 并不发送公共信号。 基站 2服务的 UE 2位于基站 2 的核 心范围, 所以, 基站 2 的发现信号的发送功率与公共信号的发送功 率不同。 基站 2 降低了公共信号的发送功率, 从而降低对其他邻基 站的干扰。  Exemplarily, assuming that the transmission point is a base station, as shown in FIG. 3, there are three base stations, a base station 1, a base station 2, and a base station 3. The transmission power of the discovery signals of the three base stations is statically constant, and the transmission power of the common signals can be dynamically adjusted. Therefore, the transmission power of the public signals of the three base stations can be dynamically adjusted according to the location of the UEs it serves or the distance between the UE and the base station. It is assumed that the UE 3 served by the base station 3 is located at the cell edge of the base station 3, so the transmission power of the discovery signal of the base station 3 is the same as the transmission power of the common signal. There is no serving UE in base station 1, so base station 1 is in a dormant state, at which time base station 1 only transmits a discovery signal and does not transmit a common signal. The UE 2 served by the base station 2 is located in the core range of the base station 2, so the transmission power of the discovery signal of the base station 2 is different from the transmission power of the common signal. Base station 2 reduces the transmit power of the common signal, thereby reducing interference to other neighboring base stations.
此时, UE 1进入基站 1 与基站 2 的边界。 UE 1需要对基站 1及基 站 2进行测量, 从而选择其服务基站。 若 UE 1 选择基站 1 为其服务 基站, 则 UE 1检测基站 1 的发现信号, 并根据此发现信号确定出触 发信号的配置信息后, 根据此配置信息将携带有第一信息的触发信 号发送至基站 1。 基站 1 确定触发信号的配置信息, 并根据触发信 号的配置信息接收到携带有第一信息的触发信号后, 根据第一信息 判断是否为此 UE 1提供服务。 若基站 1 确定为此 UE 1提供服务, 则 基站 1 将自身状态由休眠态切换至激活态, 并调整适合的公共信号 的发送功率, 以便 UE 1 能够接收到公共信息, 从而使 UE 1 接入或驻 留至基站 1。  At this time, UE 1 enters the boundary between base station 1 and base station 2. The UE 1 needs to measure the base station 1 and the base station 2 to select its serving base station. If the UE 1 selects the base station 1 as its serving base station, the UE 1 detects the discovery signal of the base station 1, and after determining the configuration information of the trigger signal according to the discovery signal, sends a trigger signal carrying the first information to the configuration information according to the configuration information. Base station 1. The base station 1 determines the configuration information of the trigger signal, and after receiving the trigger signal carrying the first information according to the configuration information of the trigger signal, determines whether to provide the service for the UE 1 according to the first information. If the base station 1 determines to provide a service for the UE 1, the base station 1 switches its state from the sleep state to the active state, and adjusts the transmit power of the appropriate common signal, so that the UE 1 can receive the public information, thereby enabling the UE 1 to access. Or camp on base station 1.
若 UE 1选择基站 2为其服务基站, 则 UE 1检测基站 2 的发现信 号, 并根据此发现信号确定出触发信号的配置信息后, 根据此配置 信息将携带有第一信息的触发信号发送至基站 2。 基站 2 接收到携 带有第一信息的触发信息后, 根据第一信息判断是否为此 UE 1 提供 服务。 若基站 2确定为此 UE 1提供服务, 则基站 2增大公共信号的 发送功率, 以便 UE 1 能够接收到公共信息, 从而使 UE 1接入或驻留 至基站 2。 If the UE 1 selects the base station 2 as its serving base station, the UE 1 detects the discovery signal of the base station 2, and determines the configuration information of the trigger signal according to the discovery signal, according to the configuration. The information transmits a trigger signal carrying the first information to the base station 2. After receiving the trigger information carrying the first information, the base station 2 determines whether to provide the service for the UE 1 according to the first information. If the base station 2 determines to provide a service for the UE 1, the base station 2 increases the transmission power of the common signal so that the UE 1 can receive the common information, thereby causing the UE 1 to access or camp on the base station 2.
进一步的, 在所述第一信息包括: 所述发现信号的接收功率信 息的情况下, 所述传输点根据所述第一信息, 所述传输点由休眠态 切换至激活态包括: 所述传输点根据所述发现信号的接收功率信息, 及所述发现信号的发送功率信息, 确定所述传输点和所述 UE之间的 路径损耗; 所述传输点根据所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态。 和 /或, 所述传输点根据所述第 一信息调大所述第一发送功率包括: 所述传输点根据所述发现信号 的接收功率信息, 及所述发现信号的发送功率信息, 确定所述传输 点和所述 UE 之间的路径损耗; 所述传输点根据所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 调大所述第一发送功率。  Further, in the case that the first information includes: the received power information of the discovery signal, the transmission point according to the first information, the switching of the transmission point from the dormant state to the active state includes: the transmitting Determining a path loss between the transmission point and the UE according to the received power information of the discovery signal and the transmission power information of the discovery signal; the transmission point is according to the transmission point and the UE The path loss between the transmission points is switched from the sleep state to the active state. And/or, the transmitting point is configured to increase the first transmit power according to the first information, where: the transmission point determines, according to the received power information of the discovery signal, and the transmit power information of the discovery signal. a path loss between the transmission point and the UE; the transmission point increases the first transmission power according to a path loss between the transmission point and the UE.
具体的, 在所述第一信息包括: 所述发现信号的接收功率信息 的情况下, 传输点根据所述发现信号的接收功率信息, 及所述发现 信号的发送功率信息, 确定所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗; 传输点根据所述传输点和所述 UE 之间的路径损耗确定是否为发送 触发信号的 UE提供服务, 若为发送触发信号的 U E提供服务, 则在 传输点处于休眠态时, 传输点由休眠态切换至激活态。 或者, 在传 输点处于激活态时, 传输点调大第一发送功率。 若确定不为发送触 发信号的 UE提供服务, 则传输点不作任何处理。  Specifically, in a case where the first information includes: the received power information of the discovery signal, the transmission point determines the transmission point according to the received power information of the discovery signal and the transmission power information of the discovery signal. And a path loss between the UE and the UE; determining, according to the path loss between the transmission point and the UE, whether to provide a service for a UE that sends a trigger signal, and if providing a service for a UE that sends a trigger signal, transmitting When the point is in the sleep state, the transmission point is switched from the sleep state to the active state. Alternatively, the transmission point increases the first transmission power when the transmission point is in an active state. If it is determined that the UE transmitting the trigger signal is not served, the transmission point does not perform any processing.
也就是说, UE将其接收发现信号时的接收功率信息发送给传输 点。 传输点在获取了发现信号的接收功率信息时, 可以根据传输点 发送发现信号的发送功率信息, 计算出传输点向 UE发送发现信号的 信道的路径损耗, 即为所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗。 可选 的, 传输点可以将发送发现信号的发送功率与 UE接收发现信号时的 接收功率间的差值, 作为传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗。 传输点在确定出传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗后,根据所述 传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗确定是否为发送触发信号的 U E提 供服务。 具体方法可以是将此路径损耗与预设的门限值 a进行比较, 若路径损耗大于预设的门限值 a , 则说明传输点与 UE 间的信道质量 差, 或者, 传输点与 UE 间的距离较远, 此时传输点确定不为 U E提 供服务, 则在传输点处于休眠态时, 传输点不调整其状态, 或者, 在传输点处于激活态时, 传输点不调大其第一发送功率, 即为传输 点不允许 UE接入。 若路径损耗小于预设的门限值 a , 则说明传输点 与 UE 间的信道质量好, 或者, 传输点与 UE 间的距离较近, 此时传 输点确定可以为 UE提供服务, 则在传输点处于休眠态时, 传输点将 由休眠态切换至激活态, 或者, 在传输点处于激活态时, 传输点调 大其第一发送功率, 以便 UE接入。 That is, the UE transmits the received power information when it receives the discovery signal to the transmission point. When the transmission point information of the discovery signal is acquired, the transmission point may send the transmission power information of the discovery signal according to the transmission point, and calculate the path loss of the channel where the transmission point sends the discovery signal to the UE, that is, the transmission point and the UE. Path loss between. Optionally, the transmission point may use a difference between a transmit power of the transmit discovery signal and a received power when the UE receives the discovery signal as a path loss between the transmission point and the UE. After determining the path loss between the transmission point and the UE, the transmission point determines whether to provide a service for the UE that sends the trigger signal according to the path loss between the transmission point and the UE. The specific method may be to compare the path loss with a preset threshold a. If the path loss is greater than the preset threshold a, the channel quality between the transmission point and the UE is poor, or between the transmission point and the UE. The distance is far away. At this time, the transmission point determines that the UE is not served. When the transmission point is in the sleep state, the transmission point does not adjust its state, or when the transmission point is in the active state, the transmission point does not increase its first. Transmit power, that is, the transmission point does not allow UE access. If the path loss is less than the preset threshold a, the channel quality between the transmission point and the UE is good, or the distance between the transmission point and the UE is relatively close. At this time, the transmission point determines that the UE can be served, and then the transmission is performed. When the point is in the sleep state, the transmission point will be switched from the sleep state to the active state, or when the transmission point is in the active state, the transmission point increases its first transmission power for the UE to access.
或者, 在所述第一信息包括: 所述触发信号的发送功率信息的 情况下, 所述传输点根据所述第一信息, 所述传输点由休眠态切换 至激活态包括: 所述传输点根据所述触发信号的发送功率信息, 及 接收所述触发信号时获取的所述触发信号的接收功率信息, 确定所 述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗; 所述传输点根据所述传输点和 所述 U E 之间的路径损耗, 所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态。 和 / 或, 所述传输点根据所述第一信息调大所述第一发送功率包括: 所 述传输点根据所述触发信号的发送功率信息, 及接收所述触发信号 时获取的所述触发信号的接收功率信息, 确定所述传输点和所述 UE 之间的路径损耗; 所述传输点根据所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径 损耗, 调大所述第一发送功率。  Or, in a case that the first information includes: the sending power information of the triggering signal, the transmitting point, according to the first information, that the transmission point is switched from a dormant state to an active state, the: Determining a path loss between the transmission point and the UE according to the transmit power information of the trigger signal and the received power information of the trigger signal acquired when the trigger signal is received; A path loss between the transmission point and the UE, the transmission point being switched from a sleep state to an active state. And/or, the transmitting point is configured to increase the first sending power according to the first information, where: the transmitting point is configured according to the sending power information of the trigger signal, and the trigger obtained when the trigger signal is received And determining, by the received power information of the signal, a path loss between the transmission point and the UE; the transmission point increases the first transmission power according to a path loss between the transmission point and the UE.
具体的, 在所述第一信息包括: 所述触发信号的发送功率信息 的情况下, 传输点根据所述触发信号的发送功率信息, 及接收所述 触发信号时获取的所述触发信号的接收功率信息, 确定所述传输点 和所述 UE之间的路径损耗。 传输点根据所述传输点和所述 UE之间 的路径损耗确定是否为发送触发信号的 UE提供服务, 若确定为发送 触发信号的 UE提供服务, 则在传输点处于休眠态时, 传输点由休眠 态切换至激活态。 或者, 在传输点处于激活态时, 传输点调大第一 发送功率。 若确定不为发送触发信号的 UE提供服务, 则传输点不作 任何处理。 Specifically, in the case that the first information includes: the sending power information of the trigger signal, the transmission point is based on the sending power information of the trigger signal, and the receiving of the trigger signal acquired when the trigger signal is received The power information determines a path loss between the transmission point and the UE. The transmission point determines whether to provide a service for the UE that sends the trigger signal according to the path loss between the transmission point and the UE. If it is determined that the UE that sends the trigger signal provides the service, when the transmission point is in the dormant state, the transmission point is Sleep The state switches to the active state. Alternatively, when the transmission point is in an active state, the transmission point increases the first transmission power. If it is determined that the UE is not serving the trigger signal, the transmission point does not perform any processing.
也就是说, UE 将其发送触发信号的发送功率信息发送给传输 点。 传输点可以在获取了触发信号的发送功率信息后, 可以根据其 接收触发信号时的接收功率信息, 计算出 UE向传输点发送触发信号 的信道的路径损耗, 即为所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗。 可 选的, 传输点可以将接收触发信号的接收功率与 UE发送触发信号时 的发送功率间的差值, 作为所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗。  That is, the UE transmits the transmission power information of the transmission trigger signal to the transmission point. After obtaining the transmission power information of the trigger signal, the transmission point may calculate the path loss of the channel on which the UE sends the trigger signal to the transmission point according to the received power information when the trigger signal is received, that is, the transmission point and the Path loss between UEs. Optionally, the transmission point may use a difference between a received power of the received trigger signal and a transmit power when the UE sends the trigger signal as a path loss between the transmission point and the UE.
传输节点在确定出传输点和所述 U E之间的路径损耗后,根据传 输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 确定是否为 UE提供服务的过程与 上述在第一信息包括所述发现信号的接收功率信息时, 传输节点根 据传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 确定是否为 UE提供服务的过 程相同, 在此不再赘述。  After determining, by the transmitting node, the path loss between the transmission point and the UE, determining, according to the path loss between the transmission point and the UE, whether to provide a service for the UE, and the foregoing information including the discovery signal in the first information The process of determining whether to provide a service for the UE is the same according to the path loss between the transmission point and the UE, and is not described here.
或者, 在所述第一信息包括: 所述功率偏移量信息的情况下, 所述传输点根据所述第一信息, 所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态 包括: 所述传输点根据所述功率偏移量信息, 及所述发现信号的发 送功率信息, 确定所述触发信号的发送功率信息; 所述传输点根据 所述触发信号的发送功率信息, 及接收所述触发信号时获取的所述 触发信号的接收功率信息, 确定所述传输点和所述 U E之间的路径损 耗; 所述传输点根据所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 所述传 输点由休眠态切换至激活态。 和 /或, 所述传输点根据所述第一信息 调大所述第一发送功率包括: 所述传输点根据所述功率偏移量信息, 及所述发现信号的发送功率信息, 确定所述触发信号的发送功率信 息; 所述传输点根据所述触发信号的发送功率信息, 及接收所述触 发信号时获取的所述触发信号的接收功率信息, 确定所述传输点和 所述 UE之间的路径损耗; 所述传输点根据所述传输点和所述 U E之 间的路径损耗, 调大所述第一发送功率。  Or, in a case that the first information includes: the power offset information, the transmission point is switched according to the first information, and the transmission point is switched from a dormant state to an active state, where: the transmission point is according to: Determining, by the power offset information, the transmit power information of the discovery signal, the transmit power information of the trigger signal; the transmission point is obtained according to the transmit power information of the trigger signal, and receiving the trigger signal The received power information of the trigger signal determines a path loss between the transmission point and the UE; the transmission point is caused by a path loss between the transmission point and the UE, and the transmission point is suspended by The state switches to the active state. And/or, the transmitting point is configured to increase the first transmit power according to the first information, where: the transmission point determines, according to the power offset information, and the transmit power information of the discovery signal, a transmission power information of the trigger signal; the transmission point determines, between the transmission point and the UE, according to the transmission power information of the trigger signal and the received power information of the trigger signal acquired when the trigger signal is received Path loss; the transmission point increases the first transmission power according to a path loss between the transmission point and the UE.
具体的, 在所述第一信息包括: 所述功率偏移量信息的情况下, 传输点根据所述功率偏移量信息, 及所述发现信号的发送功率信息, 确定所述触发信号的发送功率信息, 并根据所述触发信号的发送功 率信息, 及接收所述触发信号时获取的所述触发信号的接收功率信 息, 确定所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗。 进而传输点可以根 据所述传输点和所述 UE 之间的路径损耗确定是否为发送触发信号 的 UE提供服务, 若确定为发送触发信号的 UE提供服务, 则在传输 点处于休眠态时, 传输点由休眠态切换至激活态。 或者, 在传输点 处于激活态时, 传输点调大第一发送功率。 若确定不为发送触发信 号的 UE提供服务, 则传输点不作任何处理。 Specifically, in the case that the first information includes: the power offset information, The transmission point determines the transmission power information of the trigger signal according to the power offset information and the transmission power information of the discovery signal, and obtains according to the transmission power information of the trigger signal and when the trigger signal is received. The received power information of the trigger signal determines a path loss between the transmission point and the UE. Further, the transmission point may determine whether to provide a service for the UE that sends the trigger signal according to the path loss between the transmission point and the UE, and if it is determined that the UE that sends the trigger signal provides the service, when the transmission point is in the dormant state, the transmission is performed. The point is switched from the sleep state to the active state. Alternatively, when the transmission point is in an active state, the transmission point increases the first transmission power. If it is determined that the UE is not serving the trigger signal, the transmission point does not perform any processing.
也就是说, UE在获取了发现信号的发送功率信息后, 可以根据 发现信号的发送功率信息及触发信号的发送功率信息, 获取功率偏 移量信息, 从而将功率偏移量信息发送至传输点。 传输点接收到功 率偏移量信息后, 可以根据其发送发现信号的发送功率信息, 可以 计算出触发信号的发送功率。 传输点在接收触发信号时, 可以获知 接收触发信号时的接收功率, 从而传输点可以根据触发信号的发送 功率及触发信号的接收功率, 计算出 UE向传输点发送触发信号的信 道的路径损耗, 即为所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗。可选的 , 传输点可以将接收触发信号的接收功率与 U E 发送触发信号时的发 送功率间的差值, 作为所述传输点和所述 U E之间的路径损耗。  That is, after acquiring the transmission power information of the discovery signal, the UE may obtain the power offset information according to the transmission power information of the discovery signal and the transmission power information of the trigger signal, thereby transmitting the power offset information to the transmission point. . After receiving the power offset information, the transmission point can calculate the transmission power of the trigger signal according to the transmission power information of the discovery signal. When receiving the trigger signal, the transmission point can know the received power when the trigger signal is received, so that the transmission point can calculate the path loss of the channel that the UE sends the trigger signal to the transmission point according to the transmission power of the trigger signal and the received power of the trigger signal. That is, the path loss between the transmission point and the UE. Optionally, the transmission point may use a difference between the received power of the receiving trigger signal and the transmission power when the U E sends the trigger signal as a path loss between the transmission point and the U E .
传输节点在确定出传输点和所述 U E之间的路径损耗后,根据传 输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 确定是否为 UE提供服务的过程与 上述在第一信息包括所述发现信号的接收功率信息时, 传输节点根 据传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 确定是否为 UE提供服务的过 程相同, 在此不再赘述。  After determining, by the transmitting node, the path loss between the transmission point and the UE, determining, according to the path loss between the transmission point and the UE, whether to provide a service for the UE, and the foregoing information including the discovery signal in the first information The process of determining whether to provide a service for the UE is the same according to the path loss between the transmission point and the UE, and is not described here.
或者, 在所述第一信息包括: 第一定时偏移信息的情况下, 所 述传输点根据所述第一信息, 所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态包 括: 所述传输点根据所述发现信号的发送时刻, 所述第一定时偏移 信息, 及接收所述触发信号的接收时刻, 确定所述传输点与所述 UE 间的传输距离; 所述传输点根据所述传输点和所述 UE之间的传输距 离, 所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态。 和 /或, 所述传输点根据所 述第一信息调大所述第一发送功率包括: 所述传输点根据所述发现 信号的发送时刻, 所述第一定时偏移信息, 及接收所述触发信号的 接收时刻, 确定所述传输点与所述 UE间的传输距离; 所述传输点根 据所述传输点和所述 UE之间的传输距离, 调大所述第一发送功率。 Or, in a case that the first information includes: first timing offset information, the transmission point is switched according to the first information, and the transmission point is switched from a dormant state to an active state, where: Determining a transmission time of the discovery signal, the first timing offset information, and receiving a reception time of the trigger signal, determining a transmission distance between the transmission point and the UE; the transmission point is according to the transmission point and Transmission distance between the UEs Off, the transmission point is switched from the sleep state to the active state. And/or, the transmitting point is configured to increase the first sending power according to the first information, including: sending, according to the sending time of the discovery signal, the first timing offset information, and receiving the Determining, by the receiving moment of the trigger signal, a transmission distance between the transmission point and the UE; the transmission point increases the first transmission power according to a transmission distance between the transmission point and the UE.
具体的, 在所述第一信息包括: 第一定时偏移信息的情况下, 传输点根据所述发现信号的发送时刻, 所述第一定时偏移信息, 及 接收所述触发信号的接收时刻, 确定所述传输点与 UE 间的传输距 离。 传输节点根据其与 UE 间的传输距离确定是否为此 UE提供服务。 若确定为发送触发信号的 UE提供服务, 则在传输点处于休眠态时, 传输点由休眠态切换至激活态。 或者, 在传输点处于激活态时, 传 输点调大第一发送功率。 若确定不为发送触发信号的 UE提供服务, 则传输点不作任何处理。  Specifically, in the case that the first information includes: first timing offset information, the transmission point is according to the sending time of the discovery signal, the first timing offset information, and the receiving moment of receiving the trigger signal. , determining a transmission distance between the transmission point and the UE. The transmitting node determines whether to provide a service for this UE according to its transmission distance with the UE. If it is determined that the UE transmitting the trigger signal is served, the transmission point is switched from the sleep state to the active state when the transmission point is in the sleep state. Alternatively, the transmission point increases the first transmission power when the transmission point is in the active state. If it is determined that the UE that does not send the trigger signal is not served, the transmission point does not perform any processing.
也就是说, UE根据其接收发现信号时的接收时刻, 与发送触发 信号时的发送时刻, 可以获取第一定时偏移信息, 将此第一定时偏 移信息发送至传输点。 基站在获取了第一定时偏移信息后, 可以根 据发送发现信号的发送时刻及接收触发信号的接收时刻, 计算出传 输点与 UE 间的传播时延, 进而可以计算出传输点与 UE 间的传输距 离。  That is, the UE may acquire the first timing offset information according to the reception time when the discovery signal is received and the transmission time when the trigger signal is transmitted, and send the first timing offset information to the transmission point. After obtaining the first timing offset information, the base station may calculate a propagation delay between the transmission point and the UE according to the sending time of the sending discovery signal and the receiving time of the receiving trigger signal, and then calculate the transmission point between the UE and the UE. Transmission distance.
传输点在确定出传输点与 UE 间的传输距离后, 可以根据其与 UE 间的传输距离确定是否为 UE 提供服务, 具体方法可以是将此传 输距离与预设的门限值 b 进行比较, 若传输距离大于预设的门限值 b , 则说明传输点与 UE间的距离较远, 此时传输点确定不为 UE提供 服务, 则在传输点处于休眠态时, 传输点不调整其状态, 或者, 在 传输点处于激活态时, 传输点不调大其第一发送功率, 即为传输点 不允许 UE接入。 若传输距离小于预设的门限值 b , 则说明传输点与 UE 间的距离较近, 此时传输点确定为 U E 提供服务, 则在传输点处 于休眠态时, 传输点将由休眠态切换至激活态, 或者, 在传输点处 于激活态时, 传输点调整其第一发送功率, 以便 UE接入。 需要说明的是, 门限值 a , 门限值 b 是预先设置的。 当然也可 以不依赖于门限值这种相对方法, 而直接釆用绝对值判断的方法, 即传输点自身根据第一信息来直接进行是否切换为激活态或调整功 率, 这些涉及传输点内部实现的操作都不做具体限定。 After determining the transmission distance between the transmission point and the UE, the transmission point may determine whether to provide the service for the UE according to the transmission distance between the transmission point and the UE. The specific method may be to compare the transmission distance with the preset threshold value b. If the transmission distance is greater than the preset threshold b, it indicates that the distance between the transmission point and the UE is far. At this time, the transmission point determines that the UE is not served. When the transmission point is in the sleep state, the transmission point does not adjust its state. Or, when the transmission point is in an active state, the transmission point does not increase its first transmission power, that is, the transmission point does not allow the UE to access. If the transmission distance is less than the preset threshold b, it indicates that the distance between the transmission point and the UE is relatively close. At this time, the transmission point is determined to provide service for the UE. When the transmission point is in the sleep state, the transmission point will be switched from the sleep state to the sleep state. The active state, or, when the transmission point is in an active state, the transmission point adjusts its first transmit power for the UE to access. It should be noted that the threshold a and the threshold b are preset. Of course, it is also possible to directly use the absolute value judgment method without relying on the threshold value, that is, the transmission point itself directly performs switching to the active state or adjusts the power according to the first information, which involves internal implementation of the transmission point. The operation is not specifically limited.
本发明实施例提供了一种触发信号的接收方法, 传输点在发送 了发现信号后, 接收到 UE发送的触发信号时, 可以根据触发信号中 携带的第一信息进行相应的调整处理。 这样, 当传输点处于休眠态 或传输点的公共信号的发送功率降低时, 可以通过 UE向传输点发送 触发信号, 由 UE触发传输点由休眠态切换为激活态, 或增大公共信 号的发送功率, 无需宏基站的参与, 这样实现了无需宏基站辅助的 情况下, 触发传输点为 UE提供服务, 提高了用户体验。  The embodiment of the present invention provides a method for receiving a trigger signal. After receiving the discovery signal, the transmission point may perform corresponding adjustment processing according to the first information carried in the trigger signal when receiving the trigger signal sent by the UE. In this way, when the transmission point of the common signal of the transmission point is in the dormant state or the transmission point is decreased, the UE may send a trigger signal to the transmission point, and the UE triggers the transmission point to switch from the dormant state to the active state, or increase the transmission of the common signal. The power does not require the participation of the macro base station, so that the triggering transmission point provides services for the UE without the assistance of the macro base station, and the user experience is improved.
本发明实施例提供了一种触发信号的发送和接收方法, 包括: 3 0 1、传输点确定发现信号的配置信息并根据所述发现信号的配 置信息发送所述发现信号。  The embodiment of the present invention provides a method for transmitting and receiving a trigger signal, including: 301, a transmission point determines configuration information of a discovery signal, and sends the discovery signal according to configuration information of the discovery signal.
具体的, 可参考步骤 2 0 1 , 在此不再赘述。  For details, refer to step 2 0 1 , and details are not described herein again.
进一步的, 所述发现信号携带有所述传输点的状态信息。 其中, 所述状态信息指示所述传输点是否能够被所述 U E 通过发送所述触 发信号的方式来触发。  Further, the discovery signal carries state information of the transmission point. The status information indicates whether the transmission point can be triggered by the U E by transmitting the trigger signal.
3 0 2、 所述 UE获取所述发现信号的配置信息。  3. The UE acquires configuration information of the discovery signal.
其中, 所述发现信号包括: 发现参考信号或下行数据包信号。 需要说明的是, 根据发现信号的不同, 其对应的配置信息也不 同。  The discovery signal includes: a discovery reference signal or a downlink data packet signal. It should be noted that the corresponding configuration information is different according to the discovery signal.
在所述发现信号包括: 所述发现参考信号的情况下, 所述发现 信号的配置信息包括: 候选序列和 /或时频资源。  In the case that the discovery signal includes: the discovery reference signal, the configuration information of the discovery signal includes: a candidate sequence and/or a time-frequency resource.
在所述发现信号包括: 所述下行数据包信号的情况下, 所述发 现信号的配置信息包括: 调制编码方式, 载荷大小, 和时频资源中 的至少一种。  In the case that the discovery signal includes: the downlink data packet signal, the configuration information of the discovery signal includes: at least one of a modulation and coding mode, a payload size, and a time-frequency resource.
需要说明的是, 发现信号的配置信息还可包括其他信息, 本发 明对此不做限制。 具体的, UE获取发现信号的配置信息可以釆用两种方法。 It should be noted that the configuration information of the discovery signal may also include other information, which is not limited by the present invention. Specifically, the UE can obtain the configuration information of the discovery signal by using two methods.
一种方法是所述 U E通过接收第一传输点的广播信息,获取所述 发现信号的配置信息。  One method is that the U E acquires configuration information of the discovery signal by receiving broadcast information of the first transmission point.
其中, 所述第一传输点是所述传输点的邻传输点。  The first transmission point is an adjacent transmission point of the transmission point.
需要说明的是, 在本发明实施例中, 在传输点为基站时, 一个 基站管辖一个小区, 即为一个基站只对应一个小区。  It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, when the transmission point is a base station, one base station administers one cell, that is, one base station only corresponds to one cell.
也就是说, UE在接入此传输点前, 已驻留或接入第一传输点, 此时, UE可以通过获取第一传输点的广播消息, 获取发现信号的配 置信息。  That is, the UE has camped on or accesses the first transmission point before accessing the transmission point. At this time, the UE can acquire the configuration information of the discovery signal by acquiring the broadcast message of the first transmission point.
另一种方法是,所述 UE在本地获取预先设置的所述发现信号的 配置信息。  Alternatively, the UE locally acquires configuration information of the discovery signal set in advance.
也就是说, UE 可以预设发现信号的配置信息。 此时, 若 UE 没 有接入任何传输点, 可以直接在本地获取预设的发现信号的配置信 息。  That is to say, the UE can preset the configuration information of the discovery signal. At this time, if the UE does not access any transmission point, the configuration information of the preset discovery signal can be directly obtained locally.
示例性的, UE可以预先将配置信息设置为: 若候选序列为 504 种可能性, 则具体可以由 504 个序列携带, 或者由主序列和辅序列 组合来携带该 504种可能性。 可以将候选序列预设为 Gold序列。 时 频资源可以预设为频率资源为载波中心的 1.4MHz的频域宽度内, 且 时域资源为第 1, 10, 20个无线帧的第一个子帧中, 即周期为 100ms (毫秒); 调制编码方式可以釆用预定义的 QPSK ( Quadrature Phase Shift Keying, 四相相移键控) 方式, 编码速率也可以预设为比如 1/3; 载荷大小可以预设为该数据包信道承载的原始信息的比特数, t匕 ¾口 40 1;匕#。  Exemplarily, the UE may set the configuration information in advance: if the candidate sequence is 504 possibilities, it may be carried by 504 sequences, or may be carried by the combination of the primary sequence and the secondary sequence. The candidate sequence can be preset to a Gold sequence. The time-frequency resource can be preset to be within a frequency domain width of 1.4 MHz of the carrier center, and the time domain resource is in the first subframe of the first, 10, and 20 radio frames, that is, the period is 100 ms (millisecond). The modulation coding method can use a predefined QPSK (Quadature Phase Shift Keying) mode, and the coding rate can also be preset to, for example, 1/3; the payload size can be preset to be carried by the data packet channel. The number of bits of the original information, t匕3⁄4 port 40 1; 匕#.
需要说明的是, 本发明实施例中, 也可将候选序列设置为可以 Zadof f Chu 序 歹 'J , CAZAC ( Constant Amplitude Zero Auto Correlation, 恒包络零自相关) 序列等其他候选序列, 本发明对此 不做限制。  It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the candidate sequence may also be set to other candidate sequences such as a Zadof f Chu sequence J 'J, CAZAC (Constant Amplitude Zero Auto Correlation) sequence, and the like. There is no limit to this.
303、 所述 UE检测传输点发送的发现信号。  303. The UE detects a discovery signal sent by a transmission point.
具体的, UE在步骤 302 中获取了发现信号的配置信息后, 可以 根据发现信号的配置信息, 检测发现信号。 Specifically, after acquiring the configuration information of the discovery signal in step 302, the UE may The discovery signal is detected based on the configuration information of the discovery signal.
进一步的, UE检测发现信号的具体过程可以参考步骤 1 0 1 , 在 此不再赘述。  Further, the specific process of the UE detecting the discovery signal may refer to step 1 0 1 , and details are not described herein again.
进一步的, 所述发现信号携带有所述传输点的状态信息。 所述 状态信息指示所述传输点是否能够被所述 U E 通过发送所述触发信 号的方式来触发。  Further, the discovery signal carries state information of the transmission point. The status information indicates whether the transmission point can be triggered by the U E by transmitting the trigger signal.
3 04、 所述 U E确定所述发现信号的配置信息与所述触发信号的 配置信息之间的对应关系。  3 04. The U E determines a correspondence between configuration information of the discovery signal and configuration information of the trigger signal.
其中, 所述触发信号包括: 触发参考信号或上行数据包信号。 在所述触发信号包括: 所述触发参考信号的情况下, 所述触发 信号的配置信息包括: 候选序列和 /或时频资源。  The trigger signal includes: a trigger reference signal or an uplink data packet signal. In the case that the trigger signal includes: the trigger reference signal, the configuration information of the trigger signal includes: a candidate sequence and/or a time-frequency resource.
在所述触发信号包括: 所述上行数据包信号的情况下, 所述触 发信号的配置信息包括: 调制编码方式, 载荷大小和时频资源中的 至少一种。  In the case that the trigger signal includes: the uplink data packet signal, the configuration information of the trigger signal includes: at least one of a modulation and coding mode, a payload size, and a time-frequency resource.
具体的在触发信号的配置信息包括候选序列时, UE可以确定发 现信号的配置信息与触发信号的候选序列有对应的关系。  Specifically, when the configuration information of the trigger signal includes the candidate sequence, the UE may determine that the configuration information of the discovery signal has a corresponding relationship with the candidate sequence of the trigger signal.
进一步的, 发现信号的配置信息中包括候选序列, U E可以确定 出发现信号的候选序列与触发信号的候选序列有对应关系。  Further, the configuration information of the discovery signal includes a candidate sequence, and U E may determine that the candidate sequence of the discovery signal has a corresponding relationship with the candidate sequence of the trigger signal.
其中, 发现信号的候选序列与触发信号的候选序列有对应关系 可以是 对应的对应关系, 也可以是一对多的对应关系, 还可以 是多对一的对应关系。  The correspondence between the candidate sequence of the discovery signal and the candidate sequence of the trigger signal may be a corresponding correspondence, a one-to-many correspondence, or a many-to-one correspondence.
需要说明的是, 发现信号的候选序列与触发信号的候选序列有 对应关系还可以是其他的对应关系, 例如多对多的对应关系, 本发 明对此不做限制。  It should be noted that the candidate sequence of the discovery signal has a corresponding relationship with the candidate sequence of the trigger signal, and may also be other correspondences, for example, a many-to-many correspondence, which is not limited in the present invention.
在触发信号的配置信息包括时频资源时, UE可以确定发现信号 的配置信息与触发信号的时频资源间的对应关系。  When the configuration information of the trigger signal includes a time-frequency resource, the UE may determine a correspondence between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the time-frequency resource of the trigger signal.
进一步的, 发现信号的配置信息中包括时频资源, U E可以确定 发现信号的时频资源与触发信号的时频资源有对应关系。  Further, the configuration information of the discovery signal includes a time-frequency resource, and the U E may determine that the time-frequency resource of the discovery signal has a corresponding relationship with the time-frequency resource of the trigger signal.
其中, 时频资源包括: 频率资源和时域资源。 此时, UE可以确定发现信号的频率资源与触发信号的频率资源 间的对应关系, 及发现信号的时域资源与触发信号的时域资源间的 对应关系。 The time-frequency resources include: frequency resources and time domain resources. At this time, the UE may determine a correspondence between the frequency resource of the discovery signal and the frequency resource of the trigger signal, and a correspondence between the time domain resource of the discovery signal and the time domain resource of the trigger signal.
在触发信号的配置信息包括调制编码方式时, UE可以确定发现 信号的配置信息与触发信号的调制编码方式间的对应关系。  When the configuration information of the trigger signal includes the modulation and coding mode, the UE may determine a correspondence between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the modulation and coding mode of the trigger signal.
进一步的, 在发现信号的配置信息中包括调制编码方式时, UE 可以确定发现信号的调制编码方式, 与触发信号的调制编码方式间 的对应关系。  Further, when the configuration information of the discovery signal includes a modulation and coding scheme, the UE may determine a correspondence between a modulation and coding scheme of the discovery signal and a modulation and coding scheme of the trigger signal.
在触发信号的配置信息包括载荷大小时, UE 可以确定发现信号 的配置信息与触发信号的载荷大小间的对应关系。  When the configuration information of the trigger signal includes the payload size, the UE may determine a correspondence between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the payload size of the trigger signal.
进一步的, 在发现信号的配置信息中包括载荷大小时, UE可以 确定发现信号的载荷大小与触发信号的载荷大间的对应关系。  Further, when the configuration information of the discovery signal includes the payload size, the UE may determine a correspondence between the load size of the discovery signal and the load of the trigger signal.
需要说明的是, UE确定发现信号的配置信息与触发信号的配置 信 , ¾间的对应关系时, 发现信号的配置信息与触发信号的配置信息 可以不同。 例如, 在发现信号的配置信息为候选序列, 触发信号的 配置信息为时频资源时, U E可以确定发现信号的候选序列与触发信 号的时频资源间的对应关系。  It should be noted that, when the UE determines the correspondence between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration information of the trigger signal, the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration information of the trigger signal may be different. For example, when the configuration information of the discovery signal is a candidate sequence, and the configuration information of the trigger signal is a time-frequency resource, the U E may determine a correspondence between the candidate sequence of the discovery signal and the time-frequency resource of the trigger signal.
需要说明的是, 将触发信号的发送功率信息作为触发信号的配 置信息, 也可以不将触发信号的发送功率信息作为触发信号的配置 信息, 此时 U E根据是否将触发信号的发送功率信息作为触发信号的 配置信息, 下述执行的步骤不同。 若将触发信号的发送功率信息作 为触发信号的配置信息, 则执行步骤 305a-307a, 309-315, 如图 4 所示。 若不将触发信号的发送功率信息作为触发信号的配置信息, 贝' J执行步 聚 305b_308b, 309-315, ^口图 5所示。  It should be noted that the transmission power information of the trigger signal is used as the configuration information of the trigger signal, and the transmission power information of the trigger signal may not be used as the configuration information of the trigger signal. At this time, the UE triggers the transmission power information of the trigger signal. The configuration information of the signal is different from the steps described below. If the transmission power information of the trigger signal is used as the configuration information of the trigger signal, steps 305a-307a, 309-315 are performed, as shown in FIG. If the transmission power information of the trigger signal is not used as the configuration information of the trigger signal, the block performs a step 305b_308b, 309-315, and FIG.
305a, 所述 UE根据所述发现信号, 获取所述发现信号的发送功 率信息。  305a. The UE acquires sending power information of the discovery signal according to the discovery signal.
其中, 所述发现信号中携带有所述发现信号的发送功率信息。 具体的, 传输点在广播发现信号时, 将其发送发现信号的功率 信息添加至发现信号中, 此时, UE接收到发现信号后, 通过解析发 送信号可以获取发现信号中携带的发现信号的发送功率信息。 The discovery signal carries the transmission power information of the discovery signal. Specifically, when the transmission point broadcasts the discovery signal, the power information of the transmission discovery signal is added to the discovery signal. At this time, after receiving the discovery signal, the UE sends the discovery signal. The sending signal can obtain the sending power information of the discovery signal carried in the discovery signal.
305b, 所述 UE 根据所述发现信号获取所述触发信号的配置信 息。  305b. The UE acquires configuration information of the trigger signal according to the discovery signal.
具体的, 所述 UE 根据所述发现信号的配置信息和所述对应关 系, 获取所述触发信号的配置信息, 可参考步骤 102, 在此不再赘 述。  For example, the UE obtains the configuration information of the trigger signal according to the configuration information of the discovery signal and the corresponding relationship, and may refer to step 102, and details are not described herein.
306a、所述 UE根据所述发现信号的发送功率信息及所述发现信 号的接收功率信息, 确定路径损耗。  306a. The UE determines a path loss according to the transmit power information of the discovery signal and the received power information of the discovery signal.
具体的, UE在接收到发现信号后, 可以获取发现信号中携带的 发送功率信息。 UE接收发现信号时, 可以获取接收发现信号时, 发 现信号的接收功率信息。 从而可以计算出传输点向 UE发送发现信号 的信道的路径损耗。 可选的, UE可以将发送发现信号的发送功率与 UE接收发现信号时的接收功率间的差值, 作为路径损耗。  Specifically, after receiving the discovery signal, the UE may obtain the transmission power information carried in the discovery signal. When receiving the discovery signal, the UE may acquire the received power information of the signal when receiving the discovery signal. Thereby, the path loss of the channel through which the transmission point transmits the discovery signal to the UE can be calculated. Optionally, the UE may use the difference between the transmit power of the transmit discovery signal and the received power when the UE receives the discovery signal as the path loss.
306b, 所述 UE根据所述发现信号, 获取所述发现信号的发送功 率信息。  306b. The UE acquires sending power information of the discovery signal according to the discovery signal.
其中, 所述发现信号中携带有所述发现信号的发送功率信息。 具体的, 传输点在广播发现信号时, 将其发送发现信号的功率 信息添加至发现信号中, 此时, UE接收到发现信号后, 通过解析发 送信号可以获取发现信号中携带的发现信号的发送功率信息。  The discovery signal carries the transmission power information of the discovery signal. Specifically, when the transmission point broadcasts the discovery signal, the power information of the discovery signal is added to the discovery signal. At this time, after receiving the discovery signal, the UE can obtain the transmission of the discovery signal carried in the discovery signal by parsing the transmission signal. Power information.
307a, 所述 UE 根据所述发现信号获取所述触发信号的配置信 息。  307a. The UE acquires configuration information of the trigger signal according to the discovery signal.
具体的, 所述 UE 根据所述发现信号的配置信息和所述对应关 系, 获取所述触发信号的配置信息, 可参考步骤 102, 在此不再赘 述。 在所述触发信号的配置信息还包括: 所述触发信号的发送功率 信息时, UE在获取了路径损耗后, 可以根据此路径损耗确定发送触 发信号的发送功率信息, 从而确定出触发信号的配置信息中的触发 信号的发送功率信息。 UE确定出发送触发信号的发送功率信息后, 可以避免发送触发信号的发送功率过小, 传输点接收不到触发信号。 也可避免发送触发信号的发送功率过大, 对其他邻传输点的上行信 号造成干扰。 Specifically, the UE acquires the configuration information of the trigger signal according to the configuration information of the discovery signal and the corresponding relationship, and may refer to step 102, and details are not described herein again. When the configuration information of the trigger signal further includes: the transmit power information of the trigger signal, after acquiring the path loss, the UE may determine the transmit power information of the transmit trigger signal according to the path loss, thereby determining the configuration of the trigger signal. The transmission power information of the trigger signal in the message. After the UE determines the transmission power information of the trigger signal, it can avoid that the transmission power of the transmission trigger signal is too small, and the transmission point cannot receive the trigger signal. It can also avoid the transmission power of the trigger signal being too large, and the uplink signal to other neighboring transmission points. The number causes interference.
3 0 7 b、所述 UE根据所述发现信号的发送功率信息及所述发现信 号的接收功率信息, 确定路径损耗。  The UE determines the path loss according to the transmit power information of the discovery signal and the received power information of the discovery signal.
具体的, UE在接收到发现信号后, 可以获取发现信号中携带的 发送功率信息。 UE接收发现信号时, 可以获取接收发现信号时, 发 现信号的接收功率信息。 从而可以计算出传输点向 UE发送发现信号 的信道的路径损耗。 可选的, U E可以将发送发现信号的发送功率与 UE接收发现信号时的接收功率间的差值, 作为路径损耗。  Specifically, after receiving the discovery signal, the UE may obtain the transmission power information carried in the discovery signal. When receiving the discovery signal, the UE may acquire the received power information of the signal when receiving the discovery signal. Thereby, the path loss of the channel through which the transmission point transmits the discovery signal to the UE can be calculated. Optionally, U E may use the difference between the transmit power of the transmit discovery signal and the received power when the UE receives the discovery signal as the path loss.
3 0 8 b , 所述 UE根据所述路径损耗, 确定发送触发信号的发送功 率。  3 0 8 b , the UE determines the transmit power of the transmit trigger signal according to the path loss.
具体的, UE在获取了路径损耗后, 可以根据此路径损耗设定发 送触发信号的发送功率, 从而避免发送触发信号的发送功率过小, 传输点接收不到触发信号。 也可避免发送触发信号的发送功率过大, 对其他邻传输点的上行信号造成干扰。  Specifically, after acquiring the path loss, the UE may set the transmit power of the trigger signal according to the path loss, so as to prevent the transmit power of the transmit trigger signal from being too small, and the transmission point does not receive the trigger signal. It is also possible to avoid excessive transmission power of the transmission trigger signal and interference to the uplink signals of other adjacent transmission points.
3 0 9、 所述 UE获取第一信息。  3 0 9. The UE acquires the first information.
具体的, 所述第一信息包括: 所述发现信号的接收功率信息、 所述触发信号的发送功率信息、 功率偏移量信息及第一定时偏移信 息中的至少一种。  Specifically, the first information includes: at least one of received power information of the discovery signal, transmission power information of the trigger signal, power offset information, and first timing offset information.
其中, 所述功率偏移量是指所述触发信号的发送功率与所述发 现信号的发送功率间的偏移值; 所述第一定时偏移信息是指所述 UE 接收所述发现信号与发送所述触发信号间的时间间隔。  The power offset refers to an offset between the transmit power of the trigger signal and the transmit power of the discovery signal. The first timing offset information refers to the UE receiving the discovery signal and The time interval between sending the trigger signals.
进一步的, 根据第一信息中包含的内容不同, U E获取第一信息 的方法不同, 具体如下。  Further, according to different contents included in the first information, the method for obtaining the first information by the U E is different, and is specifically as follows.
在第一信息包括发现信号的接收功率信息时, UE 根据所述发 现信号, 获取所述发现信号的接收功率信息。  When the first information includes the received power information of the discovery signal, the UE acquires the received power information of the discovery signal according to the discovery signal.
也就是说, UE在接收发现信号时, 可以获取接收发现信号的接 收功率信息。  That is to say, when receiving the discovery signal, the UE can acquire the received power information of the received discovery signal.
在第一信息包括触发信号的发送功率信息时,由于 U E向传输点 发送触发信号, 此时, UE可以通过步骤 3 0 8确定触发信号的发送功 率信息。 When the first information includes the transmission power information of the trigger signal, the UE may send a trigger signal to the transmission point. At this time, the UE may determine the transmission function of the trigger signal by using step 308. Rate information.
在第一信息包括功率偏移量信息时,所述 UE根据所述发现信号 的发送功率信息, 及所述触发信号的发送功率信息, 确定所述功率 偏移量信息。  When the first information includes the power offset information, the UE determines the power offset information according to the transmit power information of the discovery signal and the transmit power information of the trigger signal.
也就是说, 在 UE获取了发现信号的发送功率, 确定了触发信号 的发送功率时, 可以计算出发现信号的发送功率与触发信号的发送 功率间的功率偏移量。  That is to say, when the UE acquires the transmission power of the discovery signal and determines the transmission power of the trigger signal, the power offset between the transmission power of the discovery signal and the transmission power of the trigger signal can be calculated.
在第一信息包括所述第一定时偏移信息时,所述 UE根据接收所 述发现信号的时间与发送所述触发信号的时间, 确定所述第一定时 偏移信息。  When the first information includes the first timing offset information, the UE determines the first timing offset information according to a time when the discovery signal is received and a time when the trigger signal is sent.
3 1 0、 所述 UE向所述传输点发送所述触发信号。  3 1 0. The UE sends the trigger signal to the transmission point.
其中, 所述触发信号中携带有第一信息。  The trigger signal carries the first information.
具体的, 在触发信号的配置信息中包括了发送触发信号的发送 功率信息时, 此时 UE可以直接根据触发信号的配置信息向所述传输 点发送所述触发信号。 具体的可参考步骤 1 0 2 , 在此不再赘述。  Specifically, when the configuration information of the trigger signal includes the transmission power information of the trigger signal, the UE may directly send the trigger signal to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal. For details, refer to step 1 0 2, and details are not described here.
在触发信号的配置信息中不包括发送触发信号的发送功率信息 时, 此时所述 UE根据所述触发信号的配置信息及所述触发信号的发 送功率信息, 向所述传输点发送所述触发信号。  When the configuration information of the trigger signal does not include the transmission power information of the transmission trigger signal, the UE sends the trigger to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal and the transmission power information of the trigger signal. signal.
具体的, U E根据触发信号的配置信息, 釆用触发信号的发送功 率信息中记录的发送功率向所述传输点发送所述触发信号。 此时, UE根据触发信号的配置信息向所述传输点发送所述触发信号可参考 步骤 1 0 2 , 在此不再赘述。  Specifically, U E sends the trigger signal to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal, using the transmission power recorded in the transmission power information of the trigger signal. At this time, the UE may send the trigger signal to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal, and may refer to step 1 0 2 , and details are not described herein again.
所述传输点确定触发信号的配置信息, 并根据所述触发信号的 配置信息接收 UE发送的所述触发信号可参考步骤 2 0 2 , 在此不再赘 述。  The transmission point determines the configuration information of the trigger signal, and the receiving the trigger signal sent by the UE according to the configuration information of the trigger signal may refer to step 2 0 2 , and details are not described herein.
进一步的, 发现信号携带有所述传输点的状态信息时, 在所述 状态信息指示所述传输点能够被所述 UE 通过发送所述触发信号的 方式来触发时, 所述 UE根据所述触发信号的配置信息, 向所述传输 点发送所述触发信号。 也就是说, UE在获取了传输点的状态信息后, 若传输点的状态 信息中标识传输点可以被触发信号触发, 则说明 U E可以向传输点发 送触发信号触发传输点确定是否允许 U E接入。 若传输点的状态信, ¾ 中标识传输点不可以被触发信号触发, 则 UE不能通过向传输点发送 触发信号的方式触发传输点确定是否允许 U E接入。 Further, when the discovery signal carries the status information of the transmission point, when the status information indicates that the transmission point can be triggered by the UE by sending the trigger signal, the UE is triggered according to the triggering The configuration information of the signal is sent to the transmission point. That is, after the UE obtains the status information of the transmission point, if the identification point in the status information of the transmission point can be triggered by the trigger signal, the UE may send a trigger signal to the transmission point to trigger the transmission point to determine whether to allow the UE to access. . If the status of the transmission point, the identification transmission point in the transmission point can not be triggered by the trigger signal, the UE cannot trigger the transmission point to determine whether to allow the UE to access by sending a trigger signal to the transmission point.
此时, UE根据接收到的传输点的状态信息, 获知传输点可以被 UE通过发送触发信号触发时, UE向传输点发送触发信号。  At this time, the UE, according to the status information of the received transmission point, knows that the transmission point can be triggered by the UE by sending a trigger signal, and the UE sends a trigger signal to the transmission point.
3 1 1、所述传输点确定所述发现信号的配置信息与所述触发信号 的配置信息之间具有对应关系。  The transmission point determines a correspondence between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration information of the trigger signal.
具体的, 传输点确定所述发现信号的配置信息与所述触发信号 的配置信息之间具有对应关系, 可以参考 UE确定发现信号的配置信 息与所述触发信号的配置信息之间具有对应关系的过程, 在此不再 赘述。  Specifically, the transmission point determines that the configuration information of the discovery signal has a corresponding relationship with the configuration information of the trigger signal, and may refer to the UE to determine that the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration information of the trigger signal have a corresponding relationship. The process is not repeated here.
3 1 2、 所述传输点确定触发信号的配置信息, 并根据所述触发信 号的配置信息接收 UE发送的所述触发信号。  The transmission point determines the configuration information of the trigger signal, and receives the trigger signal sent by the UE according to the configuration information of the trigger signal.
具体的, 所述传输点根据所述发现信号的配置信息和所述对应 关系确定所述触发信号的配置信息。 可参考 U E根据发现信号的配置 信息和所述对应关系确定所述触发信号的配置信息的过程, 在此不 再赘述。  Specifically, the transmission point determines configuration information of the trigger signal according to the configuration information of the discovery signal and the corresponding relationship. The process of determining the configuration information of the trigger signal according to the configuration information of the discovery signal and the corresponding relationship may be referred to by the U E, and details are not described herein.
传输点根据所述触发信号的配置信息接收 UE 发送的所述触发 信号可参考步骤 2 0 2 , 在此不再赘述。  The receiving point that the transmission point receives the trigger signal sent by the UE according to the configuration information of the trigger signal may refer to step 2 0 2 , and details are not described herein again.
3 1 3、 所述传输点从所述触发信号中获取所述第一信息。  3 1 3, the transmission point acquires the first information from the trigger signal.
具体的, 可参考步骤 2 0 3 , 在此不再赘述。  For details, refer to step 2 0 3, and details are not described herein again.
3 1 4、 所述传输点根据第一信息调整状态或调大第一发送功率。 具体的, 可参考步骤 2 0 4 , 在此不再赘述。  3 1 4, the transmission point adjusts the state according to the first information or increases the first transmission power. For details, refer to step 2 0 4, and details are not described herein again.
3 1 5、 所述传输点向所述 UE发送所述触发信号的响应消息, 所 述 UE接收所述传输点发送的所述触发信号的响应消息。  3: The transmission point sends a response message of the trigger signal to the UE, and the UE receives a response message of the trigger signal sent by the transmission point.
其中,触发信号的响应消息用于指示传输点是否能够为 U E提供 服务。 具体的, 在传输点根据第一信息, 确定是否为 UE提供服务后, 若确定为 UE提供服务, 则在进行状态调整或调大第一发送功率时, 还可以向 UE发送指示是否为 UE提供服务的触发信号的响应消息。 The response message of the trigger signal is used to indicate whether the transmission point can provide services for the UE. Specifically, after the transmission point determines whether to provide the service for the UE according to the first information, if it is determined to provide the service for the UE, when the state adjustment or the first transmission power is adjusted, the UE may also send an indication to the UE whether to provide the UE. The response message of the service's trigger signal.
需要说明的是, 当传输点确定为 UE提供服务时, 说明 U E成功 触发了传输点, 当传输点确定不为 UE提供服务时, 说明 UE没有成 功触发传输点, 也就是说, 触发信号的响应消息用于指示传输点是 否能够为 UE提供服务, 即为触发信号的响应消息用于指示传输点是 否被 UE触发成功。  It should be noted that when the transmission point is determined to provide the UE with the service, the UE successfully triggers the transmission point. When the transmission point determines that the UE is not providing the service, the UE does not successfully trigger the transmission point, that is, the response of the trigger signal. The message is used to indicate whether the transmission point can provide services for the UE, that is, the response message for the trigger signal is used to indicate whether the transmission point is successfully triggered by the UE.
需要说明的是, 传输点也可以只向 UE 发送触发信号的响应消 息, 此时只要 UE接收到此响应消息即可获知传输点能够为 UE提供 服务, 即为 UE成功触发了传输点。 并且在传输点确定不为 UE提供 服务时即为传输点没有被 UE成功触发时, 传输点可以不向 UE发送 任何消息, 此时 UE在没有接收到任何消息时, 即可获知传输点不能 为 UE提供服务。  It should be noted that the transmission point may also send the response message of the trigger signal only to the UE. At this time, as long as the UE receives the response message, it can be known that the transmission point can provide the UE with the service, that is, the UE successfully triggers the transmission point. And when the transmission point determines that the UE is not served, that is, when the transmission point is not successfully triggered by the UE, the transmission point may not send any message to the UE. At this time, when the UE does not receive any message, it can be known that the transmission point cannot be The UE provides the service.
传输点也可以在触发信号的响应消息中添加指示传输点是否为 UE 提供服务的信息, 以便 UE 接收到触发信号的响应消息后, 通过 触发信号的响应消息中携带的指示传输点是否为 UE 提供服务的信 息, 获知传输点是否为 U E提供服务。 此时, 无论传输点确定是否为 UE 提供服务, 传输点均需向 UE 发送触发信号的响应消息。 且在传 输点确定为 UE提供服务时, 传输点向 UE发送的触发信号的响应消 息中携带有指示为 UE提供服务的信息。 在传输点确定不为 UE提供 服务时, 传输点向 U E发送的触发信号的响应消息中携带有指示不为 UE提供服务的信息。  The transmission point may also add information indicating whether the transmission point is serving the UE in the response message of the trigger signal, so that after the UE receives the response message of the trigger signal, the indication that the transmission point is carried in the response message of the trigger signal is provided by the UE. The service information, to know whether the transmission point provides services for the UE. At this time, regardless of whether the transmission point determines whether to provide services for the UE, the transmission point needs to send a response message of the trigger signal to the UE. And when the transmission point determines that the UE is serving the service, the response message of the trigger signal sent by the transmission point to the UE carries information indicating that the UE is served. When the transmission point determines that the UE is not provided with the service, the response message of the trigger signal sent by the transmission point to the U E carries information indicating that the UE is not served.
进一步的, 传输点在确定为 UE提供服务时, 响应消息中携带有 指示为 UE提供服务的信息可以是传输点的随机接入资源信息, 系统 带宽信息等, 当然, 还可以是传输点的其他系统配置信息, 本发明 对此不做限制。  Further, when the transmission point is determined to provide the service for the UE, the information that the service message indicates that the service is provided for the UE may be the random access resource information of the transmission point, the system bandwidth information, etc., of course, may also be other transmission points. The system configuration information is not limited by the present invention.
本发明实施例提供了一种触发信号的发送及接收方法, 用户设 备 UE在检测到发现信号后, 根据此发现信号获取触发信号的配置信 息, UE 可以根据触发信号的配置信息, 向传输点发送触发信号, 以 便传输点在接收到触发信号后, 获取第一信息, 在所述传输点处于 休眠态时, 所述传输点根据所述第一信息, 所述传输点由休眠态切 换至激活态; 和 /或, 在所述传输点处于激活态时, 所述传输点根据 所述第一信息调大第一发送功率。 这样, 当传输点处于休眠态或传 输点的公共信号的发送功率降低时, 可以通过 UE向传输点发送触发 信号, 由 UE触发传输点由休眠态切换为激活态, 或增大公共信号的 发送功率, 无需宏基站的参与, 这样实现了无需宏基站辅助的情况 下, 触发传输点为 UE提供服务, 提高了用户体验。 The embodiment of the invention provides a method for transmitting and receiving a trigger signal. After detecting the discovery signal, the user equipment UE acquires a configuration signal of the trigger signal according to the discovery signal. The UE may send a trigger signal to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal, so that the transmission point acquires the first information after receiving the trigger signal, and when the transmission point is in the sleep state, the transmission point is according to the The first information, the transmission point is switched from the sleep state to the active state; and/or, when the transmission point is in an active state, the transmission point increases the first transmission power according to the first information. In this way, when the transmission point of the common signal of the transmission point is in the dormant state or the transmission point is decreased, the UE may send a trigger signal to the transmission point, and the UE triggers the transmission point to switch from the dormant state to the active state, or increase the transmission of the common signal. The power does not require the participation of the macro base station, so that the triggering transmission point provides services for the UE without the assistance of the macro base station, and the user experience is improved.
如图 6所示,其为本发明实施例提供了一种用户设备 UE的功能 示意图。 参考图 6 所示, 该 UE 包括: 检测单元 5 0 1 , 获取单元 5 0 2 及发送单元 5 0 3。  As shown in FIG. 6, it is a schematic diagram of a function of a user equipment UE according to an embodiment of the present invention. Referring to FIG. 6, the UE includes: a detecting unit 5 0 1 , an acquiring unit 5 0 2 , and a transmitting unit 5 0 3 .
所述检测单元 5 0 1 , 用于检测传输点发送的发现信号。  The detecting unit 5 0 1 is configured to detect a discovery signal sent by the transmission point.
其中, 所述发现信号是传输点发送的, 用于所述 UE发现传输点 的信号。 传输点可以是基站或第一 UE。  The discovery signal is sent by the transmission point, and is used by the UE to discover a signal of the transmission point. The transmission point can be a base station or a first UE.
需要说明的是, 第一 UE是除所述 UE之外的 UE。 此时, 在传输 点为基站时, 所述发现信号是基站发送的, 用于所述 UE发现所述基 站的信号。 或者, 在传输点为第一 UE 时, 所述发现信号是第一 UE 发送的, 用于所述 UE发现所述第一 U E的信号, 此时通信演变为 UE 之间的直接通信或发现。 在本发明中, 上述两种情况不做任何限定, 下面的描述中以发现信号由基站发送为例进行说明, 对于第一 U E发 送发现信号的实施方式类似, 不做赘述。  It should be noted that the first UE is a UE other than the UE. At this time, when the transmission point is a base station, the discovery signal is sent by the base station, and the UE is used to discover the signal of the base station. Or, when the transmission point is the first UE, the discovery signal is sent by the first UE, and the UE is used to discover the signal of the first U E, and the communication evolves into direct communication or discovery between the UEs. In the present invention, the above two cases are not limited. In the following description, the discovery signal is sent by the base station as an example for description. The implementation manner of transmitting the discovery signal for the first U E is similar and will not be described again.
具体的, 当 UE 进入某个小区的覆盖范围时, 传输点可以向此 UE广播发现信号, U E的检测单元 5 0 1可以检测到发现信号。  Specifically, when the UE enters the coverage of a certain cell, the transmission point may broadcast a discovery signal to the UE, and the detection unit 5 0 1 of the U E may detect the discovery signal.
此时, 该发现信号可以在传输点处于休眠态时发送, 用于 UE 在传输点处于休眠态时, 及时发现该传输点管辖的小区, 并对该小 区进行测量, 比如参考信号接收功率或参考信号接收质量等的测量。 当然也可以在激活态发送, 作用与休眠态时一样, 并不做限定。  At this time, the discovery signal may be sent when the transmission point is in a dormant state, and is used for the UE to discover the cell under the jurisdiction of the transmission point when the transmission point is in the dormant state, and perform measurement on the cell, such as reference signal receiving power or reference. Measurement of signal reception quality, etc. Of course, it can also be sent in the active state, and the action is the same as in the sleep state, and is not limited.
此处定义的基站处于休眠态意味着传输点处于关闭的节电状 态, 此状态下传输点只发送该发现信号; 而基站处于激活态指传输 点处于正常服务状态, 此时除了可以继续发送发现信号之外, 还需 要发送供 UE正常接入的同步信号, 广播信道, 公共参考信号, 控制 信道和数据信道等。 The base station defined here is in a dormant state, meaning that the transmission point is in a closed power saving state. In this state, the transmission point only sends the discovery signal; while the base station is in the active state, the transmission point is in the normal service state. In addition to the continuous transmission of the discovery signal, the synchronization signal for the UE to normally access needs to be transmitted. Channel, common reference signal, control channel and data channel.
进一步的, 所述发现信号包括: 发现参考信号或下行数据包信 号。  Further, the discovery signal includes: a discovery reference signal or a downlink data packet signal.
需要说明的是, UE在检测发现信号之前, 需要先获取发现信号 的配置信息, 从而可以根据此配置信息, 检测发现信号。  It should be noted that, before detecting the discovery signal, the UE needs to acquire the configuration information of the discovery signal, so that the discovery signal can be detected according to the configuration information.
需要说明的是, 发现信号的配置信息是关于接收或发送所述发 现信号时的配置信息。 对于 UE 来说, UE 获取发现信号的配置信息 是指 UE获取关于接收所述发现信号时的配置信息。  It should be noted that the configuration information of the discovery signal is configuration information when the discovery signal is received or transmitted. For the UE, the configuration information of the UE acquiring the discovery signal refers to that the UE acquires configuration information when receiving the discovery signal.
此时, 所述检测单元 5 01 , 可以根据获取的所述发现信号的配 置信息, 检测所述发现信号。  At this time, the detecting unit 510 can detect the discovery signal according to the acquired configuration information of the discovery signal.
需要说明的是, 发现信号的配置信息是关于接收或发送所述发 现信号时的配置信息。 对于 UE 来说, UE 获取发现信号的配置信息 是指 UE获取关于接收所述发现信号时的配置信息。  It should be noted that the configuration information of the discovery signal is configuration information when the discovery signal is received or transmitted. For the UE, the configuration information of the UE acquiring the discovery signal refers to that the UE acquires configuration information when receiving the discovery signal.
进一步的, 所述发现信号包括: 发现参考信号或下行数据包信 号。 在所述发现信号包括: 所述发现参考信号的情况下, 该配置信 息包括发现信号的候选序列和 /或时频资源。 其中, 候选序列可以为 Za do f f— Chu /f>歹'] , M / >歹] Go 1 d /f>歹'] , 多 歹1■! ^ / l日于步页 资源可以表示发送该发现信号的基站管辖小区的小区标识, 这样, 所述检测单元 5 01 可以通过检测该发现信号来区别不同的小区。 发 现信号为下行数据包信号时, 配置信息可以包括调制编码方式, 载 荷大小等信息。 该配置信息可以预先配置好, 也可以通过信令配置 给 UE。 Further, the discovery signal includes: a discovery reference signal or a downlink data packet signal. In the case that the discovery signal includes: the discovery reference signal, the configuration information includes a candidate sequence of the discovery signal and/or a time-frequency resource. Wherein, the candidate sequence may be Za do ff — Chu /f>歹'], M / >歹] Go 1 d /f>歹'], more than 1 ■! ^ / l Day step resource can indicate that the resource is sent The base station of the discovery signal determines the cell identity of the cell, such that the detecting unit 510 can distinguish different cells by detecting the discovery signal. When the discovery signal is a downlink data packet signal, the configuration information may include information such as a modulation and coding mode, a payload size, and the like. The configuration information may be pre-configured or configured by the signaling to the UE.
以发现参考信号为例, 所述检测单元 5 01检测发现信号可以理 解为所述检测单元 5 01 检测所有的候选序列, 从中匹配出基站实际 发送发现信号使用的实际序列, 该实际序列为候选序列之一, 进而 通过该实际序列确定该基站管辖当前小区的小区标识, 即发现到当 前小区。 Taking the discovery reference signal as an example, the detecting unit 510 detects the discovery signal, which can be understood as the detecting unit 901 detecting all candidate sequences, and matching the actual sequence used by the base station to actually send the discovery signal, where the actual sequence is a candidate sequence. One, further determining, by the actual sequence, that the base station governs the cell identity of the current cell, that is, when found Pre-cell.
在所述发现信号包括: 所述下行数据包信号的情况下, 所述发 现信号的配置信息包括: 调制编码方式, 载荷大小和时频资源中的 至少一种。  In the case that the discovery signal includes: the downlink data packet signal, the configuration information of the discovery signal includes: at least one of a modulation and coding mode, a payload size, and a time-frequency resource.
进一步的, 所述发现信号携带有所述传输点的状态信息。  Further, the discovery signal carries state information of the transmission point.
其中 ,所述状态信息指示所述传输点是否能够被所述 UE通过发 送所述触发信号的方式来触发。  The status information indicates whether the transmission point can be triggered by the UE by sending the trigger signal.
所述获取单元 5 02 , 用于根据所述检测单元 5 01 检测的所述发 现信号获取触发信号的配置信息。  The obtaining unit 502 is configured to acquire configuration information of the trigger signal according to the discovery signal detected by the detecting unit 501.
其中 , 所述触发信号是所述 UE发送的 , 用于触发所述传输点为 所述 UE提供服务的信号。  The trigger signal is sent by the UE, and is used to trigger the signal that the transmission point provides a service for the UE.
所述触发信号的配置信息是关于接收或发送所述触发信号时的 配置信息。 对于本发明实施例中的 UE来说, 触发信号的配置信息是 关于发送所述触发信号时的配置信息。 例如, 配置信息包括: 发送 触发信息时使用的序列和 /或时频资源信息, 及发送触发信息时的发 送功率信息。 或者, 配置信息包括: 发送触发信息时使用的序列和 / 或时频资源信息。  The configuration information of the trigger signal is configuration information when the trigger signal is received or transmitted. For the UE in the embodiment of the present invention, the configuration information of the trigger signal is configuration information when the trigger signal is sent. For example, the configuration information includes: a sequence and/or time-frequency resource information used when transmitting the trigger information, and a transmission power information when the trigger information is sent. Alternatively, the configuration information includes: a sequence and/or time-frequency resource information used when transmitting the trigger information.
具体的, UE的检测单元 5 01在检测到发现信号之前, 获取单元 5 02可以确定出此发现信号的实际配置信息, 比如实际序列和 /或实 际时频资源, UE的获取单元 5 02可以根据所述发现信号的实际配置 信息, 获取触发信号的配置信息。  Specifically, before the detecting unit of the UE detects the discovery signal, the acquiring unit 502 can determine the actual configuration information of the discovery signal, such as the actual sequence and/or the actual time-frequency resource, and the acquiring unit 102 of the UE can be configured according to The actual configuration information of the discovery signal acquires configuration information of the trigger signal.
也就是说, 所述获取单元 5 02 , 还用于获取所述发现信号的配 置信息。 此时, 所述检测单元 5 01 , 具体用于根据所述获取单元 5 02 获取的所述发现信号的配置信息, 检测所述发现信号。  That is, the obtaining unit 502 is further configured to acquire configuration information of the discovery signal. In this case, the detecting unit 510 is specifically configured to detect the discovery signal according to the configuration information of the discovery signal acquired by the acquiring unit 52.
具体的, 所述获取单元 5 02 , 具体用于通过接收第一传输点的 广播信息, 获取所述发现信号的配置信息。  Specifically, the acquiring unit 502 is configured to obtain configuration information of the discovery signal by receiving broadcast information of the first transmission point.
其中, 所述第一传输点是所述传输点的邻传输点。  The first transmission point is an adjacent transmission point of the transmission point.
或者, 所述获取单元 5 02 , 具体用于在本地获取预先设置的所 述发现信号的配置信息。 所述发送单元 5 03 , 用于根据所述获取单元 5 02 获取的所述触 发信号的配置信息, 向所述传输点发送所述触发信号。 Or the acquiring unit 502 is specifically configured to locally acquire configuration information of the discovery signal that is preset. The sending unit 503 is configured to send the trigger signal to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal acquired by the acquiring unit 502.
其中, 所述触发信号中携带有第一信息。 所述第一信息包括: 所述发现信号的接收功率信息、 所述触发信号的发送功率信息、 功 率偏移量信息及第一定时偏移信息中的至少一种。  The trigger signal carries the first information. The first information includes: at least one of received power information of the discovery signal, transmission power information of the trigger signal, power offset information, and first timing offset information.
所述功率偏移量是指所述触发信号的发送功率与所述发现信号 的发送功率间的偏移值。 所述第一定时偏移信息是指所述 UE接收所 述发现信号与发送所述触发信号间的时间间隔。  The power offset refers to an offset value between a transmission power of the trigger signal and a transmission power of the discovery signal. The first timing offset information refers to a time interval between the UE receiving the discovery signal and transmitting the trigger signal.
具体的, 所述发送单元 5 03 , 具体用于在所述获取单元 5 02 获 知发送触发信号时釆用的资源信息后, 将第一信息添加至触发信号 中, 从而根据其配置信息将触发信号发送至传输点中, 以使得传输 点在接收到触发信号后, 可以根据触发信号中的第一信息确定传输 点由休眠态切换至激活态, 或者, 在传输点处于激活态时, 根据所 述第一信息调大第一发送功率。  Specifically, the sending unit 503 is specifically configured to: after the acquiring unit 502 learns the resource information used when the trigger signal is sent, add the first information to the trigger signal, so as to trigger the signal according to the configuration information. Sending to the transmission point, so that after receiving the trigger signal, the transmission point may determine that the transmission point is switched from the sleep state to the active state according to the first information in the trigger signal, or when the transmission point is in an active state, according to the The first information increases the first transmission power.
进一步的, 触发信号携带第一信息的方法有如下几种。  Further, the method for carrying the first information by the trigger signal is as follows.
具体的, 所述发送单元 5 03 , 具体用于将第一信息直接添加至 触发信号的载荷中, 由触发信号的载荷直接承载第一信息, 即为将 第一信息作为触发信号的载荷数据, 将第一信息添加至触发信号中。  Specifically, the sending unit 503 is specifically configured to directly add the first information to the load of the trigger signal, and directly load the first information by the load of the trigger signal, that is, load data that uses the first information as a trigger signal, The first information is added to the trigger signal.
或者, 所述发送单元 5 03 , 具体用于将第一信息通过触发信号 的配置信息承载。 此时, 并不是将第一信息的内容直接添加至触发 信号的配置信息中, 而是预先建立第一信息与触发信号的配置信息 间的对应关系。 此时, 在接收到触发信号后, 可以获取触发信号的 配置信息, 从而可以根据触发信号的配置信息, 及第一信息与触发 信号的配置信息间的对应关系, 获取第一信息。 也就是说, 通过触 发信号的配置信息承载第一信息。  Alternatively, the sending unit 503 is specifically configured to carry the first information by using configuration information of the trigger signal. At this time, instead of directly adding the content of the first information to the configuration information of the trigger signal, the correspondence between the first information and the configuration information of the trigger signal is established in advance. At this time, after receiving the trigger signal, the configuration information of the trigger signal can be obtained, so that the first information can be obtained according to the configuration information of the trigger signal and the correspondence between the configuration information of the first information and the trigger signal. That is, the first information is carried by the configuration information of the trigger signal.
需要说明的是, 通过触发信号携带第一信息, 还可釆用其他的 方法, 本发明对此不做限制。  It should be noted that, by using the trigger signal to carry the first information, other methods may also be used, which are not limited by the present invention.
进一步的, 发现信号中携带有所述传输点的状态信息。  Further, the discovery signal carries state information of the transmission point.
其中,所述状态信息指示所述传输点是否能够被所述 UE通过发 送所述触发信号的方式来触发。 The status information indicates whether the transmission point can be sent by the UE. Trigger by sending the trigger signal.
此时, 所述发送单元 5 03 , 根据所述触发信号的配置信息, 向 所述传输点发送所述触发信号具体包括: 在所述状态信息指示所述 传输点能够被所述 UE通过发送所述触发信号的方式来触发时, 所述 UE根据所述触发信号的配置信息,向所述传输点发送所述触发信号。  At this time, the sending unit 503, according to the configuration information of the trigger signal, sending the trigger signal to the transmission point, specifically includes: the status information indicating that the transmission point can be transmitted by the UE by using When triggered by the manner of the trigger signal, the UE sends the trigger signal to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal.
进一步的, 在发送单元 5 03发送的触发信号中携带的第一信息 包含的内容不同, 获取单元 5 02 需要获取第一信息中携带的内容也 不同。  Further, the first information carried in the trigger signal sent by the sending unit 503 includes different contents, and the content that the acquiring unit 5 02 needs to obtain in the first information is different.
其中, 所述获取单元 5 02 , 还用于在所述第一信息包括: 所述 发现信号的接收功率信息的情况下, 根据所述发现信号, 获取所述 发现信号的接收功率信息。  The acquiring unit 502 is further configured to: when the first information includes: the received power information of the discovery signal, acquire the received power information of the discovery signal according to the discovery signal.
所述获取单元 5 02 , 还用于在所述第一信息包括: 所述第一定 时偏移信息的情况下, 根据接收所述发现信号的时间与发送所述触 发信号的时间, 确定所述第一定时偏移信息。  The acquiring unit 502 is further configured to: when the first information includes: the first timing offset information, determine the time according to a time when the discovery signal is received and a time when the trigger signal is sent. First timing offset information.
进一步的, 所述获取单元 5 02 , 还用于在所述第一信息包括: 所述功率偏移量信息的情况下, 根据所述发现信号的发送功率信息, 及所述触发信号的发送功率信息, 确定所述功率偏移量信息。 其中, 所述发现信号中携带有所述发现信号的发送功率信息。  Further, the acquiring unit 502 is further configured to: according to the power offset information, the sending power information of the discovery signal, and the sending power of the trigger signal, where the first information includes: Information, the power offset information is determined. The discovery signal carries the transmission power information of the discovery signal.
进一步的, 所述获取单元 5 02 , 还用于获取所述发现信号的发 送功率信息。  Further, the acquiring unit 502 is further configured to acquire sending power information of the discovery signal.
所述获取单元 5 02 , 具体用于根据获取的所述发现信号的发送 功率信息及所述发现信号的接收功率信息, 确定路径损耗。  The acquiring unit 502 is specifically configured to determine a path loss according to the obtained sending power information of the discovery signal and the received power information of the discovery signal.
所述获取单元 5 02 , 还用于根据所述路径损耗, 确定发送触发 信号的发送功率信息。 其中, 所述触发信号的配置信息还包括: 所 述触发信号的发送功率信息。  The acquiring unit 502 is further configured to determine, according to the path loss, transmit power information of a sending trigger signal. The configuration information of the trigger signal further includes: sending power information of the trigger signal.
或者, 所述获取单元 5 02 , 还用于根据所述发现信号, 获取所 述发现信号的发送功率信息.  Or the acquiring unit 502 is further configured to acquire, according to the discovery signal, the sending power information of the discovery signal.
所述获取单元 5 02 , 具体用于根据获取的所述发现信号的发送 功率信息及所述发现信号的接收功率信息, 确定路径损耗。 所述获取单元 5 02 , 还用于根据所述路径损耗, 确定发送触发 信号的发送功率信息。 The acquiring unit 502 is specifically configured to determine a path loss according to the obtained transmit power information of the discovery signal and the received power information of the discovery signal. The obtaining unit 502 is further configured to determine, according to the path loss, transmit power information of a sending trigger signal.
此时, 所述发送单元 5 03 , 具体用于根据所述获取单元 5 02 获 取的所述触发信号的配置信息及所述触发信号的发送功率信息, 向 所述传输点发送所述触发信号。  In this case, the sending unit 503 is specifically configured to send the trigger signal to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal acquired by the acquiring unit 502 and the sending power information of the trigger signal.
进一步的, 上述 UE , 如图 7所示, 还包括: 确定单元 5 04。 确定单元 5 04 , 用于确定所述发现信号的配置信息与所述触发 信号的配置信息之间的对应关系。  Further, the foregoing UE, as shown in FIG. 7, further includes: a determining unit 504. The determining unit 5 04 is configured to determine a correspondence between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration information of the trigger signal.
所述获取单元 5 02 , 具体用于根据所述发现信号的配置信息和 所述确定单元 5 04 确定的所述对应关系, 获取所述触发信号的配置 信息。  The obtaining unit 502 is configured to acquire configuration information of the trigger signal according to the configuration information of the discovery signal and the corresponding relationship determined by the determining unit 504.
进一步的, 所述触发信号包括: 触发参考信号或上行数据包信 号。  Further, the trigger signal includes: a trigger reference signal or an uplink data packet signal.
进一步的, 在所述触发信号包括: 所述触发参考信号的情况下, 所述触发信号的配置信息包括: 候选序列和 /或时频资源。  Further, in the case that the trigger signal includes: the trigger reference signal, the configuration information of the trigger signal includes: a candidate sequence and/or a time-frequency resource.
具体的, 获取单元 5 02可以根据发现信号的配置信息与触发信 号的配置信息间的对应关系, 确定出触发信号的配置信息。  Specifically, the obtaining unit 502 can determine the configuration information of the trigger signal according to the correspondence between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration information of the trigger signal.
此时, 在触发信号的配置信息包括候选序列时, 获取单元 5 02 具体用于根据发现信号的配置信息与触发信号的配置信息间的对应 关系, 从发现信号的配置信息中与触发信号的候选序列有对应的信 息, 确定出实际发送触发信号时釆用的候选序列。  At this time, when the configuration information of the trigger signal includes the candidate sequence, the obtaining unit 502 is specifically configured to use the correspondence between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration information of the trigger signal, and the candidate for the trigger signal from the configuration information of the discovery signal. The sequence has corresponding information to determine the candidate sequence to use when actually transmitting the trigger signal.
进一步的, 获取单元 5 02 , 具体用于在发现信号的配置信息中 包括候选序列, 发现信号的候选序列与触发信号的候选序列有对应 关系时, 根据发现信号的候选序列, 及此对应关系, 确定触发信号 的候选序列。  Further, the acquiring unit 502 is specifically configured to include a candidate sequence in the configuration information of the discovery signal, and when the candidate sequence of the discovery signal has a correspondence relationship with the candidate sequence of the trigger signal, according to the candidate sequence of the discovery signal, and the corresponding relationship, A candidate sequence for the trigger signal is determined.
其中, 发现信号的候选序列与触发信号的候选序列有对应关系 可以是 对应的对应关系, 也可以是一对多的对应关系, 还可以 是多对一的对应关系。 此外, 发现信号的序列与触发信号的序列可 以类型相同, 比如都为 Za do f f _Chu序歹 'J或都为 M序歹 'J , 也可以是 不同类型的序列, 比如发现信号的序列为 M序列或 Go l d序列, 而触 发信号的序列为 Za do f f -Chu序歹 'J。 The correspondence between the candidate sequence of the discovery signal and the candidate sequence of the trigger signal may be a corresponding correspondence relationship, or may be a one-to-many correspondence relationship, or may be a many-to-one correspondence relationship. In addition, the sequence of the found signal and the sequence of the trigger signal may be of the same type, for example, both Za do ff _Chu sequence 歹 'J or both are M order 歹 'J, or may be Different types of sequences, such as the sequence of the discovery signal, are the M sequence or the Go ld sequence, and the sequence of the trigger signal is the Za do ff -Chu sequence 歹 'J.
需要说明的是, 发现信号的候选序列与触发信号的候选序列有 对应关系还可以是其他的对应关系, 例如多对多的对应关系, 并且 该对应关系可以预先设置好, 也可以通过信令通知 UE , 本发明对此 不做限定。  It should be noted that the candidate sequence of the discovery signal has a corresponding relationship with the candidate sequence of the trigger signal, and may also be other correspondences, such as a many-to-many correspondence, and the correspondence may be preset or may be notified by signaling. UE, the present invention does not limit this.
具体的, 获取单元 5 02 , 具体用于若发现信号的候选序列与触 发信号的候选序列间的对应关系是——对应的对应关系时, 在确定 了发现信号的候选序列后, 根据发现信号的候选序列与触发信号的 候选序列的——对应的对应关系, 确定出一个触发信号的候选序列。  Specifically, the acquiring unit 502 is specifically configured to: if the correspondence between the candidate sequence of the discovery signal and the candidate sequence of the trigger signal is a corresponding correspondence relationship, after determining the candidate sequence of the discovery signal, according to the discovery signal A corresponding sequence of the candidate sequence and the candidate sequence of the trigger signal determines a candidate sequence of the trigger signal.
或者, 获取单元 5 02 , 具体用于若发现信号的候选序列与触发 信号的候选序列间的对应关系是一对多的对应关系时, 在确定了发 现信号的候选序列后, 可以根据发现信号的候选序列与触发信号的 候选序列的一对多的对应关系, 确定出一组触发信号的候选序列。 此时, 获取单元 5 02 可以从这一组触发信号的候选序列中选取一个 触发信号的候选序列, 作为触发信号的配置信息中的候选序列。 进 一步的, 获取单元 5 02 , 具体用于从这一组触发信号的候选序列中 随机选取一个触发信号的候选序列, 作为触发信号的配置信息中的 候选序列。 或者根据发现信号的配置信息中的其他信息(比如当前发 现信号的接收功率信息等)选取一个触发信号的候选序列, 作为触发 信号的配置信息中的候选序列。  Or the obtaining unit 502 is specifically configured to: if the correspondence between the candidate sequence of the discovery signal and the candidate sequence of the trigger signal is a one-to-many correspondence relationship, after determining the candidate sequence of the discovery signal, according to the discovery signal A one-to-many correspondence between the candidate sequence and the candidate sequence of the trigger signal determines a candidate sequence of a set of trigger signals. At this time, the obtaining unit 520 may select a candidate sequence of the trigger signal from the candidate sequences of the set of trigger signals as a candidate sequence in the configuration information of the trigger signal. Further, the obtaining unit 5 02 is specifically configured to randomly select a candidate sequence of the trigger signal from the candidate sequences of the set of trigger signals as a candidate sequence in the configuration information of the trigger signal. Or, according to other information in the configuration information of the discovery signal (such as the received power information of the currently found signal, etc.), a candidate sequence of the trigger signal is selected as a candidate sequence in the configuration information of the trigger signal.
需要说明的是, 获取单元 5 02从一组触发信号的候选序列中选 取一个触发信号的候选序列, 作为触发信号的配置信息中的候选序 列的方法还可以是其他方式, 本发明对此不做限制。  It should be noted that the obtaining unit 052 selects a candidate sequence of a trigger signal from a candidate sequence of a set of trigger signals, and the method for using the candidate sequence in the configuration information of the trigger signal may be other manners, and the present invention does not limit.
或者, 所述确定单元 5 05 , 具体用于若发现信号的候选序列与 触发信号的候选序列间的对应关系是多对一的对应关系时, 在确定 了发现信号的候选序列组后, 可以根据发现信号的候选序列组与触 发信号的候选序列的多对一的对应关系, 确定出发现信号的候选序 列组对应的一个触发信号的候选序列。 此时, 所述获取单元 5 02也可以不用确定发现信号的候选序列 组, 而直接用检测到的发现信号的候选序列来唯一的对应出触发信 号的候选序列, 因为此时发现信号的多个候选序列都对应于触发信 号的候选序列, 那么该多个候选序列中任意检测出一个候选序列, 都可以唯一对应出触发信号的候选序列。 Alternatively, the determining unit 505 is specifically configured to: if the correspondence between the candidate sequence of the discovery signal and the candidate sequence of the trigger signal is a many-to-one correspondence, after determining the candidate sequence group of the discovery signal, A plurality of one-to-one correspondence between the candidate sequence group of the signal and the candidate sequence of the trigger signal is found, and a candidate sequence of a trigger signal corresponding to the candidate sequence group of the discovery signal is determined. At this time, the acquiring unit 502 may also directly use the candidate sequence of the detected discovery signal to directly select the candidate sequence of the trigger signal without determining the candidate sequence group of the discovery signal, because multiple signals are found at this time. The candidate sequences all correspond to the candidate sequence of the trigger signal, and then any one of the plurality of candidate sequences is detected to be a candidate sequence, which can uniquely correspond to the candidate sequence of the trigger signal.
需要说明的是, 发现信号的配置信息中还包括其他信息时, 例 如时频资源, 则还可以是发现信号的配置信息中的其他信息与触发 信号的候选序列有对应关系, 例如, 发现信号的配置信息的时频资 源与触发信号的候选序列有对应关系。 所述获取单元 5 02 , 具体用 于根据发现信号的配置信息的其他信息, 及发现信号的配置信息中 其他信息与触发信号的候选序列的对应关系, 获取触发信号的配置 信息。 本发明对发现信号的配置信息中与触发信号的候选序列有对 应关系的具体信息不做限制。  It should be noted that, when other information is included in the configuration information of the discovery signal, for example, the time-frequency resource, the other information in the configuration information of the discovery signal may correspond to the candidate sequence of the trigger signal, for example, the signal is found. The time-frequency resource of the configuration information has a corresponding relationship with the candidate sequence of the trigger signal. The obtaining unit 502 is configured to obtain configuration information of the trigger signal according to other information of the configuration information of the discovery signal and the correspondence between the other information in the configuration information of the discovery signal and the candidate sequence of the trigger signal. The present invention does not limit the specific information in the configuration information of the discovery signal that corresponds to the candidate sequence of the trigger signal.
在触发信号的配置信息包括时频资源时, 所述获取单元 5 02 , 具体用于根据发现信号的配置信息与触发信号的配置信息间的对应 关系, 从发现信号的配置信息中与触发信号的时频资源有对应的信 息, 确定出触发信号的时频资源。  When the configuration information of the trigger signal includes the time-frequency resource, the acquiring unit 502 is specifically configured to: according to the correspondence between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration information of the trigger signal, the configuration information of the discovery signal and the trigger signal The time-frequency resource has corresponding information, and the time-frequency resource of the trigger signal is determined.
进一步的, 所述获取单元 5 02 , 具体用于在发现信号的配置信 息中包括时频资源, 发现信号的时频资源与触发信号的时频资源有 对应关系时, 根据发现信号的时频资源, 及此对应关系, 确定触发 信号的时频资源。  Further, the acquiring unit 502 is specifically configured to include a time-frequency resource in the configuration information of the discovery signal, and when the time-frequency resource of the discovery signal has a corresponding relationship with the time-frequency resource of the trigger signal, the time-frequency resource according to the discovery signal And the corresponding relationship, determining the time-frequency resource of the trigger signal.
其中, 时频资源包括: 频率资源和时域资源。  The time-frequency resources include: frequency resources and time domain resources.
此时, 所述获取单元 5 02,具体用于根据发现信号的频率资源, 及其对应关系, 确定触发信号的频率资源。 根据发现信号的时域资 源, 及其对应关系, 确定触发信号的时域资源。  At this time, the acquiring unit 502 is specifically configured to determine a frequency resource of the trigger signal according to the frequency resource of the discovery signal and the corresponding relationship. The time domain resources of the trigger signal are determined according to the time domain resources of the discovery signal and their corresponding relationships.
具体的, 发现信号的频率资源与触发信号的频率资源间的对应 关系可以是发送发现信号的下行频率资源与发送触发信号的上行频 率资源间对应。 例如, 传输点通过下行载波的某段频率资源发送发 现信号, 此时 UE可以将与此下行频率资源相对应的上行频率资源作 为触发信号的配置信息中的频率资源。 Specifically, the correspondence between the frequency resource of the discovery signal and the frequency resource of the trigger signal may be a correspondence between a downlink frequency resource that sends the discovery signal and an uplink frequency resource that sends the trigger signal. For example, the transmission point sends a discovery signal through a certain frequency resource of the downlink carrier, and the UE can use the uplink frequency resource corresponding to the downlink frequency resource. The frequency resource in the configuration information of the trigger signal.
需要说明的是, 所述获取单元 502在获取触发信号的配置信息 中的频率资源时, 也可以不通过发现信号的配置信息获取, 此时, UE可以自 己定义频率资源。  It should be noted that, when acquiring the frequency resource in the configuration information of the trigger signal, the acquiring unit 502 may not acquire the configuration information of the discovery signal. In this case, the UE may define the frequency resource by itself.
发现信号的时域资源与触发信号的时域资源间的对应关系可以 是——对应的对应关系, 也可是一对多的对应关系。  The correspondence between the time domain resource of the discovery signal and the time domain resource of the trigger signal may be - a corresponding correspondence relationship, or a one-to-many correspondence relationship.
具体的, 所述获取单元 502 , 具体用于若发现信号的时域资源 与触发信号的时域资源间的对应关系是——对应的对应关系时, 在 子帧 N 中接收到传输点发送的发现信号后, 可以根据发现信号的时 域资源与触发信号的时域资源间的——对应的对应关系, 确定将子 帧 N+4作为触发信号的配置信息中的时域资源。  Specifically, the acquiring unit 502 is specifically configured to: when the corresponding relationship between the time domain resource of the discovery signal and the time domain resource of the trigger signal is the corresponding correspondence, the transmission point is received in the subframe N. After the signal is found, the time domain resource in the configuration information that uses the subframe N+4 as the trigger signal may be determined according to the corresponding correspondence between the time domain resource of the discovery signal and the time domain resource of the trigger signal.
需要说明的是, 获取单元 5 02 还可以将其他子帧例如子帧 N+M 作为触发信号的配置信息中的时域资源, M 为大于 0 的正整数。 本 发明对此不做限制。 还可以利用其他时序关系, 根据发现信号的时 域资源确定出触发信号的时域资源。 本发明对此不做限制。  It should be noted that the acquiring unit 5 02 may also use other subframes such as the subframe N+M as the time domain resource in the configuration information of the trigger signal, and M is a positive integer greater than 0. The invention is not limited thereto. Other timing relationships can also be utilized to determine the time domain resources of the trigger signal based on the time domain resources of the discovery signal. The invention is not limited thereto.
或者, 所述获取单元 502 , 具体用于若发现信号的时域资源与 触发信号的时域资源间的对应关系是一对多的对应关系时, 在子帧 N 接收传输点发送的发现信号后, 可以根据发现信号的时域资源与 触发信号的时域资源间的一对多的对应关系, 确定将子帧 N+ i 作为 触发信号的配置信息中的时域资源。  Or the acquiring unit 502 is specifically configured to: if the correspondence between the time domain resource of the discovery signal and the time domain resource of the trigger signal is a one-to-many correspondence relationship, after the subframe N receives the discovery signal sent by the transmission point, The time domain resource in the configuration information that uses the subframe N+i as the trigger signal may be determined according to a one-to-many correspondence between the time domain resource of the discovery signal and the time domain resource of the trigger signal.
优选的, i是 4的整数倍。  Preferably, i is an integer multiple of four.
需要说明的是, 所述获取单元 502可以随机确定 i 的值, 将子 帧 N+ i作为触发信号的配置信息中的时域资源。 当然还可以根据 UE 的标识信息确定 i 的值, 将子帧 N+ i 作为触发信号的配置信息中的 时域资源。 上述 N+ i 的多个时域资源一般是不连续的子帧, 只要 i 不等于 1 , 上述对应关系也可以对应出一串连续的子帧作为时域资 源, 比如 N+ i开始的连续 j个子帧, 即 N+ i , N+ i + 1 , N+ i + j - 1 0 需要说明的是, 所述获取单元 502 , 还可以通过其他方法获取 触发信号的配置信息中的时域资源, 例如, UE 自身设定触发信号的 配置信息中的时域资源, 本发明对此不做限制。 It should be noted that the acquiring unit 502 may randomly determine the value of i, and use the subframe N+i as the time domain resource in the configuration information of the trigger signal. Of course, the value of i can also be determined according to the identification information of the UE, and the subframe N+i is used as the time domain resource in the configuration information of the trigger signal. The multiple time domain resources of the foregoing N+i are generally discontinuous subframes. As long as i is not equal to 1, the above correspondence may also correspond to a series of consecutive subframes as time domain resources, for example, consecutive j subframes starting from N+i. That is, N+ i , N+ i + 1 , N+ i + j - 1 0 It should be noted that the acquiring unit 502 may also acquire time domain resources in the configuration information of the trigger signal by other methods, for example, the UE itself Trigger signal The time domain resource in the configuration information is not limited by the present invention.
需要说明的是, 发现信号的配置信息中还包括其他信息时, 例 如候选序列, 则还可是发现信号的配置信息中还其他信息与触发信 号的时频资源有对应关系, 例如, 候选序列与触发信号的时频资源 有对应关系。 获取单元 5 02 可以根据发现信号的配置信息的其他信 息, 及发现信号的配置信息中其他信息与触发信号的时频资源的对 应关系, 获取触发信号的配置信息。 本发明对发现信号的配置信息 中与触发信号的时频资源有对应关系的具体信息不做限制。  It should be noted that, when other information is included in the configuration information of the discovery signal, for example, the candidate sequence, the other information in the configuration information of the discovery signal may correspond to the time-frequency resource of the trigger signal, for example, the candidate sequence and the trigger. The time-frequency resources of the signals have a corresponding relationship. The obtaining unit 5 02 can obtain the configuration information of the trigger signal according to other information of the configuration information of the discovery signal and other information in the configuration information of the discovery signal and the time-frequency resource of the trigger signal. The present invention does not limit the specific information corresponding to the time-frequency resource of the trigger signal in the configuration information of the discovery signal.
在所述触发信号包括: 所述上行数据包信号的情况下, 所述触 发信号的配置信息包括: 调制编码方式, 载荷大小和时频资源中的 至少一种。  In the case that the trigger signal includes: the uplink data packet signal, the configuration information of the trigger signal includes: at least one of a modulation and coding mode, a payload size, and a time-frequency resource.
此时, 所述获取单元 5 02 , 具体用于在触发信号的配置信息包 括调制编码方式时, 根据发现信号的配置信息与触发信号的配置信 - ¾间的对应关系, 从发现信号的配置信息中与触发信号的调制编码 方式有对应的信息, 确定出触发信号的调制编码方式。  At this time, the acquiring unit 502 is specifically configured to: when the configuration information of the trigger signal includes the modulation and coding mode, according to the correspondence between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration information of the trigger signal, the configuration information of the discovery signal The information corresponding to the modulation and coding mode of the trigger signal is determined, and the modulation and coding mode of the trigger signal is determined.
可选的, 所述获取单元 5 02 , 具体用于在发现信号的配置信息 中包括调制编码方式, 发现信号的配置信息中与触发信号的调制编 码有对应的信息为调制编码方式时, 根据发现信号的调制编码方式, 及发现信号的调制编码方式与触发信号的调制编码方式的对应关 系, 确定出触发信号的调制编码方式。  Optionally, the acquiring unit 502 is specifically configured to include a modulation and coding mode in the configuration information of the discovery signal, where the information corresponding to the modulation and coding of the trigger signal in the configuration information of the discovery signal is a modulation and coding mode, according to the discovery The modulation and coding mode of the signal, and the correspondence between the modulation and coding mode of the discovery signal and the modulation and coding mode of the trigger signal determine the modulation and coding mode of the trigger signal.
需要说明的是, 发现信号的配置信息中与触发信号的调制编码 方式有对应的信息还可是其他信息, 例如发现信号的候选序列, 时 频资源等, 本发明对此不做限制。  It should be noted that the information corresponding to the modulation and coding mode of the trigger signal in the configuration information of the discovery signal may be other information, such as a candidate sequence of the discovery signal, a time-frequency resource, etc., which is not limited by the present invention.
所述获取单元 5 02 , 具体用于在触发信号的配置信息包括载荷 大小时, 根据发现信号的配置信息与触发信号的配置信息间的对应 关系, 从发现信号的配置信息中与触发信号的载荷大小有对应的信 息, 确定出触发信号的载荷大小。  The acquiring unit 502 is specifically configured to: when the configuration information of the trigger signal includes the load size, according to the correspondence between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration information of the trigger signal, the configuration information of the discovery signal and the load of the trigger signal The size has corresponding information, and the load size of the trigger signal is determined.
可选的, 所述获取单元 5 02 , 具体用于在发现信号的配置信息 中包括载荷大小, 发现信号的配置信息中与触发信号的调制编码有 对应的信息为载荷大小时, 根据发现信号的载荷大小, 及发现信号 的载荷大小与触发信号的载荷大小的对应关系, 确定出触发信号的 载荷大小。 Optionally, the acquiring unit 502 is specifically configured to include a payload size in the configuration information of the discovery signal, where the modulation information of the trigger signal is configured in the configuration information of the discovery signal. When the corresponding information is the load size, the load of the trigger signal is determined according to the load of the discovery signal and the correspondence between the load size of the discovery signal and the load of the trigger signal.
需要说明的是, 发现信号的配置信息中与触发信号的载荷大小 有对应的信息还可是其他信息, 例如发现信号的候选序列, 时频资 源等, 本发明对此不做限制。  It should be noted that the information corresponding to the load size of the trigger signal in the configuration information of the discovery signal may be other information, such as a candidate sequence of the discovery signal, a time-frequency resource, etc., which is not limited by the present invention.
需要说明的是, 所述获取单元 5 02 , 根据发现信号的配置信息, 及发现信号的配置信息与触发信号的配置信息间对应关系, 获取触 发信号的配置信息。 本发明对发现信号的配置信息的具体内容不做 限制。 发现信号的配置信息与触发信号的配置信息间对应关系可以 预先设置。  It should be noted that the acquiring unit 502 obtains the configuration information of the trigger signal according to the configuration information of the discovery signal and the correspondence between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration information of the trigger signal. The present invention does not limit the specific content of the configuration information of the discovery signal. The correspondence between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration information of the trigger signal can be set in advance.
进一步的, 上述 UE , 参考如图 7所示, 还包括: 接收单元 5 05。 接收单元 5 05 , 用于接收所述传输点发送的所述触发信号的响 应消息。  Further, the foregoing UE, as shown in FIG. 7, further includes: a receiving unit 505. The receiving unit 5 05 is configured to receive a response message of the trigger signal sent by the transmission point.
本发明实施例提供了一种 UE , 在检测到发现信号后, 根据此发 现信号获取触发信号的配置信息, U E可以根据触发信号的配置信息, 向传输点发送触发信号, 以使得传输点在接收到触发信号后, 获取 第一信息, 在所述传输点处于休眠态时, 所述传输点根据所述第一 信息, 所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态; 和 /或, 在所述传输点处 于激活态时, 所述传输点根据所述第一信息调大第一发送功率。 这 样, 当传输点处于休眠态或传输点的公共信号的发送功率降低时, 可以通过 UE 向传输点发送触发信号, 由 UE触发传输点由休眠态切 换为激活态, 或增大公共信号的发送功率, 无需宏基站的参与, 这 样实现了无需宏基站辅助的情况下, 触发传输点为 UE提供服务, 提 高了用户体验。  An embodiment of the present invention provides a UE, after detecting a discovery signal, acquiring configuration information of a trigger signal according to the discovery signal, and the UE may send a trigger signal to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal, so that the transmission point is receiving. After the trigger signal, obtaining the first information, when the transmission point is in the sleep state, the transmission point is switched from the sleep state to the active state according to the first information; and/or, When the transmission point is in an active state, the transmission point increases the first transmission power according to the first information. In this way, when the transmission point of the common signal of the transmission point is in the sleep state or the transmission point is decreased, the UE may send a trigger signal to the transmission point, and the UE triggers the transmission point to switch from the sleep state to the active state, or increases the transmission of the common signal. The power does not require the participation of the macro base station, so that the triggering transmission point provides services for the UE without the assistance of the macro base station, and the user experience is improved.
如图 8 所示, 本发明实施例提供了一种传输点的功能示意图。 参考如图 8所示, 该传输点包括: 确定单元 7 01 , 发送单元 7 02 , 接 收单元 7 0 3 , 获取单元 7 04及处理单元 7 05。  As shown in FIG. 8, the embodiment of the present invention provides a function diagram of a transmission point. Referring to FIG. 8, the transmission point includes: a determining unit 7 01 , a transmitting unit 7 02 , a receiving unit 7 0 3 , an obtaining unit 7 04 , and a processing unit 7 05 .
所述确定单元 7 01 , 用于确定发现信号的配置信息。 所述发送单元 7 0 2 , 用于根据所述确定单元 7 0 1 确定的所述发 现信号的配置信息发送所述发现信号。 The determining unit 710 is configured to determine configuration information of the discovery signal. The sending unit 7 0 2 is configured to send the discovery signal according to the configuration information of the discovery signal determined by the determining unit 701.
其中, 所述发现信号是传输点发送的, 用于用户设备 UE发现所 述传输点的信号。 传输点可以是基站或第一 U E。  The discovery signal is sent by the transmission point, and is used by the user equipment UE to discover the signal of the transmission point. The transmission point can be a base station or a first U E.
需要说明的是, 发现信号的配置信息是关于接收或发送所述发 现信号时的配置信息。 对于传输点来说, 传输点确定发现信号的配 置信息是传输点确定关于发送所述发现信号时的配置信息。  It should be noted that the configuration information of the discovery signal is configuration information when the discovery signal is received or transmitted. For a transmission point, the transmission point determines that the configuration information of the discovery signal is that the transmission point determines configuration information when transmitting the discovery signal.
需要说明的是, 第一 UE是除所述 UE之外的 UE。 此时, 在传输 点为基站时, 所述发现信号是基站发送的, 用于 UE发现所述基站的 信号。 或者, 在传输点为第一 UE 时, 所述发现信号是第一 UE发送 的, 用于 U E发现所述第一 UE的信号。 此时通信演变为 UE之间的直 接通信或发现。 在本发明中, 上述两种情况不做任何限定, 下面的 描述中以发现信号由基站发送为例进行说明, 对于第一 UE发送发现 信号的实施方式类似, 不做赘述。  It should be noted that the first UE is a UE other than the UE. At this time, when the transmission point is a base station, the discovery signal is sent by the base station, and is used by the UE to discover the signal of the base station. Or, when the transmission point is the first UE, the discovery signal is sent by the first UE, and is used by the UE to discover the signal of the first UE. At this point the communication evolves into a direct communication or discovery between the UEs. In the present invention, the above two cases are not limited. In the following description, the discovery signal is sent by the base station as an example for description. The implementation manner of transmitting the discovery signal by the first UE is similar and will not be described again.
具体的, 传输点中可以预先设置发现信号的配置信息, 即为传 输点可以预先设置发送发现信号时的资源信息, 例如时频信息, 候 选序列等。  Specifically, the configuration information of the discovery signal may be preset in the transmission point, that is, the resource information when transmitting the discovery signal, such as time-frequency information, candidate sequence, etc., may be set in advance for the transmission point.
此时, 所述发送单元 7 0 2 , 还用于在所述确定单元 7 0 1 确定出 发现信号的配置信息后, 在传输点处于休眠状态时, 或者传输点处 于激活状态, 但是降低了发送公共信号的发送功率时, 以一定周期 根据其配置信息通过广播的方式发送发现信号, 以便传输点周围的 UE发现并接入此传输点。  At this time, the sending unit 7 0 2 is further configured to: when the determining unit 7 0 1 determines the configuration information of the discovery signal, when the transmission point is in a sleep state, or the transmission point is in an active state, but the transmission is reduced. When the transmission power of the common signal is transmitted, the discovery signal is transmitted by broadcasting according to its configuration information in a certain period, so that the UE around the transmission point discovers and accesses the transmission point.
需要说明的是, 所述发送单元 7 0 2 , 还用于当传输点处于激活 态且没有降低发送公共信号的发送功率时, 通过广播的方式发送发 现信号, 本发明对此不做限制。  It should be noted that the sending unit 702 is also used to transmit the discovery signal by means of broadcast when the transmission point is in the active state and the transmission power of the common signal is not reduced. The present invention does not limit this.
进一步的, 所述发现信号中携带有发现信号的发送功率信息。 所述发送单元 7 0 2 , 还用于添加发现信号的发送功率信息至发 现信号中。  Further, the discovery signal carries the transmission power information of the discovery signal. The transmitting unit 7 0 2 is further configured to add the transmission power information of the discovery signal to the discovery signal.
具体的, 所述发送单元 7 0 2 , 将发现信号的发送功率信息添加 至发现信号方法如下: Specifically, the sending unit 7 0 2 adds the sending power information of the discovery signal. The method to find the signal is as follows:
所述发送单元 7 02 , 具体用于将发现信号的发送功率信息直接 添加至发现信号的载荷中, 由发现信号的载荷直接承载发现信号的 发送功率信息, 即为将发现信号的发送功率信息作为发现信号的载 荷数据, 将发现信号的发送功率信息添加至发现信号中。  The sending unit 702 is specifically configured to directly add the transmit power information of the discovery signal to the payload of the discovery signal, and directly transmit the transmit power information of the discovery signal by the payload of the discovery signal, that is, the transmit power information of the discovery signal is used as The load data of the signal is found, and the transmission power information of the found signal is added to the discovery signal.
或者, 所述发送单元 7 02 , 具体用于将发现信号的发送功率信 息通过发现信号的候选序列承载, 此时, 传输点与 UE需预先设置发 现信号的发送功率信息与发现信号的候选序列间的对应关系。 此时, 发送单元 7 02 具体用于根据发现信号的发送功率信息, 设置发现信 号的候选序列, 将此发现信号发送至 UE , 以使得 UE 在接收到此发 现信号后, 可以根据预先设置的发现信号的发送功率信息与发现信 号的候选序列间的对应关系, 及发现信号中的候选序列, 确定出发 现信号的发送功率。  Alternatively, the sending unit 702 is specifically configured to carry the transmission power information of the discovery signal through the candidate sequence of the discovery signal. At this time, the transmission point and the UE need to preset the transmission power information of the discovery signal and the candidate sequence of the discovery signal. Correspondence. At this time, the sending unit 702 is specifically configured to set a candidate sequence of the discovery signal according to the transmission power information of the discovery signal, and send the discovery signal to the UE, so that after receiving the discovery signal, the UE may be based on the preset discovery. The correspondence between the transmission power information of the signal and the candidate sequence of the discovery signal, and the candidate sequence in the discovery signal, determine the transmission power of the discovery signal.
需要说明的是, 在本发明实施例中, 所述发送单元 7 02添加发 现信号的发送功率信息的具体方法, 还可以是其他方法, 本发明对 此不做限制。  It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the sending unit 702 adds a specific method for detecting the transmission power information of the signal, and may also be other methods, and the present invention does not limit this.
需要说明的是,所述发送单元 7 02向 UE发送发现信号的方法还 可以是其他方法, 本发明对此不做限制。  It should be noted that the method for the sending unit to send the discovery signal to the UE may be other methods, which is not limited in the present invention.
进一步的, 所述发现信号包括: 发现参考信号或下行数据包信 号。  Further, the discovery signal includes: a discovery reference signal or a downlink data packet signal.
需要说明的是, 发现信号不同, 其对应的配置信息不同。  It should be noted that the discovery signals are different, and the corresponding configuration information is different.
其中, 在所述发现信号包括: 所述发现参考信号的情况下, 所 述发现信号的配置信息包括: 候选序列和 /或时频资源。  In the case that the discovery signal includes: the discovery reference signal, the configuration information of the discovery signal includes: a candidate sequence and/or a time-frequency resource.
在所述发现信号包括: 所述下行数据包信号的情况下, 所述发 现信号的配置信息包括: 调制编码方式, 载荷大小和时频资源中的 至少一种。  In the case that the discovery signal includes: the downlink data packet signal, the configuration information of the discovery signal includes: at least one of a modulation and coding mode, a payload size, and a time-frequency resource.
进一步的, 所述发现信号携带有所述传输点的状态信息。  Further, the discovery signal carries state information of the transmission point.
其中 ,所述状态信息指示所述传输点是否能够被所述 UE通过发 送所述触发信号的方式来触发。 所述确定单元 7 0 1 , 还用于确定触发信号的配置信息。 The status information indicates whether the transmission point can be triggered by the UE by sending the trigger signal. The determining unit 7 0 1 is further configured to determine configuration information of the trigger signal.
具体的, 确定单元 7 0 1 , 在确定了发现信号的配置信息后, 可 以根据发现信号的配置信息获知触发信号的配置信息。  Specifically, after determining the configuration information of the discovery signal, the determining unit 7 0 1 can obtain the configuration information of the trigger signal according to the configuration information of the discovery signal.
所述接收单元 7 0 3 , 用于根据所述确定单元 7 0 1 确定的所述触 发信号的配置信息接收 UE发送的所述触发信号。  The receiving unit 703 is configured to receive the trigger signal sent by the UE according to the configuration information of the trigger signal determined by the determining unit 701.
其中, 所述触发信号中携带有第一信息。 所述第一信息包括: 所述发现信号的接收功率信息、 所述触发信号的发送功率信息、 功 率偏移量信息及第一定时偏移信息中的至少一种。  The trigger signal carries the first information. The first information includes: at least one of received power information of the discovery signal, transmission power information of the trigger signal, power offset information, and first timing offset information.
所述功率偏移量是指所述触发信号的发送功率与所述发现信号 的发送功率间的偏移值。 所述第一定时偏移信息是指所述 UE接收所 述发现信号与发送所述触发信号间的时间间隔。  The power offset refers to an offset value between a transmission power of the trigger signal and a transmission power of the discovery signal. The first timing offset information refers to a time interval between the UE receiving the discovery signal and transmitting the trigger signal.
需要说明的是, 所述触发信号的配置信息是关于接收或发送所 述触发信号时的配置信息。 对于本发明实施例中的传输点来说, 触 发信号的配置信息是关于接收所述触发信号时的配置信息。 例如, 配置信息包括: 接收触发信息时使用的序列和 /或时频资源信息, 及 接收触发信息时的发送功率信息。 或者, 配置信息包括: 接收触发 信息时使用的序列和 /或时频资源信息等。  It should be noted that the configuration information of the trigger signal is configuration information when receiving or transmitting the trigger signal. For the transmission point in the embodiment of the present invention, the configuration information of the trigger signal is configuration information when the trigger signal is received. For example, the configuration information includes: sequence and/or time-frequency resource information used when receiving the trigger information, and transmission power information when the trigger information is received. Alternatively, the configuration information includes: a sequence and/or time-frequency resource information used when receiving the trigger information, and the like.
进一步的, 所述触发信号包括: 触发参考信号或上行数据包信 号。  Further, the trigger signal includes: a trigger reference signal or an uplink data packet signal.
需要说明的是, 根据触发信号的不同, 其对应的配置信息也不 同。  It should be noted that the corresponding configuration information is different according to the trigger signal.
其中, 在所述触发信号包括: 所述触发参考信号的情况下, 所 述触发信号的配置信息包括: 候选序列和 /或时频资源。  In the case that the trigger signal includes: the trigger reference signal, the configuration information of the trigger signal includes: a candidate sequence and/or a time-frequency resource.
在所述触发信号包括: 所述上行数据包信号的情况下, 所述触 发信号的配置信息包括: 调制编码方式, 载荷大小和时频资源中的 至少一种。  In the case that the trigger signal includes: the uplink data packet signal, the configuration information of the trigger signal includes: at least one of a modulation and coding mode, a payload size, and a time-frequency resource.
接收单元 7 0 3接收的触发信号携带的第一信息的方法有如下几 种。  There are several methods for receiving the first information carried by the trigger signal by the receiving unit 703.
具体的, 第一信息直接由触发信号的载荷承载, 即为将第一信 息作为触发信号的载荷数据。 Specifically, the first information is directly carried by the load of the trigger signal, that is, the first letter is The payload is used as the load data of the trigger signal.
或者, 第一信息由触发信号的配置信息承载, 此时, 并不是在 触发信号的配置信息中直接承载第一信息的内容, 而是预先建立触 发信号的配置信息与第一信息的对应关系。  Alternatively, the first information is carried by the configuration information of the trigger signal. In this case, the content of the first information is not directly carried in the configuration information of the trigger signal, but the correspondence between the configuration information of the trigger signal and the first information is established in advance.
需要说明的是, 触发信号中携带第一信息的方法, 还可釆用其 他的方法, 本发明对此不做限制。  It should be noted that the method for carrying the first information in the trigger signal may also adopt other methods, which are not limited in the present invention.
所述获取单元 7 04 , 用于从所述触发信号中获取所述第一信息。 具体的, 所述获取单元 7 04在获取到触发信号时, 根据触发信 号携带第一信息的方法不同, 获取第一信息的方法也不同。  The acquiring unit 7 04 is configured to acquire the first information from the trigger signal. Specifically, when the acquiring unit 704 obtains the trigger signal, the method for acquiring the first information according to the trigger signal is different, and the method for obtaining the first information is also different.
所述获取单元 7 04 , 具体用于在第一信息直接由触发信号的载 荷承载, 即为将第一信息作为触发信号的载荷数据时, 直接解析触 发信号, 从触发信号的载荷承载中获取第一信息。  The acquiring unit 7 04 is specifically configured to directly parse the trigger signal when the first information is directly carried by the load of the trigger signal, that is, when the first information is used as the load data of the trigger signal, and obtain the first from the load bearing of the trigger signal. a message.
或者, 所述获取单元 7 04 , 具体用于第一信息由触发信号的配 置信息承载时, 根据触发信号的配置信息, 及第一信息与触发信号 的配置信息间的对应关系, 获知第一信息。  Or the acquiring unit 704 is configured to: when the first information is carried by the configuration information of the trigger signal, obtain the first information according to the configuration information of the trigger signal and the correspondence between the configuration information of the first information and the trigger signal. .
所述处理单元 7 05 , 用于根据第一信息调整状态或调大第一发 送功率。  The processing unit 705 is configured to adjust a state according to the first information or increase the first transmit power.
具体的, 所述处理单元 7 05 , 用于在所述传输点处于休眠态时, 根据所述第一信息, 将所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态。 和 /或, 在所述传输点处于激活态时, 根据所述第一信息调大第一发送功率。  Specifically, the processing unit 705 is configured to switch the transmission point from a dormant state to an active state according to the first information when the transmission point is in a dormant state. And/or, when the transmission point is in an active state, the first transmission power is increased according to the first information.
其中, 所述第一发送功率是所述传输点发送公共信号时釆用的 功率。 所述公共信号包括小区特定参考信号, 物理广播信道, 公共 搜索空间中承载的广播信道中的至少一种。  The first transmit power is power used when the transmission point sends a common signal. The common signal includes at least one of a cell-specific reference signal, a physical broadcast channel, and a broadcast channel carried in a common search space.
需要说明的是, 在本发明实施例中所述处理单元 7 05 , 根据第 一信息调整状态或调大第一发送功率是指所述处理单元 7 05 , 在获 取了第一信息后, 根据第一信息确定是否为 UE提供服务, 若确定出 能够为 UE提供服务, 此时, 所述处理单元 7 05调整状态或调大第一 发送功率。  It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the processing unit 705, according to the first information adjustment state or the first transmission power is referred to as the processing unit 705, after acquiring the first information, according to the A message determines whether to provide a service for the UE. If it is determined that the UE can be served, the processing unit 705 adjusts the state or increases the first transmit power.
也就是说, 所述处理单元 7 05 , 具体用于在所述获取单元 7 04 获取了第一信息后, 根据第一信息, 确定是否为发送触发信号的 UE 提供服务, 即为根据第一信息确定是否允许发送触发信号的 UE接入 至传输点。 That is, the processing unit 705 is specifically used in the obtaining unit 7 04 After the first information is obtained, according to the first information, it is determined whether to provide a service for the UE that sends the trigger signal, that is, whether the UE that is allowed to send the trigger signal is allowed to access the transmission point according to the first information.
具体的, 所述处理单元 7 05 , 具体用于在确定出可以为发送触 发信号的 UE提供服务时, 在传输点处于休眠态时, 传输点可以由休 眠态切换为激活态。 所述处理单元 7 05 , 还用于将传输点由休眠态 切换为激活态后, 可以调大第一发送功率, 以向 UE发送公共信号。 可选的, 传输点由休眠态切换至激活态后, 传输点可以根据第一信 息, 调大第一发送功率, 以向 UE发送公共信号。  Specifically, the processing unit is configured to: when determining that the UE that can send the trigger signal is served, when the transmission point is in the sleep state, the transmission point may be switched from the sleep state to the active state. The processing unit 705 is further configured to: after the transmission point is switched from the dormant state to the active state, the first transmit power may be adjusted to send a common signal to the UE. Optionally, after the transmission point is switched from the dormant state to the active state, the transmission point may increase the first transmit power according to the first information to send a common signal to the UE.
或者, 所述处理单元 7 05 , 具体用于在传输点处于激活态时, 由于处理单元 7 05 在接收到触发信号之前降低了第一发送功率, 以 至于发送单元 7 02无法通过第一发送功率讲公共信号发送至 UE , 此 时, 处理单元 7 05 , 具体用于直接调大第一发送功率, 以便发送单 元 7 02可以利用第一发送功率将公共信号发送至 UE。  Alternatively, the processing unit 705 is specifically configured to: when the transmission point is in an active state, the processing unit 705 reduces the first transmission power before receiving the trigger signal, so that the sending unit 702 cannot pass the first sending power. The public signal is sent to the UE. In this case, the processing unit 705 is specifically configured to directly increase the first transmit power, so that the sending unit 702 can send the common signal to the UE by using the first transmit power.
进一步的, 处理单元 7 05根据获取单元 7 04获取的第一信息的 内容不同,调整状态和 /或第一发送功率的具体方法不同,具体如下: 所述获取单元 7 04 , 具体用于在所述第一信息包括: 所述发现 信号的接收功率信息的情况下, 根据所述发现信号的接收功率信息, 及所述发现信号的发送功率信息, 确定所述传输点和所述 UE之间的 路径损耗。  Further, the processing unit 705 is different according to the content of the first information acquired by the obtaining unit 704, and the specific method for adjusting the state and/or the first sending power is different, as follows: The acquiring unit 7 04 is specifically used in the The first information includes: in the case of the received power information of the discovery signal, determining, according to the received power information of the discovery signal, and the transmission power information of the discovery signal, between the transmission point and the UE Path loss.
所述处理单元 7 05 , 具体用于根据所述获取单元 7 04 确定的所 述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 将所述传输点由休眠态切换至 激活态。 和 /或, 所述处理单元 7 05 , 具体用于根据所述获取单元 7 04 确定的所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 调大所述第一发送功 率。  The processing unit is configured to switch the transmission point from the sleep state to the active state according to the path loss between the transmission point and the UE determined by the obtaining unit 704. And/or, the processing unit is configured to increase the first transmit power according to the path loss between the transmission point and the UE determined by the acquiring unit 704.
或者, 所述获取单元 7 04 , 具体用于在所述第一信息包括: 所 述触发信号的发送功率信息的情况下, 根据所述触发信号的发送功 率信息, 及接收所述触发信号时获取的所述触发信号的接收功率信 息, 确定所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗。 所述处理单元 7 05 , 具体用于根据所述获取单元 7 04 确定的所 述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 将所述传输点由休眠态切换至 激活态; 和 /或, 所述处理单元 7 05 , 还具体用于根据所述获取单元 7 04确定的所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 调大所述第一发 送功率。 Or the acquiring unit 704 is specifically configured to: when the first information includes: sending power information of the trigger signal, according to sending power information of the trigger signal, and acquiring when the trigger signal is received The received power information of the trigger signal determines a path loss between the transmission point and the UE. The processing unit 507 is specifically configured to switch the transmission point from a sleep state to an active state according to a path loss between the transmission point and the UE determined by the acquiring unit 704; and/or, The processing unit 705 is further configured to increase the first transmit power according to a path loss between the transmission point and the UE determined by the acquiring unit 704.
或者, 所述获取单元 7 04 , 具体用于在所述第一信息包括: 所 述功率偏移量信息的情况下, 根据所述功率偏移量信息, 及所述发 现信号的发送功率信息, 确定所述触发信号的发送功率信息。  Or the acquiring unit 704 is specifically configured to, according to the power offset information, and the sending power information of the discovery signal, where the first information includes: the power offset information, Determining transmit power information of the trigger signal.
所述获取单元 7 04 , 还具体用于根据所述触发信号的发送功率 信息, 及接收所述触发信号时获取的所述触发信号的接收功率信息, 确定所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗。  The obtaining unit 704 is further configured to determine, according to the sending power information of the trigger signal, and the received power information of the trigger signal acquired when the trigger signal is received, between the transmission point and the UE. Path loss.
所述处理单元 7 05 , 具体用于根据所述获取单元 7 04 确定的所 述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 将所述传输点由休眠态切换至 激活态。 和 /或, 所述处理单元 7 05 , 还具体用于根据所述获取单元 7 04确定的所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 调大所述第一发 送功率。  The processing unit is configured to switch the transmission point from the sleep state to the active state according to the path loss between the transmission point and the UE determined by the obtaining unit 704. And/or, the processing unit 705 is further configured to increase the first transmit power according to a path loss between the transmission point and the UE determined by the acquiring unit 704.
或者, 所述获取单元 7 04 , 具体用于在所述第一信息包括;第一 定时偏移信息的情况下, 根据所述发现信号的发送时刻, 所述第一 定时偏移信息, 及接收所述触发信号的接收时刻, 确定所述传输点 与所述 UE 间的传输距离。  Or the acquiring unit 704 is specifically configured to: when the first information includes: first timing offset information, according to the sending moment of the discovery signal, the first timing offset information, and receive The receiving moment of the trigger signal determines a transmission distance between the transmission point and the UE.
所述处理单元 7 05 , 具体用于根据所述获取单元 7 04 确定的所 述传输点和所述 UE之间的传输距离, 将所述传输点由休眠态切换至 激活态。 和 /或, 所述处理单元 7 05 , 还具体用于根据所述获取单元 7 04确定的所述传输点和所述 UE之间的传输距离, 调大所述第一发 送功率。  The processing unit is configured to switch the transmission point from the sleep state to the active state according to the transmission distance between the transmission point and the UE determined by the obtaining unit 704. And/or, the processing unit 705 is further configured to increase the first transmission power according to the transmission distance between the transmission point and the UE determined by the acquiring unit 704.
进一步的, 所述确定单元 7 01 , 还用于确定所述发现信号的配 置信息与所述触发信号的配置信息之间具有对应关系。  Further, the determining unit 710 is further configured to determine a correspondence between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration information of the trigger signal.
需要说明的是, 发现信号的配置信息与所述触发信号的配置信 , 之间具有对应关系是预先设置的。 此时, 所述确定单元 701 , 具体用于根据所述发现信号的配置 信息和所述对应关系确定所述触发信号的配置信息。 It should be noted that the correspondence between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration signal of the trigger signal is preset. At this time, the determining unit 701 is specifically configured to determine configuration information of the trigger signal according to the configuration information of the discovery signal and the correspondence.
进一步的, 所述发送单元 702, 还用于向所述 UE发送所述触发 信号的响应消息。  Further, the sending unit 702 is further configured to send a response message of the trigger signal to the UE.
本发明实施例提供了一种传输点, 在发送了发现信号后, 接收 到 UE发送的触发信号时, 可以根据触发信号中携带的第一信息进行 相应的调整处理。 这样, 当传输点处于休眠态或传输点的公共信号 的发送功率降低时, 可以通过 UE 向传输点发送触发信号, 由 UE触 发传输点由休眠态切换为激活态, 或增大公共信号的发送功率, 无 需宏基站的参与, 这样实现了无需宏基站辅助的情况下, 触发传输 点为 UE提供服务, 提高了用户体验。  The embodiment of the present invention provides a transmission point, and after receiving the discovery signal, when receiving the trigger signal sent by the UE, the corresponding adjustment process may be performed according to the first information carried in the trigger signal. In this way, when the transmission point of the common signal of the transmission point is in the sleep state or the transmission point is decreased, the UE may send a trigger signal to the transmission point, and the UE triggers the transmission point to switch from the sleep state to the active state, or increases the transmission of the common signal. The power does not require the participation of the macro base station, so that the triggering transmission point provides services for the UE without the assistance of the macro base station, and the user experience is improved.
如图 9所示,其为本发明实施例所提供的一种用户设备 UE的结 构示意图。 参考图 9 所示, 该 UE 包括: 接收器 801 , 发送器 802, 存储器 803, 以及分别与接收器 801、 发送器 802、 存储器 803连接 的处理器 804。  As shown in FIG. 9, it is a schematic diagram of a structure of a user equipment UE according to an embodiment of the present invention. Referring to FIG. 9, the UE includes: a receiver 801, a transmitter 802, a memory 803, and a processor 804 connected to the receiver 801, the transmitter 802, and the memory 803, respectively.
其中, 存储器 803 中存储一组程序代码, 且处理器 804用于调 用存储器 803 中存储的程序代码。 接收器 801 及处理器 804用于执 行以下操作:  A set of program codes is stored in the memory 803, and the processor 804 is used to call the program code stored in the memory 803. Receiver 801 and processor 804 are used to perform the following operations:
所述处理器 804, 用于检测传输点发送的发现信号。  The processor 804 is configured to detect a discovery signal sent by the transmission point.
其中, 所述发现信号是传输点发送的, 用于所述 UE发现传输点 的信号。 传输点可以是基站或第一 UE。  The discovery signal is sent by the transmission point, and is used by the UE to discover a signal of the transmission point. The transmission point can be a base station or a first UE.
需要说明的是, 第一 UE是除所述 UE之外的 UE。 此时, 在传输 点为基站时, 所述发现信号是基站发送的, 用于所述 UE发现所述基 站的信号。 或者, 在传输点为第一 UE 时, 所述发现信号是第一 UE 发送的, 用于所述 UE发现所述第一 UE的信号, 此时通信演变为 UE 之间的直接通信或发现。 在本发明中, 上述两种情况不做任何限定, 下面的描述中以发现信号由基站发送为例进行说明, 对于第一 UE发 送发现信号的实施方式类似, 不做赘述。  It should be noted that the first UE is a UE other than the UE. At this time, when the transmission point is a base station, the discovery signal is sent by the base station, and the UE is used to discover the signal of the base station. Or, when the transmission point is the first UE, the discovery signal is sent by the first UE, and the UE is used to discover the signal of the first UE, and the communication evolves into direct communication or discovery between the UEs. In the present invention, the above two cases are not limited. In the following description, the discovery signal is sent by the base station as an example for description. The implementation manner of sending the discovery signal to the first UE is similar, and details are not described herein.
具体的, 当 UE 进入某个小区的覆盖范围时, 传输点可以向此 UE广播发现信号, UE的处理器 8 04可以检测到发现信号。 此时, 该发现信号可以在传输点处于休眠态时发送, 用于 UE 在传输点处于休眠态时, 及时发现该传输点管辖的小区, 并对该小 区进行测量, 比如参考信号接收功率或参考信号接收质量等的测量。 当然也可以在激活态发送, 作用与休眠态时一样, 并不做限定。 Specifically, when the UE enters the coverage of a certain cell, the transmission point may go to this The UE broadcasts the discovery signal, and the processor 804 of the UE can detect the discovery signal. At this time, the discovery signal may be sent when the transmission point is in a dormant state, and is used for the UE to discover the cell under the jurisdiction of the transmission point when the transmission point is in the dormant state, and perform measurement on the cell, such as reference signal receiving power or reference. Measurement of signal reception quality, etc. Of course, it can also be sent in the active state, and the action is the same as in the sleep state, and is not limited.
此处定义的基站处于休眠态意味着传输点处于关闭的节电状 态, 此状态下传输点只发送该发现信号; 而基站处于激活态指传输 点处于正常服务状态, 此时除了可以继续发送发现信号之外, 还需 要发送供 UE正常接入的同步信号, 广播信道, 公共参考信号, 控制 信道和数据信道等。  The base station defined herein is in a dormant state, meaning that the transmission point is in a closed power-saving state. In this state, the transmission point only sends the discovery signal; and when the base station is in an active state, the transmission point is in a normal service state, in addition to being able to continue transmitting and discovering. In addition to the signal, it is also necessary to transmit a synchronization signal, a broadcast channel, a common reference signal, a control channel, and a data channel for the UE to normally access.
需要说明的是, UE在检测发现信号之前, 需要先获取发现信号 的配置信息, 从而可以根据此配置信息, 检测发现信号。  It should be noted that, before detecting the discovery signal, the UE needs to acquire the configuration information of the discovery signal, so that the discovery signal can be detected according to the configuration information.
需要说明的是, 发现信号的配置信息是关于接收或发送所述发 现信号时的配置信息。 对于 UE 来说, UE 获取发现信号的配置信息 是指 UE获取关于接收所述发现信号时的配置信息。  It should be noted that the configuration information of the discovery signal is configuration information when the discovery signal is received or transmitted. For the UE, the configuration information of the UE acquiring the discovery signal refers to that the UE acquires configuration information when receiving the discovery signal.
此时, 所述处理器 8 04 , 可以根据获取的所述发现信号的配置 信息, 检测所述发现信号。  At this time, the processor 804 may detect the discovery signal according to the acquired configuration information of the discovery signal.
需要说明的是, 发现信号的配置信息是关于接收或发送所述发 现信号时的配置信息。 对于 UE 来说, UE 获取发现信号的配置信息 是指 UE获取关于接收所述发现信号时的配置信息。  It should be noted that the configuration information of the discovery signal is configuration information when the discovery signal is received or transmitted. For the UE, the configuration information of the UE acquiring the discovery signal refers to that the UE acquires configuration information when receiving the discovery signal.
进一步的, 所述发现信号包括: 发现参考信号或下行数据包信 号。  Further, the discovery signal includes: a discovery reference signal or a downlink data packet signal.
在所述发现信号包括: 所述发现参考信号的情况下, 该配置信 息包括发现信号的候选序列和 /或时频资源。 其中, 候选序列可以为 Za do f f— Chu /f>歹'] , M / >歹] Go 1 d /f>歹'] , 多 歹1■! ^ / l日于步页 资源可以表示发送该发现信号的基站管辖小区的小区标识, 这样, 所述处理器 8 04 可以通过检测该发现信号来区别不同的小区。 发现 信号为下行数据包信号时, 配置信息可以包括调制编码方式, 载荷 大小等信息。 该配置信息可以预先配置好, 也可以通过信令配置给 UE。 In the case that the discovery signal includes: the discovery reference signal, the configuration information includes a candidate sequence of the discovery signal and/or a time-frequency resource. Wherein, the candidate sequence may be Za do ff — Chu /f>歹'], M / >歹] Go 1 d /f>歹'], more than 1 ■! ^ / l Day step resource can indicate that the resource is sent The base station of the discovery signal governs the cell identity of the cell, such that the processor 80 can distinguish different cells by detecting the discovery signal. When the discovery signal is a downlink data packet signal, the configuration information may include information such as a modulation and coding mode, a payload size, and the like. The configuration information can be pre-configured or configured through signaling. UE.
以发现参考信号为例, 所述处理器 8 04检测发现信号可以理解 为所述处理器 8 04 检测所有的候选序列, 从中匹配出基站实际发送 发现信号使用的实际序列, 该实际序列为候选序列之一, 进而通过 该实际序列确定该基站管辖当前小区的小区标识, 即发现到当前小 区。  Taking the discovery reference signal as an example, the processor 804 detects the discovery signal, which can be understood as the processor 804 detects all candidate sequences, and matches the actual sequence used by the base station to actually send the discovery signal, and the actual sequence is a candidate sequence. And determining, by the actual sequence, the cell identity of the current cell by the base station, that is, discovering the current cell.
在所述发现信号包括: 所述下行数据包信号的情况下, 所述发 现信号的配置信息包括: 调制编码方式, 载荷大小和时频资源中的 至少一种。  In the case that the discovery signal includes: the downlink data packet signal, the configuration information of the discovery signal includes: at least one of a modulation and coding mode, a payload size, and a time-frequency resource.
进一步的, 所述发现信号携带有所述传输点的状态信息。  Further, the discovery signal carries state information of the transmission point.
其中 ,所述状态信息指示所述传输点是否能够被所述 UE通过发 送所述触发信号的方式来触发。  The status information indicates whether the transmission point can be triggered by the UE by sending the trigger signal.
所述处理器 8 04 , 还用于根据所述发现信号获取触发信号的配 置信息。  The processor 804 is further configured to acquire configuration information of the trigger signal according to the discovery signal.
其中 , 所述触发信号是所述 UE发送的 , 用于触发所述传输点为 所述 UE提供服务的信号。  The trigger signal is sent by the UE, and is used to trigger the signal that the transmission point provides a service for the UE.
所述触发信号的配置信息是关于接收或发送所述触发信号时的 配置信息。 对于本发明实施例中的 UE来说, 触发信号的配置信息是 关于发送所述触发信号时的配置信息。 例如, 配置信息包括: 发送 触发信息时使用的序列和 /或时频资源信息, 及发送触发信息时的发 送功率信息。 或者, 配置信息包括: 发送触发信息时使用的序列和 / 或时频资源信息。  The configuration information of the trigger signal is configuration information when the trigger signal is received or transmitted. For the UE in the embodiment of the present invention, the configuration information of the trigger signal is configuration information when the trigger signal is sent. For example, the configuration information includes: a sequence and/or time-frequency resource information used when transmitting the trigger information, and a transmission power information when the trigger information is sent. Alternatively, the configuration information includes: a sequence and/or time-frequency resource information used when transmitting the trigger information.
具体的, UE的处理器 8 04在检测到发现信号之前, 可以确定出 此发现信号的实际配置信息, 比如实际序列和 /或实际时频资源, UE 的处理器 8 04 可以根据所述发现信号的实际配置信息, 获取触发信 号的配置信息。  Specifically, the processor 84 of the UE may determine actual configuration information of the discovery signal, such as an actual sequence and/or an actual time-frequency resource, before the discovery signal is detected, and the processor 84 of the UE may be configured according to the discovery signal. The actual configuration information, get the configuration information of the trigger signal.
也就是说, 所述处理器 8 04 , 还用于获取所述发现信号的配置 信息。 此时, 所述处理器 8 04 , 具体用于根据获取的所述发现信号 的配置信息, 检测所述发现信号。 具体的, 所述处理器 8 04 , 具体用于通过接收第一传输点的广 播信息, 获取所述发现信号的配置信息。 That is, the processor 804 is further configured to acquire configuration information of the discovery signal. At this time, the processor 804 is specifically configured to detect the discovery signal according to the acquired configuration information of the discovery signal. Specifically, the processor 804 is specifically configured to obtain configuration information of the discovery signal by receiving broadcast information of the first transmission point.
其中, 所述第一传输点是所述传输点的邻传输点。  The first transmission point is an adjacent transmission point of the transmission point.
或者, 所述处理器 8 04 , 具体用于在本地获取预先设置的所述 发现信号的配置信息。  Alternatively, the processor 804 is specifically configured to locally acquire configuration information of the pre-set discovery signal.
所述发送器 8 02 , 用于根据所述处理器 8 04 获取的所述触发信 号的配置信息, 向所述传输点发送所述触发信号。  The transmitter 802 is configured to send the trigger signal to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal acquired by the processor 804.
其中, 所述触发信号中携带有第一信息。 所述第一信息包括: 所述发现信号的接收功率信息、 所述触发信号的发送功率信息、 功 率偏移量信息及第一定时偏移信息中的至少一种。  The trigger signal carries the first information. The first information includes: at least one of received power information of the discovery signal, transmission power information of the trigger signal, power offset information, and first timing offset information.
所述功率偏移量是指所述触发信号的发送功率与所述发现信号 的发送功率间的偏移值。 所述第一定时偏移信息是指所述 UE接收所 述发现信号与发送所述触发信号间的时间间隔。  The power offset refers to an offset value between a transmission power of the trigger signal and a transmission power of the discovery signal. The first timing offset information refers to a time interval between the UE receiving the discovery signal and transmitting the trigger signal.
具体的, 所述发送器 8 02 , 具体用于在所述处理器 8 04 获知发 送触发信号时釆用的资源信息后, 将第一信息添加至触发信号中, 从而根据其配置信息将触发信号发送至传输点中, 以使得传输点在 接收到触发信号后, 可以根据触发信号中的第一信息确定传输点由 休眠态切换至激活态, 或者, 在传输点处于激活态时, 根据所述第 一信息调大第一发送功率。  Specifically, the transmitter 802 is specifically configured to: after the processor 84 learns the resource information used when the trigger signal is sent, add the first information to the trigger signal, so that the trigger signal is used according to the configuration information. Sending to the transmission point, so that after receiving the trigger signal, the transmission point may determine that the transmission point is switched from the sleep state to the active state according to the first information in the trigger signal, or when the transmission point is in an active state, according to the The first information increases the first transmission power.
进一步的, 触发信号携带第一信息的方法有如下几种。  Further, the method for carrying the first information by the trigger signal is as follows.
具体的, 所述发送器 8 02 , 具体用于将第一信息直接添加至触 发信号的载荷中, 由触发信号的载荷直接承载第一信息, 即为将第 一信息作为触发信号的载荷数据, 将第一信息添加至触发信号中。  Specifically, the transmitter 802 is specifically configured to directly add the first information to the load of the trigger signal, and directly load the first information by the load of the trigger signal, that is, load data that uses the first information as a trigger signal, The first information is added to the trigger signal.
或者, 所述发送器 8 02 , 具体用于将第一信息通过触发信号的 配置信息承载。 此时, 并不是将第一信息的内容直接添加至触发信 号的配置信息中, 而是预先建立第一信息与触发信号的配置信息间 的对应关系。 此时, 在接收到触发信号后, 可以获取触发信号的配 置信息, 从而可以根据触发信号的配置信息, 及第一信息与触发信 号的配置信息间的对应关系, 获取第一信息。 也就是说, 通过触发 信号的配置信息承载第一信息。 Alternatively, the transmitter 802 is specifically configured to carry the first information by using configuration information of the trigger signal. At this time, instead of directly adding the content of the first information to the configuration information of the trigger signal, the correspondence between the first information and the configuration information of the trigger signal is established in advance. At this time, after receiving the trigger signal, the configuration information of the trigger signal may be acquired, so that the first information may be acquired according to the configuration information of the trigger signal and the correspondence between the first information and the configuration information of the trigger signal. That is, by triggering The configuration information of the signal carries the first information.
需要说明的是, 通过触发信号携带第一信息, 还可釆用其他的 方法, 本发明对此不做限制。  It should be noted that, by using the trigger signal to carry the first information, other methods may also be used, which are not limited by the present invention.
进一步的, 发现信号中携带有所述传输点的状态信息。  Further, the discovery signal carries state information of the transmission point.
其中 ,所述状态信息指示所述传输点是否能够被所述 UE通过发 送所述触发信号的方式来触发。  The status information indicates whether the transmission point can be triggered by the UE by sending the trigger signal.
此时, 所述发送器 8 02 , 根据所述触发信号的配置信息, 向所 述传输点发送所述触发信号具体包括: 在所述状态信息指示所述传 输点能够被所述 UE 通过发送所述触发信号的方式来触发时, 所述 UE根据所述触发信号的配置信息,向所述传输点发送所述触发信号。  At this time, the sending, by the transmitter 802, the triggering signal to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal, specifically: indicating, in the status information, that the transmission point can be sent by the UE by using When triggered by the manner of the trigger signal, the UE sends the trigger signal to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal.
进一步的, 在发送器 8 02发送的触发信号中携带的第一信息包 含的内容不同, 处理器 8 04需要获取第一信息中携带的内容也不同。  Further, the content of the first information carried in the trigger signal sent by the transmitter 802 is different, and the content that the processor 804 needs to acquire in the first information is different.
其中, 所述处理器 8 04 , 还用于在所述第一信息包括: 所述发 现信号的接收功率信息的情况下, 根据所述发现信号, 获取所述发 现信号的接收功率信息。  The processor 804 is further configured to: when the first information includes: the received power information of the discovery signal, obtain the received power information of the discovery signal according to the discovery signal.
所述处理器 8 04 , 还用于在所述第一信息包括: 所述第一定时 偏移信息的情况下, 根据接收所述发现信号的时间与发送所述触发 信号的时间, 确定所述第一定时偏移信息。  The processor 804 is further configured to: when the first information includes: the first timing offset information, determine the time according to a time when the discovery signal is received and a time when the trigger signal is sent. First timing offset information.
进一步的, 所述处理器 8 04 , 还用于在所述第一信息包括: 所 述功率偏移量信息的情况下, 根据所述发现信号的发送功率信息, 及所述触发信号的发送功率信息, 确定所述功率偏移量信息。 其中, 所述发现信号中携带有所述发现信号的发送功率信息。  Further, the processor 804 is further configured to: according to the power offset information, the transmit power information of the discovery signal, and the transmit power of the trigger signal. Information, the power offset information is determined. The discovery signal carries the transmission power information of the discovery signal.
进一步的, 所述处理器 8 04 , 还用于获取所述发现信号的发送 功率信息。  Further, the processor 804 is further configured to acquire transmit power information of the discovery signal.
所述处理器 8 04 , 具体用于根据获取的所述发现信号的发送功 率信息及所述发现信号的接收功率信息, 确定路径损耗。  The processor 804 is specifically configured to determine a path loss according to the obtained transmit power information of the discovery signal and the received power information of the discovery signal.
所述处理器 8 04 , 还用于根据所述路径损耗, 确定发送触发信 号的发送功率信息。 其中, 所述触发信号的配置信息还包括: 所述 触发信号的发送功率信息。 或者, 所述处理器 8 04 , 还用于根据所述发现信号, 获取所述 发现信号的发送功率信息. The processor 800 is further configured to determine, according to the path loss, transmit power information of a sending trigger signal. The configuration information of the trigger signal further includes: sending power information of the trigger signal. Or the processor 804 is further configured to acquire, according to the discovery signal, transmit power information of the discovery signal.
所述处理器 8 04 , 具体用于根据获取的所述发现信号的发送功 率信息及所述发现信号的接收功率信息, 确定路径损耗。  The processor 804 is specifically configured to determine a path loss according to the obtained transmit power information of the discovery signal and the received power information of the discovery signal.
所述处理器 8 04 , 还用于根据所述路径损耗, 确定发送触发信 号的发送功率信息。  The processor 8004 is further configured to determine, according to the path loss, transmit power information of a sending trigger signal.
此时, 所述发送器 8 02 , 具体用于根据所述处理器 8 04 获取的 所述触发信号的配置信息及所述触发信号的发送功率信息, 向所述 传输点发送所述触发信号。  In this case, the transmitter 202 is specifically configured to send the trigger signal to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal and the transmission power information of the trigger signal acquired by the processor 804.
所述处理器 8 04 , 还用于确定所述发现信号的配置信息与所述 触发信号的配置信息之间的对应关系。  The processor 804 is further configured to determine a correspondence between configuration information of the discovery signal and configuration information of the trigger signal.
所述处理器 8 04 , 具体用于根据所述发现信号的配置信息和所 述对应关系, 获取所述触发信号的配置信息。  The processor 804 is configured to acquire configuration information of the trigger signal according to the configuration information of the discovery signal and the corresponding relationship.
进一步的, 所述触发信号包括: 触发参考信号或上行数据包信 号。  Further, the trigger signal includes: a trigger reference signal or an uplink data packet signal.
进一步的, 在所述触发信号包括: 所述触发参考信号的情况下, 所述触发信号的配置信息包括: 候选序列和 /或时频资源。  Further, in the case that the trigger signal includes: the trigger reference signal, the configuration information of the trigger signal includes: a candidate sequence and/or a time-frequency resource.
具体的, 所述处理器 8 04 , 用于根据发现信号的配置信息与触 发信号的配置信息间的对应关系, 确定出触发信号的配置信息。  Specifically, the processor 804 is configured to determine configuration information of the trigger signal according to the correspondence between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration information of the trigger signal.
此时,在触发信号的配置信息包括候选序列时,所述处理器 8 04 具体用于根据发现信号的配置信息与触发信号的配置信息间的对应 关系, 从发现信号的配置信息中与触发信号的候选序列有对应的信 息, 确定出实际发送触发信号时釆用的候选序列。  At this time, when the configuration information of the trigger signal includes the candidate sequence, the processor 804 is specifically configured to: from the configuration information of the discovery signal and the trigger signal according to the correspondence between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration information of the trigger signal. The candidate sequence has corresponding information to determine the candidate sequence to be used when actually transmitting the trigger signal.
进一步的, 所述处理器 8 04 , 具体用于在发现信号的配置信息 中包括候选序列, 发现信号的候选序列与触发信号的候选序列有对 应关系时, 根据发现信号的候选序列, 及此对应关系, 确定触发信 号的候选序列。  Further, the processor 804 is specifically configured to include a candidate sequence in the configuration information of the discovery signal, and when the candidate sequence of the discovery signal has a correspondence relationship with the candidate sequence of the trigger signal, according to the candidate sequence of the discovery signal, and the corresponding Relationship, determining the candidate sequence of the trigger signal.
其中, 发现信号的候选序列与触发信号的候选序列有对应关系 可以是 对应的对应关系, 也可以是一对多的对应关系, 还可以 是多对一的对应关系。 此外, 发现信号的序列与触发信号的序列可 以类型相同, 比如都为 Zadof f_Chu序歹 'J或都为 M序歹 'J , 也可以是 不同类型的序列, 比如发现信号的序列为 M序列或 Gold序列, 而触 发信号的序列为 Zadoff-Chu序歹 'J。 The correspondence between the candidate sequence of the discovery signal and the candidate sequence of the trigger signal may be a corresponding correspondence relationship, or may be a one-to-many correspondence relationship, and may also be It is a many-to-one correspondence. In addition, the sequence of the found signal and the sequence of the trigger signal may be of the same type, for example, both Zadof f_Chu sequence 歹 'J or both M 歹 'J, or different types of sequences, such as the sequence of the found signal is M sequence or The Gold sequence, and the sequence of the trigger signal is the Zadoff-Chu sequence 歹'J.
需要说明的是, 发现信号的候选序列与触发信号的候选序列有 对应关系还可以是其他的对应关系, 例如多对多的对应关系, 并且 该对应关系可以预先设置好, 也可以通过信令通知 UE, 本发明对此 不做限定。  It should be noted that the candidate sequence of the discovery signal has a corresponding relationship with the candidate sequence of the trigger signal, and may also be other correspondences, such as a many-to-many correspondence, and the correspondence may be preset or may be notified by signaling. UE, the present invention does not limit this.
具体的, 所述处理器 804, 具体用于若发现信号的候选序列与 触发信号的候选序列有对应关系是——对应的对应关系时, 在确定 了发现信号的候选序列后, 根据发现信号的候选序列与触发信号的 候选序列的——对应的对应关系, 确定出一个触发信号的候选序列。  Specifically, the processor 804 is specifically configured to: if the candidate sequence of the discovery signal and the candidate sequence of the trigger signal have a corresponding relationship, the corresponding correspondence relationship, after determining the candidate sequence of the discovery signal, according to the discovery signal A corresponding sequence of the candidate sequence and the candidate sequence of the trigger signal determines a candidate sequence of the trigger signal.
或者, 所述处理器 804具体用于若发现信号的候选序列与触发 信号的候选序列有对应关系是一对多的对应关系时, 在确定了发现 信号的候选序列后, 可以根据发现信号的候选序列与触发信号的候 选序列的一对多的对应关系, 确定出一组触发信号的候选序列。 此 时, 所述处理器 804 可以从这一组触发信号的候选序列中选取一个 触发信号的候选序列, 作为触发信号的配置信息中的候选序列。 进 一步的, 所述处理器 804, 具体用于从这一组触发信号的候选序列 中随机选取一个触发信号的候选序列, 作为触发信号的配置信息中 的候选序列。 或者根据发现信号的配置信息中的其他信息(比如当前 发现信号的接收功率信息等)选取一个触发信号的候选序列, 作为触 发信号的配置信息中的候选序列。  Alternatively, the processor 804 is specifically configured to: if the candidate sequence of the discovery signal and the candidate sequence of the trigger signal have a one-to-many correspondence, after determining the candidate sequence of the discovery signal, the candidate may be based on the discovery signal A one-to-many correspondence between the sequence and the candidate sequence of the trigger signal determines a candidate sequence of a set of trigger signals. At this time, the processor 804 may select a candidate sequence of the trigger signal from the candidate sequences of the set of trigger signals as a candidate sequence in the configuration information of the trigger signal. Further, the processor 804 is specifically configured to randomly select a candidate sequence of the trigger signal from the candidate sequences of the set of trigger signals as a candidate sequence in the configuration information of the trigger signal. Or, according to other information in the configuration information of the discovery signal (such as the received power information of the currently found signal, etc.), a candidate sequence of the trigger signal is selected as a candidate sequence in the configuration information of the trigger signal.
需要说明的是, 所述处理器 804从一组触发信号的候选序列中 选取一个触发信号的候选序列, 作为触发信号的配置信息中的候选 序列的方法还可以是其他方式, 本发明对此不做限制。  It should be noted that, the processor 804 may select a candidate sequence of a trigger signal from a candidate sequence of a set of trigger signals, and the method may be used as a candidate sequence in the configuration information of the trigger signal. Make restrictions.
或者, 所述处理器 804, 具体用于若发现信号的候选序列与触 发信号的候选序列有对应关系是多对一的对应关系时, 在确定了发 现信号的候选序列组后, 可以根据发现信号的候选序列组与触发信 号的候选序列的多对一的对应关系, 确定出发现信号的候选序列组 对应的一个触发信号的候选序列。 Alternatively, the processor 804 is specifically configured to: if the candidate sequence of the discovery signal and the candidate sequence of the trigger signal have a many-to-one correspondence, after determining the candidate sequence group of the discovery signal, the discovery signal may be Candidate sequence group and trigger letter The many-to-one correspondence of the candidate sequences of the numbers determines a candidate sequence of a trigger signal corresponding to the candidate sequence group of the discovery signal.
此时,所述处理器 8 04也可以不用确定发现信号的候选序列组, 而直接用检测到的发现信号的候选序列来唯一的对应出触发信号的 候选序列, 因为此时发现信号的多个候选序列都对应于触发信号的 候选序列, 那么该多个候选序列中任意检测出一个候选序列, 都可 以唯一对应出触发信号的候选序列。  At this time, the processor 804 may not directly determine the candidate sequence group of the discovery signal, but directly use the candidate sequence of the detected discovery signal to uniquely correspond to the candidate sequence of the trigger signal, because multiple signals are found at this time. The candidate sequences all correspond to the candidate sequence of the trigger signal, and then any one of the plurality of candidate sequences is detected to be a candidate sequence, which can uniquely correspond to the candidate sequence of the trigger signal.
需要说明的是, 发现信号的配置信息中还包括其他信息时, 例 如时频资源, 则还可以是发现信号的配置信息中的其他信息与触发 信号的候选序列有对应关系, 例如, 发现信号的配置信息的时频资 源与触发信号的候选序列有对应关系。 所述处理器 8 04 , 具体用于 根据发现信号的配置信息的其他信息, 及发现信号的配置信息中其 他信息与触发信号的候选序列的对应关系, 获取触发信号的配置信 息。 本发明对发现信号的配置信息中与触发信号的候选序列有对应 关系的具体信息不做限制。  It should be noted that, when other information is included in the configuration information of the discovery signal, for example, the time-frequency resource, the other information in the configuration information of the discovery signal may correspond to the candidate sequence of the trigger signal, for example, the signal is found. The time-frequency resource of the configuration information has a corresponding relationship with the candidate sequence of the trigger signal. The processor 8 04 is specifically configured to obtain configuration information of the trigger signal according to other information of the configuration information of the discovery signal and the correspondence between the other information in the configuration information of the discovery signal and the candidate sequence of the trigger signal. The present invention does not limit the specific information corresponding to the candidate sequence of the trigger signal in the configuration information of the discovery signal.
在触发信号的配置信息包括时频资源时, 所述处理器 8 04 , 具 体用于根据发现信号的配置信息与触发信号的配置信息间的对应关 系, 从发现信号的配置信息中与触发信号的时频资源有对应的信息, 确定出触发信号的时频资源。  When the configuration information of the trigger signal includes a time-frequency resource, the processor 804 is specifically configured to: according to the correspondence between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration information of the trigger signal, from the configuration information of the discovery signal and the trigger signal. The time-frequency resource has corresponding information, and the time-frequency resource of the trigger signal is determined.
进一步的, 所述处理器 8 04 , 具体用于在发现信号的配置信息 中包括时频资源, 发现信号的时频资源与触发信号的时频资源有对 应关系时, 根据发现信号的时频资源, 及此对应关系, 确定触发信 号的时频资源。  Further, the processor 804 is specifically configured to include a time-frequency resource in the configuration information of the discovery signal, and when the time-frequency resource of the discovery signal has a corresponding relationship with the time-frequency resource of the trigger signal, the time-frequency resource according to the discovery signal And the corresponding relationship, determining the time-frequency resource of the trigger signal.
其中, 时频资源包括: 频率资源和时域资源。  The time-frequency resources include: frequency resources and time domain resources.
此时, 所述处理器 8 04 , 具体用于根据发现信号的频率资源, 及其对应关系, 确定触发信号的频率资源。 根据发现信号的时域资 源, 及其对应关系, 确定触发信号的时域资源。  At this time, the processor 804 is specifically configured to determine a frequency resource of the trigger signal according to the frequency resource of the discovery signal and the corresponding relationship. The time domain resources of the trigger signal are determined according to the time domain resources of the discovery signal and their corresponding relationships.
具体的, 发现信号的频率资源与触发信号的频率资源间的对应 关系可以是发送发现信号的下行频率资源与发送触发信号的上行频 率资源间对应。 例如, 传输点通过下行载波的某段频率资源发送发 现信号, 此时 UE可以将与此下行频率资源相对应的上行频率资源作 为触发信号的配置信息中的频率资源。 Specifically, the correspondence between the frequency resource of the discovery signal and the frequency resource of the trigger signal may be a downlink frequency resource that sends the discovery signal and an uplink frequency of the transmission trigger signal. Rate resource correspondence. For example, the transmission point sends a discovery signal through a certain frequency resource of the downlink carrier, and the UE may use the uplink frequency resource corresponding to the downlink frequency resource as the frequency resource in the configuration information of the trigger signal.
需要说明的是, 所述处理器 804在获取触发信号的配置信息中 的频率资源时, 也可以不通过发现信号的配置信息获取, 此时, UE 可以 自 己定义频率资源。  It should be noted that, when acquiring the frequency resource in the configuration information of the trigger signal, the processor 804 may not acquire the configuration information of the discovery signal. In this case, the UE may define the frequency resource by itself.
发现信号的时域资源与触发信号的时域资源间的对应关系可以 是——对应的对应关系, 也可是一对多的对应关系。  The correspondence between the time domain resource of the discovery signal and the time domain resource of the trigger signal may be - a corresponding correspondence relationship, or a one-to-many correspondence relationship.
具体的, 所述处理器 804, 具体用于若发现信号的时域资源与 触发信号的时域资源间的对应关系是——对应的对应关系时, 在子 帧 N接收到传输点发送的发现信号后, 可以根据发现信号的时域资 源与触发信号的时域资源间的——对应的对应关系,确定将子帧 N+4 作为触发信号的配置信息中的时域资源。  Specifically, the processor 804 is specifically configured to: if the correspondence between the time domain resource of the discovery signal and the time domain resource of the trigger signal is the corresponding correspondence, the discovery that the transmission point is sent in the subframe N After the signal, the time domain resource in the configuration information that uses the subframe N+4 as the trigger signal may be determined according to the corresponding correspondence between the time domain resource of the discovery signal and the time domain resource of the trigger signal.
需要说明的是,所述处理器 804还可以将其他子帧例如子帧 N+M 作为触发信号的配置信息中的时域资源, M 为大于 0 的正整数。 本 发明对此不做限制。 还可以利用其他时序关系, 根据发现信号的时 域资源确定出触发信号的时域资源。 本发明对此不做限制。  It should be noted that the processor 804 may also use other subframes such as the subframe N+M as the time domain resource in the configuration information of the trigger signal, and M is a positive integer greater than 0. The invention is not limited thereto. Other timing relationships can also be utilized to determine the time domain resources of the trigger signal based on the time domain resources of the discovery signal. The invention is not limited thereto.
或者, 所述处理器 804, 具体用于若发现信号的时域资源与触 发信号的时域资源间的对应关系是一对多的对应关系时, 在子帧 N 接收传输点发送的发现信号后, 可以根据发现信号的时域资源与触 发信号的时域资源间的一对多的对应关系, 确定将子帧 N+i 作为触 发信号的配置信息中的时域资源。  Or the processor 804 is specifically configured to: if the correspondence between the time domain resource of the discovery signal and the time domain resource of the trigger signal is a one-to-many correspondence relationship, after the subframe N receives the discovery signal sent by the transmission point, The time domain resource in the configuration information that uses the subframe N+i as the trigger signal may be determined according to a one-to-many correspondence between the time domain resource of the discovery signal and the time domain resource of the trigger signal.
优选的, i是 4的整数倍。  Preferably, i is an integer multiple of four.
需要说明的是, 所述处理器 804可以随机确定 i 的值, 将子帧 N+i作为触发信号的配置信息中的时域资源。 当然还可以根据 UE的 标识信息确定 i 的值, 将子帧 N+i 作为触发信号的配置信息中的时 域资源。 上述 N+i 的多个时域资源一般是不连续的子帧, 只要 i 不 等于 1, 上述对应关系也可以对应出一串连续的子帧作为时域资源, 比如 N+i开始的连续 j个子帧, 即 N+i, N+i + 1 , N+i + j-l0 需要说明的是, 所述处理器 8 04 , 还可以通过其他方法获取触 发信号的配置信息中的时域资源, 例如, UE 自身设定触发信号的配 置信息中的时域资源, 本发明对此不做限制。 It should be noted that the processor 804 may randomly determine the value of i, and use the subframe N+i as the time domain resource in the configuration information of the trigger signal. Of course, the value of i can also be determined according to the identification information of the UE, and the subframe N+i is used as the time domain resource in the configuration information of the trigger signal. The multiple time domain resources of the above N+i are generally discontinuous subframes. As long as i is not equal to 1, the above correspondence may also correspond to a series of consecutive subframes as time domain resources, for example, continuous j starting from N+i. Subframes, ie N+i, N+i + 1 , N+i + jl 0 It should be noted that, the processor 804 may obtain the time domain resource in the configuration information of the trigger signal by using other methods, for example, the time domain resource in the configuration information of the trigger signal is set by the UE itself. No restrictions.
需要说明的是, 发现信号的配置信息中还包括其他信息时, 例 如候选序列, 则还可是发现信号的配置信息中还其他信息与触发信 号的时频资源有对应关系, 例如, 候选序列与触发信号的时频资源 有对应关系。 所述处理器 8 04 , 具体用于根据发现信号的配置信息 的其他信息, 及发现信号的配置信息中其他信息与触发信号的时频 资源的对应关系, 获取触发信号的配置信息。 本发明对发现信号的 配置信息中与触发信号的时频资源有对应关系的具体信息不做限 制。  It should be noted that, when other information is included in the configuration information of the discovery signal, for example, the candidate sequence, the other information in the configuration information of the discovery signal may correspond to the time-frequency resource of the trigger signal, for example, the candidate sequence and the trigger. The time-frequency resources of the signals have a corresponding relationship. The processor 8 04 is specifically configured to acquire configuration information of the trigger signal according to other information of the configuration information of the discovery signal and the correspondence between the other information in the configuration information of the discovery signal and the time-frequency resource of the trigger signal. The present invention does not limit the specific information corresponding to the time-frequency resource of the trigger signal in the configuration information of the discovery signal.
在所述触发信号包括: 所述上行数据包信号的情况下, 所述触 发信号的配置信息包括: 调制编码方式, 载荷大小和时频资源中的 至少一种。  In the case that the trigger signal includes: the uplink data packet signal, the configuration information of the trigger signal includes: at least one of a modulation and coding mode, a payload size, and a time-frequency resource.
此时, 所述处理器 8 04 , 具体用于在触发信号的配置信息包括 调制编码方式时, 根据发现信号的配置信息与触发信号的配置信息 间的对应关系, 从发现信号的配置信息中与触发信号的调制编码方 式有对应的信息, 确定出触发信号的调制编码方式。  In this case, the processor 804 is specifically configured to: when the configuration information of the trigger signal includes the modulation and coding mode, according to the correspondence between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration information of the trigger signal, from the configuration information of the discovery signal The modulation and coding mode of the trigger signal has corresponding information, and the modulation and coding mode of the trigger signal is determined.
可选的, 所述处理器 8 04 , 具体用于在发现信号的配置信息中 包括调制编码方式, 发现信号的配置信息中与触发信号的调制编码 有对应的信息为调制编码方式时, 根据发现信号的调制编码方式, 及发现信号的调制编码方式与触发信号的调制编码方式的对应关 系, 确定出触发信号的调制编码方式。  Optionally, the processor 804 is specifically configured to include a modulation and coding mode in the configuration information of the discovery signal, where the information corresponding to the modulation and coding of the trigger signal in the configuration information of the discovery signal is a modulation and coding mode, according to the discovery The modulation and coding mode of the signal, and the correspondence between the modulation and coding mode of the discovery signal and the modulation and coding mode of the trigger signal determine the modulation and coding mode of the trigger signal.
需要说明的是, 发现信号的配置信息中与触发信号的调制编码 方式有对应的信息还可是其他信息, 例如发现信号的候选序列, 时 频资源等, 本发明对此不做限制。  It should be noted that the information corresponding to the modulation and coding mode of the trigger signal in the configuration information of the discovery signal may be other information, such as a candidate sequence of the discovery signal, a time-frequency resource, etc., which is not limited by the present invention.
所述处理器 8 04 , 具体用于在触发信号的配置信息包括载荷大 小时, 根据发现信号的配置信息与触发信号的配置信息间的对应关 系, 从发现信号的配置信息中与触发信号的载荷大小有对应的信息, 确定出触发信号的载荷大小。 The processor 804 is specifically configured to: when the configuration information of the trigger signal includes the load size, according to the correspondence between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration information of the trigger signal, the configuration information of the discovery signal and the load of the trigger signal The size has corresponding information, Determine the load size of the trigger signal.
可选的, 所述处理器 8 04 , 具体用于在发现信号的配置信息中 包括载荷大小, 发现信号的配置信息中与触发信号的调制编码有对 应的信息为载荷大小时, 根据发现信号的载荷大小, 及发现信号的 载荷大小与触发信号的载荷大小的对应关系, 确定出触发信号的载 荷大小。  Optionally, the processor 804 is specifically configured to include a payload size in the configuration information of the discovery signal, where the information corresponding to the modulation and coding of the trigger signal in the configuration information of the discovery signal is a payload size, according to the discovery signal. The load size, and the correspondence between the load size of the discovery signal and the load of the trigger signal determine the load of the trigger signal.
需要说明的是, 发现信号的配置信息中与触发信号的载荷大小 有对应的信息还可是其他信息, 例如发现信号的候选序列, 时频资 源等, 本发明对此不做限制。  It should be noted that the information corresponding to the load size of the trigger signal in the configuration information of the discovery signal may be other information, such as a candidate sequence of the discovery signal, a time-frequency resource, etc., which is not limited by the present invention.
需要说明的是, 所述处理器 8 04 , 根据发现信号的配置信息, 及发现信号的配置信息与触发信号的配置信息间对应关系, 获取触 发信号的配置信息。 本发明对发现信号的配置信息的具体内容不做 限制。 发现信号的配置信息与触发信号的配置信息间对应关系可以 预先设置。  It should be noted that the processor 804 obtains the configuration information of the trigger signal according to the configuration information of the discovery signal and the correspondence between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration information of the trigger signal. The present invention does not limit the specific content of the configuration information of the discovery signal. The correspondence between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration information of the trigger signal can be set in advance.
所述接收器 8 0 1 , 用于接收所述传输点发送的所述触发信号的 响应消息。  The receiver 8 0 1 is configured to receive a response message of the trigger signal sent by the transmission point.
本发明实施例提供了一种 UE , 在检测到发现信号后, 根据此发 现信号获取触发信号的配置信息, U E可以根据触发信号的配置信息, 向传输点发送触发信号, 以使得传输点在接收到触发信号后, 获取 第一信息, 在所述传输点处于休眠态时, 所述传输点根据所述第一 信息, 所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态; 和 /或, 在所述传输点处 于激活态时, 所述传输点根据所述第一信息调大第一发送功率。 这 样, 当传输点处于休眠态或传输点的公共信号的发送功率降低时, 可以通过 U E 向传输点发送触发信号, 由 UE触发传输点由休眠态切 换为激活态, 或增大公共信号的发送功率, 无需宏基站的参与, 这 样实现了无需宏基站辅助的情况下, 触发传输点为 UE提供服务, 提 高了用户体验。  An embodiment of the present invention provides a UE, after detecting a discovery signal, acquiring configuration information of a trigger signal according to the discovery signal, and the UE may send a trigger signal to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal, so that the transmission point is receiving. After the trigger signal, obtaining the first information, when the transmission point is in the sleep state, the transmission point is switched from the sleep state to the active state according to the first information; and/or, When the transmission point is in an active state, the transmission point increases the first transmission power according to the first information. In this way, when the transmission point of the common signal of the transmission point is in the sleep state or the transmission point is decreased, the UE may send a trigger signal to the transmission point, and the UE triggers the transmission point to switch from the sleep state to the active state, or increases the transmission of the common signal. The power does not require the participation of the macro base station, so that the triggering transmission point provides services for the UE without the assistance of the macro base station, and the user experience is improved.
如图 1 0所示,其为本发明实施例所提供的一种传输点的结构示 意图。 参考图 1 0所示, 该传输点包括: 发送器 9 0 1、 接收器 9 0 2、 存储器 9 0 3 , 以及分别与发送器 9 01、 接收器 9 02、 存储器 9 03连接 的处理器 9 04。 FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a transmission point according to an embodiment of the present invention. Referring to FIG. 10, the transmission point includes: a transmitter 9 0 1 and a receiver 9 0 2. A memory 903, and a processor 904 connected to the transmitter 910, the receiver 902, and the memory 903, respectively.
其中, 存储器 9 04 中存储一组程序代码, 且处理器 9 04用于调 用存储器 9 04 中存储的程序代码。 发送器 9 01 及处理器 9 04用于执 行以下操作:  A set of program codes is stored in the memory 904, and the processor 904 is used to call the program code stored in the memory 904. Transmitter 9 01 and processor 9 04 are used to perform the following operations:
处理器 9 04 , 用于确定发现信号的配置信息。  The processor 9 04 is configured to determine configuration information of the discovery signal.
发送器 9 01 , 用于根据所述处理器 9 04 确定的所述发现信号的 配置信息发送所述发现信号。  The transmitter 9 01 is configured to send the discovery signal according to the configuration information of the discovery signal determined by the processor 904.
其中, 所述发现信号是传输点发送的, 用于用户设备 UE发现所 述传输点的信号。 传输点可以是基站或第一 UE。  The discovery signal is sent by the transmission point, and is used by the user equipment UE to discover the signal of the transmission point. The transmission point can be a base station or a first UE.
需要说明的是, 发现信号的配置信息是关于接收或发送所述发 现信号时的配置信息。 对于传输点来说, 传输点确定发现信号的配 置信息是传输点确定关于发送所述发现信号时的配置信息。  It should be noted that the configuration information of the discovery signal is configuration information when the discovery signal is received or transmitted. For a transmission point, the transmission point determines that the configuration information of the discovery signal is that the transmission point determines configuration information when transmitting the discovery signal.
需要说明的是, 第一 UE是除所述 UE之外的 UE。 此时, 在传输 点为基站时, 所述发现信号是基站发送的, 用于 UE发现所述基站的 信号。 或者, 在传输点为第一 UE 时, 所述发现信号是第一 UE发送 的, 用于 UE发现所述第一 UE的信号。 此时通信演变为 UE之间的直 接通信或发现。 在本发明中, 上述两种情况不做任何限定, 下面的 描述中以发现信号由基站发送为例进行说明, 对于第一 UE发送发现 信号的实施方式类似, 不做赘述。  It should be noted that the first UE is a UE other than the UE. At this time, when the transmission point is a base station, the discovery signal is sent by the base station, and is used by the UE to discover the signal of the base station. Or, when the transmission point is the first UE, the discovery signal is sent by the first UE, and is used by the UE to discover the signal of the first UE. At this point the communication evolves into a direct communication or discovery between the UEs. In the present invention, the above two cases are not limited. In the following description, the discovery signal is sent by the base station as an example for description. The implementation manner of transmitting the discovery signal by the first UE is similar and will not be described again.
具体的, 传输点中可以预先设置发现信号的配置信息, 即为基 站可以预先设置发送发现信号时的资源信息, 例如时频信息, 候选 序列等。  Specifically, the configuration information of the discovery signal may be preset in the transmission point, that is, the base station may preset resource information when transmitting the discovery signal, such as time-frequency information, candidate sequence, and the like.
此时, 所述发送器 9 01 , 还用于在所述处理器 9 04 确定出发现 信号的配置信息后, 在传输点处于休眠状态时, 或者传输点处于激 活状态, 但是降低了发送公共信号的发送功率时, 以一定周期根据 其配置信息通过广播的方式发送发现信号, 以便传输点周围的 UE发 现并接入此传输点。  At this time, the transmitter 910 is further configured to: when the processor 904 determines the configuration information of the discovery signal, when the transmission point is in a sleep state, or the transmission point is in an active state, but the transmission of the common signal is reduced. When transmitting power, the discovery signal is sent by broadcast according to its configuration information in a certain period, so that the UE around the transmission point discovers and accesses the transmission point.
需要说明的是, 所述发送器 9 01 , 还用于当传输点处于激活态 且没有降低发送公共信号的发送功率时, 通过广播的方式发送发现 信号, 本发明对此不做限制。 It should be noted that the transmitter 9 01 is also used when the transmission point is in an active state. When the transmission power of the common signal is not reduced, the discovery signal is transmitted by means of broadcast, which is not limited in the present invention.
进一步的, 所述发现信号中携带有发现信号的发送功率信息。 所述发送器 901, 还用于添加发现信号的发送功率信息至发现 信号中。  Further, the discovery signal carries the transmission power information of the discovery signal. The transmitter 901 is further configured to add the transmit power information of the discovery signal to the discovery signal.
具体的, 所述发送器 901, 将发现信号的发送功率信息添加至 发现信号方法如下:  Specifically, the transmitter 901 adds the transmit power information of the discovery signal to the discovery signal as follows:
所述发送器 901, 具体用于将发现信号的发送功率信息直接添 加至发现信号的载荷中, 由发现信号的载荷直接承载发现信号的发 送功率信息, 即为将发现信号的发送功率信息作为发现信号的载荷 数据, 将发现信号的发送功率信息添加至发现信号中。  The transmitter 901 is specifically configured to directly add the transmit power information of the discovery signal to the payload of the discovery signal, and directly transmit the transmit power information of the discovery signal by the payload of the discovery signal, that is, the transmit power information of the discovery signal is used as a discovery. The load data of the signal adds the transmission power information of the discovery signal to the discovery signal.
或者, 所述发送器 901, 具体用于将发现信号的发送功率信息 通过发现信号的候选序列承载, 此时, 传输点与 UE需预先设置发现 信号的发送功率信息与发现信号的候选序列间的对应关系。 此时, 所述发送器 901, 具体用于根据发现信号的发送功率信息, 设置发 现信号的候选序列, 将此发现信号发送至 UE, 以使得 UE 在接收到 此发现信号后, 可以根据预先设置的发现信号的发送功率信息与发 现信号的候选序列间的对应关系, 及发现信号中的候选序列, 确定 出发现信号的发送功率。  Or the transmitter 901 is specifically configured to: transmit the transmit power information of the discovery signal to the candidate sequence of the discovery signal, where the transmission point and the UE need to preset the transmission power information of the discovery signal and the candidate sequence of the discovery signal. Correspondence relationship. At this time, the transmitter 901 is specifically configured to: set a candidate sequence of the discovery signal according to the transmit power information of the discovery signal, and send the discovery signal to the UE, so that the UE may preset according to the preset signal after receiving the discovery signal. The correspondence between the transmission power information of the discovery signal and the candidate sequence of the discovery signal, and the candidate sequence in the discovery signal, determine the transmission power of the discovery signal.
需要说明的是, 在本发明实施例中, 所述发送器 901 添加发现 信号的发送功率信息的具体方法, 还可以是其他方法, 本发明对此 不做限制。  It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the transmitter 901 adds a specific method for the transmission power information of the discovery signal, and may be other methods, which are not limited in the present invention.
需要说明的是,所述发送器 901 向 UE发送发现信号的方法还可 以是其他方法, 本发明对此不做限制。  It should be noted that the method for the transmitter 901 to send the discovery signal to the UE may be other methods, which are not limited in the present invention.
进一步的, 所述发现信号包括: 发现参考信号或下行数据包信 号。  Further, the discovery signal includes: a discovery reference signal or a downlink data packet signal.
需要说明的是, 发现信号不同, 其对应的配置信息不同。  It should be noted that the discovery signals are different, and the corresponding configuration information is different.
其中, 在所述发现信号包括: 所述发现参考信号的情况下, 所 述发现信号的配置信息包括: 候选序列和 /或时频资源。 在所述发现信号包括: 所述下行数据包信号的情况下, 所述发 现信号的配置信息包括: 调制编码方式, 载荷大小和时频资源中的 至少一种。 In the case that the discovery signal includes: the discovery reference signal, the configuration information of the discovery signal includes: a candidate sequence and/or a time-frequency resource. In the case that the discovery signal includes: the downlink data packet signal, the configuration information of the discovery signal includes: at least one of a modulation and coding mode, a payload size, and a time-frequency resource.
进一步的, 所述发现信号携带有所述传输点的状态信息。  Further, the discovery signal carries state information of the transmission point.
其中 ,所述状态信息指示所述传输点是否能够被所述 UE通过发 送所述触发信号的方式来触发。  The status information indicates whether the transmission point can be triggered by the UE by sending the trigger signal.
所述处理器 9 04 , 还用于确定触发信号的配置信息。  The processor 9 04 is further configured to determine configuration information of the trigger signal.
具体的, 所述处理器 9 04 , 在确定了发现信号的配置信息后, 可以根据发现信号的配置信息获知触发信号的配置信息。  Specifically, after determining the configuration information of the discovery signal, the processor 904 can obtain the configuration information of the trigger signal according to the configuration information of the discovery signal.
所述接收器 9 02 , 用于根据所述处理器 9 04 确定的所述触发信 号的配置信息接收 UE发送的所述触发信号。  The receiver 902 is configured to receive the trigger signal sent by the UE according to the configuration information of the trigger signal determined by the processor 094.
其中, 所述触发信号中携带有第一信息。 所述第一信息包括: 所述发现信号的接收功率信息、 所述触发信号的发送功率信息、 功 率偏移量信息及第一定时偏移信息中的至少一种。  The trigger signal carries the first information. The first information includes: at least one of received power information of the discovery signal, transmission power information of the trigger signal, power offset information, and first timing offset information.
所述功率偏移量是指所述触发信号的发送功率与所述发现信号 的发送功率间的偏移值。 所述第一定时偏移信息是指所述 UE接收所 述发现信号与发送所述触发信号间的时间间隔。  The power offset refers to an offset value between a transmission power of the trigger signal and a transmission power of the discovery signal. The first timing offset information refers to a time interval between the UE receiving the discovery signal and transmitting the trigger signal.
需要说明的是, 所述触发信号的配置信息是关于接收或发送所 述触发信号时的配置信息。 对于本发明实施例中的传输点来说, 触 发信号的配置信息是关于接收所述触发信号时的配置信息。 例如, 配置信息包括: 接收触发信息时使用的序列和 /或时频资源信息, 及 接收触发信息时的发送功率信息。 或者, 配置信息包括: 接收触发 信息时使用的序列和 /或时频资源信息等。  It should be noted that the configuration information of the trigger signal is configuration information when receiving or transmitting the trigger signal. For the transmission point in the embodiment of the present invention, the configuration information of the trigger signal is configuration information when the trigger signal is received. For example, the configuration information includes: sequence and/or time-frequency resource information used when receiving the trigger information, and transmission power information when the trigger information is received. Alternatively, the configuration information includes: a sequence and/or time-frequency resource information used when receiving the trigger information, and the like.
进一步的, 所述触发信号包括: 触发参考信号或上行数据包信 号。  Further, the trigger signal includes: a trigger reference signal or an uplink data packet signal.
需要说明的是, 根据触发信号的不同, 其对应的配置信息也不 同。  It should be noted that the corresponding configuration information is different according to the trigger signal.
其中, 在所述触发信号包括: 所述触发参考信号的情况下, 所 述触发信号的配置信息包括: 候选序列和 /或时频资源。 在所述触发信号包括: 所述上行数据包信号的情况下, 所述触 发信号的配置信息包括: 调制编码方式, 载荷大小和时频资源中的 至少一种。 In the case that the trigger signal includes: the trigger reference signal, the configuration information of the trigger signal includes: a candidate sequence and/or a time-frequency resource. In the case that the trigger signal includes: the uplink data packet signal, the configuration information of the trigger signal includes: at least one of a modulation and coding mode, a payload size, and a time-frequency resource.
所述接收器 9 02接收的触发信号携带的第一信息的方法有如下 几种。  The method for receiving the first information carried by the trigger signal by the receiver 902 is as follows.
具体的, 第一信息直接由触发信号的载荷承载, 即为将第一信 息作为触发信号的载荷数据。  Specifically, the first information is directly carried by the load of the trigger signal, that is, the load data that uses the first information as a trigger signal.
或者, 第一信息由触发信号的配置信息承载, 此时, 并不是在 触发信号的配置信息中直接承载第一信息的内容, 而是预先建立触 发信号的配置信息与第一信息的对应关系。  Alternatively, the first information is carried by the configuration information of the trigger signal. In this case, the content of the first information is not directly carried in the configuration information of the trigger signal, but the correspondence between the configuration information of the trigger signal and the first information is established in advance.
需要说明的是, 触发信号中携带第一信息的方法, 还可釆用其 他的方法, 本发明对此不做限制。  It should be noted that the method for carrying the first information in the trigger signal may also adopt other methods, which are not limited in the present invention.
所述处理器 9 04 , 还用于从所述触发信号中获取所述第一信息。 具体的, 所述处理器 9 04在获取到触发信号时, 根据触发信号 携带第一信息的方法不同, 获取第一信息的方法也不同。  The processor 9 04 is further configured to acquire the first information from the trigger signal. Specifically, when the processor 904 obtains the trigger signal, the method for acquiring the first information according to the trigger signal is different, and the method for obtaining the first information is also different.
所述处理器 9 04 , 具体用于在第一信息直接由触发信号的载荷 承载, 即为将第一信息作为触发信号的载荷数据时, 直接解析触发 信号, 从触发信号的载荷承载中获取第一信息。  The processor 9 04 is specifically configured to directly parse the trigger signal when the first information is directly carried by the load of the trigger signal, that is, when the first information is used as the trigger data, and obtain the first from the load bearing of the trigger signal. a message.
或者, 所述处理器 9 04 , 具体用于第一信息由触发信号的配置 信息承载时, 根据触发信号的配置信息, 及第一信息与触发信号的 配置信息间的对应关系, 获知第一信息。  Or the processor 904 is configured to: when the first information is carried by the configuration information of the trigger signal, according to the configuration information of the trigger signal, and the correspondence between the configuration information of the first information and the trigger signal, the first information is obtained. .
所述处理器 9 04 , 还用于根据第一信息调整状态或调大第一发 送功率。  The processor 904 is further configured to adjust a state according to the first information or increase the first transmit power.
具体的, 所述处理器 9 04 , 用于在所述传输点处于休眠态时, 根据所述第一信息, 将所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态。 和 /或, 在所述传输点处于激活态时, 根据所述第一信息调大第一发送功率。  Specifically, the processor 94 is configured to switch the transmission point from a sleep state to an active state according to the first information when the transmission point is in a sleep state. And/or, when the transmission point is in an active state, the first transmission power is increased according to the first information.
其中, 所述第一发送功率是所述传输点发送公共信号时釆用的 功率。 所述公共信号包括小区特定参考信号, 物理广播信道, 公共 搜索空间中承载的广播信道中的至少一种。 需要说明的是, 在本发明实施例中所述处理器 904, 根据第一 信息调整状态或调大第一发送功率是指所述处理器 904, 在获取了 第一信息后, 根据第一信息确定是否为 UE提供服务, 若确定出能够 为 UE提供服务, 此时, 所述所述处理器 904调整状态或调大第一发 送功率。 The first transmit power is power used when the transmission point sends a common signal. The common signal includes at least one of a cell-specific reference signal, a physical broadcast channel, and a broadcast channel carried in a common search space. It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the processor 904 adjusts the state according to the first information or increases the first sending power, that is, the processor 904, after acquiring the first information, according to the first information. Determining whether to provide a service for the UE. If it is determined that the UE can be served, the processor 904 adjusts the state or increases the first transmit power.
也就是说, 所述处理器 904, 具体用于在获取了第一信息后, 根据第一信息, 确定是否为发送触发信号的 UE提供服务, 即为根据 第一信息确定是否允许发送触发信号的 U E接入至传输点。  That is, the processor 904 is specifically configured to determine, according to the first information, whether to provide a service for the UE that sends the trigger signal after acquiring the first information, that is, determining whether to allow the trigger signal to be sent according to the first information. The UE accesses the transmission point.
具体的, 所述处理器 904, 具体用于在确定出可以为发送触发 信号的 UE提供服务时, 在传输点处于休眠态时传输点可以由休眠态 切换为激活态。 所述处理器 904, 还用于将传输点由休眠态切换为 激活态后, 可以调大第一发送功率, 以向 UE发送公共信号。 可选的, 传输点由休眠态切换至激活态后, 传输点可以根据第一信息, 调大 第一发送功率, 以向 UE发送公共信号。  Specifically, the processor 904 is specifically configured to: when determining that the UE that can send the trigger signal is served, the transmission point may be switched from the sleep state to the active state when the transmission point is in the sleep state. The processor 904 is further configured to: after the transmission point is switched from the dormant state to the active state, the first transmit power may be adjusted to send a common signal to the UE. Optionally, after the transmission point is switched from the dormant state to the active state, the transmission point may increase the first transmit power according to the first information to send a common signal to the UE.
或者, 所述处理器 904, 具体用于在传输点处于激活态时, 由 于处理器 904 在接收到触发信号之前降低了第一发送功率, 以至于 发送器 901无法通过第一发送功率讲公共信号发送至 UE, 此时, 所 述处理器 904, 具体用于直接调大第一发送功率, 以便发送器 901 可以利用第一发送功率将公共信号发送至 UE。  Alternatively, the processor 904 is specifically configured to: when the transmission point is in an active state, the processor 904 reduces the first transmit power before receiving the trigger signal, so that the transmitter 901 cannot speak the common signal by using the first transmit power. The processor 904 is specifically configured to directly increase the first transmit power, so that the transmitter 901 can send the common signal to the UE by using the first transmit power.
进一步的, 所述处理器 904根据获取的第一信息的内容不同, 调整状态和 /或第一发送功率的具体方法不同, 具体如下:  Further, the processor 904 is different according to the content of the obtained first information, and the specific method for adjusting the state and/or the first sending power is different, as follows:
所述处理器 904, 具体用于在所述第一信息包括: 所述发现信 号的接收功率信息的情况下, 根据所述发现信号的接收功率信息, 及所述发现信号的发送功率信息, 确定所述传输点和所述 UE之间的 路径损。 耗。  The processor 904 is specifically configured to: when the first information includes: the received power information of the discovery signal, determine according to the received power information of the discovery signal, and the transmit power information of the discovery signal. Path loss between the transmission point and the UE. Consumption.
所述处理器 904, 具体用于根据确定的所述传输点和所述 UE之 间的路径损耗, 将所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态。 和 /或, 所述 处理器 904, 具体用于根据确定的所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径 损耗, 调大所述第一发送功率。 或者, 所述处理器 904, 具体用于在所述第一信息包括: 所述 触发信号的发送功率信息的情况下, 根据所述触发信号的发送功率 信息, 及接收所述触发信号时获取的所述触发信号的接收功率信息, 确定所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗。 The processor 904 is specifically configured to switch the transmission point from a sleep state to an active state according to the determined path loss between the transmission point and the UE. And/or, the processor 904 is specifically configured to increase the first transmit power according to the determined path loss between the transmission point and the UE. Or the processor 904 is specifically configured to: when the first information includes: the transmit power information of the trigger signal, according to the transmit power information of the trigger signal, and the received when the trigger signal is received The received power information of the trigger signal determines a path loss between the transmission point and the UE.
所述处理器 904, 具体用于根据确定的所述传输点和所述 UE之 间的路径损耗, 将所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态; 和 /或, 所述 处理器 904, 还具体用于根据确定的所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路 径损耗, 调大所述第一发送功率。  The processor 904 is specifically configured to: switch the transmission point from a sleep state to an active state according to the determined path loss between the transmission point and the UE; and/or, the processor 904, further Specifically, the first transmit power is increased according to the determined path loss between the transmission point and the UE.
或者, 所述处理器 904, 具体用于在所述第一信息包括: 所述 功率偏移量信息的情况下, 根据所述功率偏移量信息, 及所述发现 信号的发送功率信息, 确定所述触发信号的发送功率信息。  Or the processor 904 is specifically configured to determine, according to the power offset information, and the transmit power information of the discovery signal, in a case where the first information includes: the power offset information Transmit power information of the trigger signal.
所述处理器 904, 还具体用于根据所述触发信号的发送功率信 息, 及接收所述触发信号时获取的所述触发信号的接收功率信息, 确定所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗。  The processor 904 is further configured to determine, according to the transmit power information of the trigger signal, and the received power information of the trigger signal acquired when the trigger signal is received, between the transmission point and the UE. Path loss.
所述处理器 904, 具体用于根据确定的所述传输点和所述 UE之 间的路径损耗, 将所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态。 和 /或, 所述 处理器 904, 还具体用于根据确定的所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路 径损耗, 调大所述第一发送功率。  The processor 904 is specifically configured to switch the transmission point from a sleep state to an active state according to the determined path loss between the transmission point and the UE. And/or, the processor 904 is further configured to increase the first transmit power according to the determined path loss between the transmission point and the UE.
或者, 所述处理器 904, 具体用于在所述第一信息包括;第一定 时偏移信息的情况下, 根据所述发现信号的发送时刻, 所述第一定 时偏移信息, 及接收所述触发信号的接收时刻, 确定所述传输点与 所述 UE间的传输距离。  Or the processor 904 is specifically configured to, according to the first timing information, the first timing offset information, the first timing offset information, and the receiving station, where the first information includes: first timing offset information Determining a transmission time of the trigger signal, determining a transmission distance between the transmission point and the UE.
所述处理器 904, 具体用于根据确定的所述传输点和所述 UE之 间的传输距离, 将所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态。 和 /或, 所述 处理器 904, 还具体用于根据确定的所述传输点和所述 UE之间的传 输距离, 调大所述第一发送功率。  The processor 904 is specifically configured to switch the transmission point from a sleep state to an active state according to the determined transmission distance between the transmission point and the UE. And/or, the processor 904 is further configured to increase the first transmit power according to the determined transmission distance between the transmission point and the UE.
进一步的, 所述处理器 904, 还用于确定所述发现信号的配置 信息与所述触发信号的配置信息之间具有对应关系。  Further, the processor 904 is further configured to determine a correspondence between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration information of the trigger signal.
需要说明的是, 发现信号的配置信息与所述触发信号的配置信 , 之间具有对应关系是预先设置的。 It should be noted that the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration signal of the trigger signal The correspondence between , is preset.
此时, 所述处理器 9 04 , 具体用于根据所述发现信号的配置信 息和所述对应关系确定所述触发信号的配置信息。  At this time, the processor 904 is specifically configured to determine configuration information of the trigger signal according to the configuration information of the discovery signal and the correspondence.
进一步的, 所述发送器 9 0 1 , 还用于向所述 UE发送所述触发信 号的响应消息。  Further, the transmitter 910 is further configured to send a response message of the trigger signal to the UE.
本发明实施例提供了一种传输点, 在发送了发现信号后, 接收 到 UE发送的触发信号时, 可以根据触发信号中携带的第一信息进行 相应的调整处理。 这样, 当传输点处于休眠态或传输点的公共信号 的发送功率降低时, 可以通过 UE 向传输点发送触发信号, 由 UE触 发传输点由休眠态切换为激活态, 或增大公共信号的发送功率, 无 需宏基站的参与, 这样实现了无需宏基站辅助的情况下, 触发传输 点为 UE提供服务, 提高了用户体验。  The embodiment of the present invention provides a transmission point, and after receiving the discovery signal, when receiving the trigger signal sent by the UE, the corresponding adjustment process may be performed according to the first information carried in the trigger signal. In this way, when the transmission point of the common signal of the transmission point is in the sleep state or the transmission point is decreased, the UE may send a trigger signal to the transmission point, and the UE triggers the transmission point to switch from the sleep state to the active state, or increases the transmission of the common signal. The power does not require the participation of the macro base station, so that the triggering transmission point provides services for the UE without the assistance of the macro base station, and the user experience is improved.
本发明实施例提供了一种触发信号的发送及接收系统, 如图 1 1 所示, 包括: 用户设备 UE 1 0 0 1 , 传输点 1 0 02。 其中,  The embodiment of the present invention provides a system for transmitting and receiving a trigger signal. As shown in FIG. 1 , the method includes: a user equipment UE 1 0 0 1 , and a transmission point 1 0 02. among them,
所述 UE 1 0 0 1为上述实施例所述的 UE。  The UE 1 0 0 1 is the UE described in the foregoing embodiment.
所述传输点 1 0 02为上述实施例所述的传输点。  The transmission point 102 is the transmission point described in the above embodiment.
本发明实施例提供了一种触发信号的发送及接收方法、 装置及 系统, 用户设备 UE在检测到发现信号后, 根据此发现信号获取触发 信号的配置信息, UE可以根据触发信号的配置信息, 向传输点发送 触发信号, 以使得传输点在接收到触发信号后, 获取第一信息, 在 所述传输点处于休眠态时, 所述传输点根据所述第一信息, 所述传 输点由休眠态切换至激活态; 和 /或, 在所述传输点处于激活态时, 所述传输点根据所述第一信息调大第一发送功率。 这样, 当传输点 处于休眠态或传输点的公共信号的发送功率降低时, 可以通过 UE向 传输点发送触发信号, 由 UE触发传输点由休眠态切换为激活态, 或 增大公共信号的发送功率, 无需宏基站的参与, 这样实现了无需宏 基站辅助的情况下, 触发传输点为 UE提供服务, 提高了用户体验。  The embodiment of the present invention provides a method, a device, and a system for transmitting and receiving a trigger signal. After detecting a discovery signal, the user equipment UE acquires configuration information of the trigger signal according to the discovery signal, and the UE may use the configuration information of the trigger signal according to the configuration information of the trigger signal. Sending a trigger signal to the transmission point, so that the transmission point acquires the first information after receiving the trigger signal, and when the transmission point is in the sleep state, the transmission point is, according to the first information, the transmission point is dormant Switching to an active state; and/or, when the transmission point is in an active state, the transmission point increases the first transmission power according to the first information. In this way, when the transmission point of the common signal of the transmission point is in the dormant state or the transmission point is decreased, the UE may send a trigger signal to the transmission point, and the UE triggers the transmission point to switch from the dormant state to the active state, or increase the transmission of the common signal. The power does not require the participation of the macro base station, so that the triggering transmission point provides services for the UE without the assistance of the macro base station, and the user experience is improved.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中, 应该理解到, 所揭露的系统, 装置和方法, 可以通过其它的方式实现。 例如, 以上所描述的装置 实施例仅仅是示意性的, 例如, 所述单元的划分, 仅仅为一种逻辑 功能划分, 实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式, 例如多个单元或组 件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统, 或一些特征可以忽略, 或 不执行。 另一点, 所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通 信连接可以是通过一些接口, 装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接, 可以是电性, 机械或其它的形式。 In the several embodiments provided by the present application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, apparatus, and method may be implemented in other manners. For example, the device described above The embodiment is only schematic. For example, the division of the unit is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or integrated into another system. Or some features can be ignored or not executed. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be in an electrical, mechanical or other form.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分 开的, 作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元, 即可 以位于一个地方, 或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。 可以根据实 际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的 目 的。  The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as the units may or may not be physical units, and may be located in one place or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the objectives of the embodiment of the present embodiment.
另外, 在本发明各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处 理单元中, 也可以是各个单元单独物理包括, 也可以两个或两个以 上单元集成在一个单元中。 上述集成的单元既可以釆用硬件的形式 实现, 也可以釆用硬件加软件功能单元的形式实现。  In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present invention may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may be physically included separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of hardware plus software functional units.
上述以软件功能单元的形式实现的集成的单元, 可以存储在一 个计算机可读取存储介质中。 上述软件功能单元存储在一个存储介 质中, 包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机, 服务器, 或者网络设备等) 执行本发明各个实施例所述方法的部分 步骤。 而前述的存储介质包括: U 盘、 移动硬盘、 只读存储器 ( Re a d-On l y Memo r y , 简称 應)、 随机存取存储器 ( Ra ndom A c c e s s Memo r y , 简称 RAM )、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。  The above-described integrated unit implemented in the form of a software functional unit can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. The software functional unit described above is stored in a storage medium and includes instructions for causing a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform portions of the steps of the various embodiments of the present invention. The foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read only memory (Re a d-Only Memo ry, abbreviated as), a random access memory (Ra ndom A ccess Memo ry, RAM for short), a magnetic disk or an optical disk. And other media that can store program code.
最后应说明的是: 以上实施例仅用以说明本发明的技术方案, 而非对其限制; 尽管参照前述实施例对本发明进行了详细的说明, 本领域的普通技术人员应当理解: 其依然可以对前述各实施例所记 载的技术方案进行修改, 或者对其中部分技术特征进行等同替换; 而这些修改或者替换, 并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本发明各实 施例技术方案的精神和范围。  It should be noted that the above embodiments are only for explaining the technical solutions of the present invention, and are not intended to be limiting; although the present invention has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, it will be understood by those skilled in the art that: The technical solutions described in the foregoing embodiments are modified, or some of the technical features are equivalently replaced. The modifications and substitutions do not depart from the spirit and scope of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention.

Claims

权 利 要 求 书 claims
1、 一种触发信号的发送方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 1. A method of sending a trigger signal, which is characterized by including:
用户设备 UE检测传输点发送的发现信号; User equipment UE detects the discovery signal sent by the transmission point;
所述 UE根据所述发现信号获取触发信号的配置信息; The UE obtains the configuration information of the trigger signal according to the discovery signal;
所述 UE根据所述触发信号的配置信息, 向所述传输点发送所述 触发信号; 其中, 所述触发信号中携带有第一信息; 所述第一信息包 括: 所述发现信号的接收功率信息、 所述触发信号的发送功率信息、 功率偏移量信息及第一定时偏移信息中的至少一种; 所述功率偏移量 是指所述触发信号的发送功率与所述发现信号的发送功率间的偏移 值; 所述第一定时偏移信息是指所述 UE接收所述发现信号与发送所 述触发信号间的时间间隔。 The UE sends the trigger signal to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal; wherein the trigger signal carries first information; the first information includes: the received power of the discovery signal information, the transmission power information of the trigger signal, the power offset information and the first timing offset information; the power offset refers to the transmission power of the trigger signal and the discovery signal Offset value between transmit powers; The first timing offset information refers to the time interval between the UE receiving the discovery signal and sending the trigger signal.
2、 根据权利要求 1 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述第一信息 包括: 所述发现信号的接收功率信息的情况下, 在所述 UE 根据所述 触发信号的配置信息,向所述传输点发送所述触发信号之前,还包括: 所述 UE根据所述发现信号,获取所述发现信号的接收功率信息。 2. The method according to claim 1, characterized in that, in the case where the first information includes: the received power information of the discovery signal, the UE sends the information to the trigger signal according to the configuration information of the trigger signal. Before the transmission point sends the trigger signal, the method further includes: the UE obtains the received power information of the discovery signal according to the discovery signal.
3、 根据权利要求 1或 2所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述第一 信息包括: 所述第一定时偏移信息的情况下, 在所述 UE根据所述触 发信号的配置信息, 向所述传输点发送所述触发信号之前, 还包括: 所述 UE根据接收所述发现信号的时间与发送所述触发信号的时 间, 确定所述第一定时偏移信息。 3. The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that, in the case where the first information includes: the first timing offset information, in the UE according to the configuration information of the trigger signal, Before sending the trigger signal to the transmission point, the method further includes: the UE determining the first timing offset information based on the time of receiving the discovery signal and the time of sending the trigger signal.
4、 根据权利要求 1 - 3任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 4. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that,
在所述第一信息包括: 所述功率偏移量信息的情况下, 在所述 UE 根据所述触发信号的配置信息, 向所述传输点发送所述触发信号 之前, 还包括: In the case where the first information includes: the power offset information, before the UE sends the trigger signal to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal, it also includes:
所述 UE根据发现信号的发送功率信息, 及所述触发信号的发送 功率信息, 确定所述功率偏移量信息; 其中, 所述发现信号中携带有 所述发现信号的发送功率信息。 The UE determines the power offset information based on the transmission power information of the discovery signal and the transmission power information of the trigger signal; wherein the discovery signal carries the transmission power information of the discovery signal.
5、 根据权利要求 1 - 4任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述 UE根据所述发现信号获取所述触发信号的配置信息之前, 还包括: 所述 UE获取所述发现信号的配置信息; 5. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that, before the UE obtains the configuration information of the trigger signal according to the discovery signal, it further includes: The UE obtains the configuration information of the discovery signal;
所述 UE确定所述发现信号的配置信息与所述触发信号的配置信 息之间的对应关系; The UE determines the correspondence between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration information of the trigger signal;
所述 UE根据所述发现信号获取所述触发信号的配置信息包括: 所述 UE根据所述发现信号的配置信息和所述对应关系, 获取所 述触发信号的配置信息。 The UE obtaining the configuration information of the trigger signal according to the discovery signal includes: the UE obtaining the configuration information of the trigger signal according to the configuration information of the discovery signal and the corresponding relationship.
6、 根据权利要求 1 - 5任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述触发信号包括: 触发参考信号或上行数据包信号。 6. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, characterized in that the trigger signal includes: a trigger reference signal or an uplink data packet signal.
7、 根据权利要求 6所述的方法, 其特征在于, 7. The method according to claim 6, characterized in that,
在所述触发信号包括: 所述触发参考信号的情况下, 所述触发信 号的配置信息包括: 候选序列和 /或时频资源; In the case where the trigger signal includes: the trigger reference signal, the configuration information of the trigger signal includes: candidate sequences and/or time-frequency resources;
在所述触发信号包括: 所述上行数据包信号的情况下, 所述触发 信号的配置信息包括: 调制编码方式, 载荷大小和时频资源中的至少 一种。 In the case where the trigger signal includes: the uplink data packet signal, the configuration information of the trigger signal includes: at least one of: modulation and coding method, payload size and time-frequency resource.
8、 根据权利要求 7所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述 UE根据所 述发现信号获取触发信号的配置信息之前, 还包括: 8. The method according to claim 7, characterized in that, before the UE obtains the configuration information of the trigger signal according to the discovery signal, it further includes:
所述 UE根据所述发现信号,获取所述发现信号的发送功率信息; 所述 UE根据所述发现信号的发送功率信息及所述发现信号的接 收功率信息, 确定路径损耗; The UE obtains the transmission power information of the discovery signal according to the discovery signal; the UE determines path loss according to the transmission power information of the discovery signal and the reception power information of the discovery signal;
所述 U E根据所述发现信号获取触发信号的配置信息包括: 所述 UE根据所述路径损耗,确定发送触发信号的发送功率信息; 其中, 所述触发信号的配置信息还包括: 所述触发信号的发送功率信 息。 The UE obtains the configuration information of the trigger signal according to the discovery signal: the UE determines the transmission power information for sending the trigger signal according to the path loss; wherein the configuration information of the trigger signal also includes: the trigger signal transmit power information.
9、 根据权利要求 1 - 7任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述 UE 根据所述触发信号的配置信息, 向所述传输点发送所述触发信号 之前, 还包括: 9. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, characterized in that, before the UE sends the trigger signal to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal, it further includes:
所述 UE根据所述发现信号,获取所述发现信号的发送功率信息; 所述 UE根据所述发现信号的发送功率信息及所述发现信号的接 收功率信息, 确定路径损耗; 所述 UE根据所述路径损耗,确定发送触发信号的发送功率信息; 所述 UE根据所述触发信号的配置信息, 向所述传输点发送所述 触发信号包括: The UE obtains the transmission power information of the discovery signal according to the discovery signal; the UE determines path loss according to the transmission power information of the discovery signal and the reception power information of the discovery signal; The UE determines the transmission power information for sending a trigger signal according to the path loss; and the UE sends the trigger signal to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal including:
所述 UE根据所述触发信号的配置信息及所述触发信号的发送功 率信息, 向所述传输点发送所述触发信号。 The UE sends the trigger signal to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal and the transmission power information of the trigger signal.
1 0、 根据权利要求 1 - 9任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述发现信号还携带有所述传输点的状态信息,所述状态信息指 示所述传输点是否能够被所述 UE 通过发送所述触发信号的方式来触 发; 10. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, characterized in that the discovery signal also carries status information of the transmission point, and the status information indicates whether the transmission point can be used by the transmission point. The UE triggers by sending the trigger signal;
所述 UE根据所述触发信号的配置信息, 向所述传输点发送所述 触发信号包括: The UE sending the trigger signal to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal includes:
在所述状态信息指示所述传输点能够被所述 UE通过发送所述触 发信号的方式来触发时, 所述 UE 根据所述触发信号的配置信息, 向 所述传输点发送所述触发信号。 When the status information indicates that the transmission point can be triggered by the UE by sending the trigger signal, the UE sends the trigger signal to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal.
1 1、 根据权利要求 1 - 1 0任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述发现信号包括: 发现参考信号或下行数据包信号。 11. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, characterized in that the discovery signal includes: a discovery reference signal or a downlink data packet signal.
1 2、 根据权利要求 1 1所述的方法, 其特征在于, 12. The method according to claim 11, characterized in that,
在所述发现信号包括: 所述发现参考信号的情况下, 所述发现信 号的配置信息包括: 候选序列和 /或时频资源; In the case where the discovery signal includes: the discovery reference signal, the configuration information of the discovery signal includes: candidate sequences and/or time-frequency resources;
在所述发现信号包括: 所述下行数据包信号的情况下, 所述发现 信号的配置信息包括: 调制编码方式, 载荷大小和时频资源中的至少 一种。 In the case where the discovery signal includes: the downlink data packet signal, the configuration information of the discovery signal includes: at least one of: modulation and coding method, payload size and time-frequency resource.
1 3、 根据权利要求 1 - 1 2任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所 述 UE 根据所述触发信号的配置信息, 向所述传输点发送所述触发信 号之后, 还包括: 13. The method according to any one of claims 1 to 12, characterized in that, after the UE sends the trigger signal to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal, it further includes:
所述 U E接收所述传输点发送的所述触发信号的响应消息。 The UE receives the response message of the trigger signal sent by the transmission point.
1 4、 一种触发信号的接收方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 1 4. A trigger signal receiving method, characterized by including:
传输点确定发现信号的配置信息并根据所述发现信号的配置信 息向用户设备 UE发送所述发现信号; 所述传输点确定触发信号的配置信息,并根据所述触发信号的配 置信息接收 UE发送的所述触发信号; 其中, 所述触发信号中携带有 第一信息; 所述第一信息包括: 所述发现信号的接收功率信息、 所述 触发信号的发送功率信息、 功率偏移量信息及第一定时偏移信息中的 至少一种; 所述功率偏移量是指所述触发信号的发送功率与所述发现 信号的发送功率间的偏移值; 所述第一定时偏移信息是指所述 UE接 收所述发现信号与发送所述触发信号间的时间间隔; The transmission point determines the configuration information of the discovery signal and sends the discovery signal to the user equipment UE according to the configuration information of the discovery signal; The transmission point determines the configuration information of the trigger signal, and receives the trigger signal sent by the UE according to the configuration information of the trigger signal; wherein, the trigger signal carries first information; the first information includes: At least one of the received power information of the discovery signal, the transmit power information of the trigger signal, the power offset information and the first timing offset information; the power offset refers to the transmit power of the trigger signal an offset value from the transmission power of the discovery signal; the first timing offset information refers to the time interval between the UE receiving the discovery signal and sending the trigger signal;
所述传输点从所述触发信号中获取所述第一信息; The transmission point obtains the first information from the trigger signal;
在所述传输点处于休眠态时, 所述传输点根据所述第一信息, 所 述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态; 和 /或, When the transmission point is in the sleep state, the transmission point switches from the sleep state to the active state according to the first information; and/or,
在所述传输点处于激活态时,所述传输点根据所述第一信, I,调大 第一发送功率; 其中, 所述第一发送功率是所述传输点发送公共信号 时釆用的功率。 When the transmission point is in an active state, the transmission point increases the first transmission power according to the first signal, I; wherein, the first transmission power is used when the transmission point transmits a common signal. power.
1 5、 根据权利要求 1 4所述的方法, 其特征在于, 15. The method according to claim 14, characterized in that,
在所述第一信息包括: 所述发现信号的接收功率信, I,的情况下, 所述传输点根据所述第一信息, 所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态包 括: In the case where the first information includes: the received power information, I, of the discovery signal, the transmission point switches from the dormant state to the active state according to the first information, including:
所述传输点根据所述发现信号的接收功率信息,及所述发现信号 的发送功率信息, 确定所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗; The transmission point determines the path loss between the transmission point and the UE based on the received power information of the discovery signal and the transmission power information of the discovery signal;
所述传输点根据所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 所述传 输点由休眠态切换至激活态; The transmission point switches from a dormant state to an active state according to the path loss between the transmission point and the UE;
和 /或, 所述传输点根据所述第一信息调大所述第一发送功率包 括: And/or, the transmission point increasing the first transmission power according to the first information includes:
所述传输点根据所述发现信号的接收功率信息,及所述发现信号 的发送功率信息, 确定所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗; The transmission point determines the path loss between the transmission point and the UE based on the received power information of the discovery signal and the transmission power information of the discovery signal;
所述传输点根据所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 调大所 述第一发送功率。 The transmission point increases the first transmission power according to the path loss between the transmission point and the UE.
1 6、 根据权利要求 1 4所述的方法, 其特征在于, 16. The method according to claim 14, characterized in that,
在所述第一信息包括: 所述触发信号的发送功率信息的情况下, 所述传输点根据所述第一信息, 所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态包 括: In the case where the first information includes: transmission power information of the trigger signal, According to the first information, the transmission point switches from the dormant state to the active state including:
所述传输点根据所述触发信号的发送功率信息,及接收所述触发 信号时获取的所述触发信号的接收功率信息, 确定所述传输点和所述 The transmission point determines the transmission point and the transmission point based on the transmission power information of the trigger signal and the reception power information of the trigger signal obtained when receiving the trigger signal.
UE之间的路径损耗; Path loss between UEs;
所述传输点根据所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 所述传 输点由休眠态切换至激活态; The transmission point switches from a dormant state to an active state according to the path loss between the transmission point and the UE;
和 /或, 所述传输点根据所述第一信息调大所述第一发送功率包 括: And/or, the transmission point increasing the first transmission power according to the first information includes:
所述传输点根据所述触发信号的发送功率信息,及接收所述触发 信号时获取的所述触发信号的接收功率信息, 确定所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗; The transmission point determines the path loss between the transmission point and the UE based on the transmission power information of the trigger signal and the reception power information of the trigger signal obtained when receiving the trigger signal;
所述传输点根据所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 调大所 述第一发送功率。 The transmission point increases the first transmission power according to the path loss between the transmission point and the UE.
1 7、 根据权利要求 1 4所述的方法, 其特征在于, 17. The method according to claim 14, characterized in that,
在所述第一信息包括: 所述功率偏移量信息的情况下, 所述传输 点根据所述第一信息, 所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态包括: 所述传输点根据所述功率偏移量信息,及所述发现信号的发送功 率信息, 确定所述触发信号的发送功率信息; In the case where the first information includes: the power offset information, the transmission point switches from the dormant state to the active state according to the first information: the transmission point switches according to the Power offset information, and the transmission power information of the discovery signal, determine the transmission power information of the trigger signal;
所述传输点根据所述触发信号的发送功率信息,及接收所述触发 信号时获取的所述触发信号的接收功率信息, 确定所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗; The transmission point determines the path loss between the transmission point and the UE based on the transmission power information of the trigger signal and the reception power information of the trigger signal obtained when receiving the trigger signal;
所述传输点根据所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 所述传 输点由休眠态切换至激活态; The transmission point switches from a dormant state to an active state according to the path loss between the transmission point and the UE;
和 /或, 所述传输点根据所述第一信息调大所述第一发送功率包 括: And/or, the transmission point increasing the first transmission power according to the first information includes:
所述传输点根据所述功率偏移量信息,及所述发现信号的发送功 率信息, 确定所述触发信号的发送功率信息; The transmission point determines the transmission power information of the trigger signal based on the power offset information and the transmission power information of the discovery signal;
所述传输点根据所述触发信号的发送功率信息,及接收所述触发 信号时获取的所述触发信号的接收功率信息, 确定所述传输点和所述 The transmission point receives the trigger signal according to the transmission power information of the trigger signal. The received power information of the trigger signal obtained when the signal is used to determine the transmission point and the
UE之间的路径损耗; Path loss between UEs;
所述传输点根据所述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 调大所 述第一发送功率。 The transmission point increases the first transmission power according to the path loss between the transmission point and the UE.
18、 根据权利要求 14所述的方法, 其特征在于, 18. The method according to claim 14, characterized in that,
在所述第一信息包括: 第一定时偏移信息的情况下, 所述传输点 根据所述第一信息, 所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态包括: In the case where the first information includes: first timing offset information, the transmission point switches from the dormant state to the active state according to the first information including:
所述传输点根据所述发现信号的发送时刻,所述第一定时偏移信 息, 及接收所述触发信号的接收时刻, 确定所述传输点与所述 UE 间 的传输距离; The transmission point determines the transmission distance between the transmission point and the UE based on the transmission time of the discovery signal, the first timing offset information, and the reception time of the trigger signal;
所述传输点根据所述传输点和所述 UE之间的传输距离, 所述传 输点由休眠态切换至激活态; The transmission point switches from a dormant state to an active state according to the transmission distance between the transmission point and the UE;
和 /或, 所述传输点根据所述第一信息调大所述第一发送功率包 括: And/or, the transmission point increasing the first transmission power according to the first information includes:
所述传输点根据所述发现信号的发送时刻,所述第一定时偏移信 息, 及接收所述触发信号的接收时刻, 确定所述传输点与所述 UE 间 的传输距离; The transmission point determines the transmission distance between the transmission point and the UE based on the transmission time of the discovery signal, the first timing offset information, and the reception time of the trigger signal;
所述传输点根据所述传输点和所述 UE之间的传输距离, 调大所 述第一发送功率。 The transmission point increases the first transmission power according to the transmission distance between the transmission point and the UE.
19、 根据权利要求 14-18任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 发现信号中携带有所述发现信号的发送功率信息。 19. The method according to any one of claims 14 to 18, characterized in that the discovery signal carries the transmission power information of the discovery signal.
20、 根据权利要求 14-19任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 发现信号携带有所述传输点的状态信息, 所述状态信息指示所述传输 点是否能够被所述 UE通过发送所述触发信号的方式来触发。 20. The method according to any one of claims 14 to 19, characterized in that the discovery signal carries status information of the transmission point, and the status information indicates whether the transmission point can be passed by the UE. Trigger by sending the trigger signal.
21、 根据权利要求 14-20任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所 述传输点确定触发信号的配置信息之前, 还包括: 21. The method according to any one of claims 14 to 20, characterized in that, before the transmission point determines the configuration information of the trigger signal, it further includes:
所述传输点确定所述发现信号的配置信息与所述触发信号的配 置信息之间具有对应关系; The transmission point determines that there is a corresponding relationship between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration information of the trigger signal;
所述传输点确定触发信号的配置信息, 包括: 所述传输点根据所述发现信号的配置信息和所述对应关系确定 所述触发信号的配置信息。 The transmission point determines the configuration information of the trigger signal, including: The transmission point determines the configuration information of the trigger signal based on the configuration information of the discovery signal and the corresponding relationship.
22、 根据权利要求 1 4- 2 1任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 触发信号包括: 触发参考信号或上行数据包信号。 22. The method according to any one of claims 14-21, characterized in that the trigger signal includes: a trigger reference signal or an uplink data packet signal.
2 3、 根据权利要求 22所述的方法, 其特征在于, 23. The method according to claim 22, characterized in that,
在所述触发信号包括: 所述触发参考信号的情况下, 所述触发信 号的配置信息包括: 候选序列和 /或时频资源; In the case where the trigger signal includes: the trigger reference signal, the configuration information of the trigger signal includes: candidate sequences and/or time-frequency resources;
在所述触发信号包括: 所述上行数据包信号的情况下, 所述触发 信号的配置信息包括: 调制编码方式, 载荷大小和时频资源中的至少 一种。 In the case where the trigger signal includes: the uplink data packet signal, the configuration information of the trigger signal includes: at least one of: modulation and coding method, payload size and time-frequency resource.
24、 根据权利要求 1 4- 2 3任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 发现信号包括: 发现参考信号或下行数据包信号。 24. The method according to any one of claims 14-23, characterized in that the discovery signal includes: a discovery reference signal or a downlink data packet signal.
25、 根据权利要求 24所述的方法, 其特征在于, 25. The method according to claim 24, characterized in that,
在所述发现信号包括: 所述发现参考信号的情况下, 所述发现信 号的配置信息包括: 候选序列和 /或时频资源; In the case where the discovery signal includes: the discovery reference signal, the configuration information of the discovery signal includes: candidate sequences and/or time-frequency resources;
在所述发现信号包括: 所述下行数据包信号的情况下, 所述发现 信号的配置信息包括: 调制编码方式, 载荷大小和时频资源中的至少 一种。 In the case where the discovery signal includes: the downlink data packet signal, the configuration information of the discovery signal includes: at least one of: modulation and coding method, payload size and time-frequency resource.
26、 根据权利要求 14 - 25任一项所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述传输点根据所述触发信号的配置信息接收所述 UE发送的 所述触发信号之后, 还包括: 26. The method according to any one of claims 14 to 25, characterized in that, after the transmission point receives the trigger signal sent by the UE according to the configuration information of the trigger signal, it further includes:
所述传输点向所述 UE发送所述触发信号的响应消息。 The transmission point sends a response message of the trigger signal to the UE.
27、 一种用户设备 UE , 其特征在于, 包括: 27. A user equipment UE, characterized by: including:
检测单元, 用于检测传输点发送的发现信号; The detection unit is used to detect the discovery signal sent by the transmission point;
获取单元,用于根据所述检测单元检测的所述发现信号获取触发 信号的配置信息; An acquisition unit configured to acquire the configuration information of the trigger signal according to the discovery signal detected by the detection unit;
发送单元,用于根据所述获取单元获取的所述触发信号的配置信 息, 向所述传输点发送所述触发信号; 其中, 所述触发信号中携带有 第一信息; 所述第一信息包括: 所述发现信号的接收功率信息、 所述 触发信号的发送功率信息、 功率偏移量信息及第一定时偏移信息中的 至少一种; 所述功率偏移量是指所述触发信号的发送功率与所述发现 信号的发送功率间的偏移值; 所述第一定时偏移信息是指所述 UE接 收所述发现信号与发送所述触发信号间的时间间隔。 A sending unit, configured to send the trigger signal to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal obtained by the acquisition unit; wherein the trigger signal carries first information; the first information includes : the received power information of the discovery signal, the At least one of the transmission power information of the trigger signal, the power offset information and the first timing offset information; the power offset refers to the difference between the transmission power of the trigger signal and the transmission power of the discovery signal. Offset value; The first timing offset information refers to the time interval between the UE receiving the discovery signal and sending the trigger signal.
28、 根据权利要求 27所述的 UE , 其特征在于, 28. The UE according to claim 27, characterized in that,
所述获取单元, 还用于在所述第一信息包括: 所述发现信号的接 收功率信息的情况下, 根据所述发现信号, 获取所述发现信号的接收 功率信息。 The acquisition unit is further configured to acquire the received power information of the discovery signal according to the discovery signal when the first information includes: the received power information of the discovery signal.
29、 根据权利要求 27或 28所述的 UE , 其特征在于, 29. The UE according to claim 27 or 28, characterized in that,
所述获取单元, 还用于在所述第一信息包括: 所述第一定时偏移 信息的情况下, 根据接收所述发现信号的时间与发送所述触发信号的 时间, 确定所述第一定时偏移信息。 The acquisition unit is further configured to determine the first timing offset based on the time of receiving the discovery signal and the time of sending the trigger signal, when the first information includes: the first timing offset information. Timing offset information.
30、 根据权利要求 27 - 29任一项所述的 UE , 其特征在于, 所述获取单元, 还用于在所述第一信息包括: 所述功率偏移量信 息的情况下, 根据所述发现信号的发送功率信息, 及所述触发信号的 发送功率信息, 确定所述功率偏移量信息; 其中, 所述发现信号中携 带有所述发现信号的发送功率信息。 30. The UE according to any one of claims 27 to 29, wherein the obtaining unit is further configured to: when the first information includes: the power offset information, according to the The transmission power information of the discovery signal and the transmission power information of the trigger signal determine the power offset information; wherein the discovery signal carries the transmission power information of the discovery signal.
31、 根据权利要求 27- 30任一项所述的 UE , 其特征在于, 还包 括: 31. The UE according to any one of claims 27-30, further comprising:
所述获取单元, 还用于获取所述发现信号的配置信息; The acquisition unit is also used to acquire the configuration information of the discovery signal;
确定单元,用于确定所述发现信号的配置信息与所述触发信号的 配置信息之间的对应关系; Determining unit, used to determine the correspondence between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration information of the trigger signal;
所述获取单元,具体用于根据所述发现信号的配置信息和所述确 定单元确定的所述对应关系, 获取所述触发信号的配置信息。 The obtaining unit is specifically configured to obtain the configuration information of the trigger signal according to the configuration information of the discovery signal and the corresponding relationship determined by the determining unit.
32、 根据权利要求 27- 31 任一项所述的 UE , 其特征在于, 所述 触发信号包括: 触发参考信号或上行数据包信号。 32. The UE according to any one of claims 27 to 31, characterized in that the trigger signal includes: a trigger reference signal or an uplink data packet signal.
3 3、 根据权利要求 32所述的 UE , 其特征在于, 3 3. The UE according to claim 32, characterized in that,
在所述触发信号包括: 所述触发参考信号的情况下, 所述触发信 号的配置信息包括: 候选序列和 /或时频资源; 在所述触发信号包括: 所述上行数据包信号的情况下, 所述触发 信号的配置信息包括: 调制编码方式, 载荷大小和时频资源中的至少 一种。 In the case where the trigger signal includes: the trigger reference signal, the configuration information of the trigger signal includes: candidate sequences and/or time-frequency resources; In the case where the trigger signal includes: the uplink data packet signal, the configuration information of the trigger signal includes: at least one of: modulation and coding method, payload size and time-frequency resource.
34、 根据权利要求 33所述的 UE , 其特征在于, 34. The UE according to claim 33, characterized in that,
所述获取单元, 还用于获取所述发现信号的发送功率信息; 所述获取单元,具体用于根据获取的所述发现信号的发送功率信 息及所述发现信号的接收功率信息, 确定路径损耗; The acquisition unit is further configured to acquire the transmission power information of the discovery signal; the acquisition unit is specifically configured to determine the path loss based on the acquired transmission power information of the discovery signal and the received power information of the discovery signal. ;
所述获取单元, 还用于根据所述路径损耗, 确定发送触发信号的 发送功率信息; 其中, 所述触发信号的配置信息还包括: 所述触发信 号的发送功率信息。 The acquisition unit is further configured to determine the transmission power information of the transmission trigger signal according to the path loss; wherein the configuration information of the trigger signal further includes: the transmission power information of the trigger signal.
35、 根据权利要求 27 - 34任一项所述的 UE , 其特征在于, 所述获取单元, 还用于根据所述发现信号, 获取所述发现信号的 发送功率信息; 35. The UE according to any one of claims 27 to 34, wherein the obtaining unit is further configured to obtain the transmission power information of the discovery signal according to the discovery signal;
所述获取单元,具体用于根据获取的所述发现信号的发送功率信 息及所述发现信号的接收功率信息, 确定路径损耗; The acquisition unit is specifically configured to determine the path loss based on the acquired transmission power information of the discovery signal and the received power information of the discovery signal;
所述获取单元, 还用于根据所述路径损耗, 确定发送触发信号的 发送功率信息; The acquisition unit is also configured to determine the transmission power information of the transmission trigger signal according to the path loss;
所述发送单元,具体用于根据所述获取单元获取的所述触发信号 的配置信息及所述触发信号的发送功率信息, 向所述传输点发送所述 触发信号。 The sending unit is specifically configured to send the trigger signal to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal and the transmission power information of the trigger signal obtained by the acquisition unit.
36、 根据权利要求 27 - 35任一项所述 UE , 其特征在于, 所述发现信号还携带有所述传输点的状态信息,所述状态信息指 示所述传输点是否能够被所述发送单元通过发送所述触发信号的方 式来触发; 36. The UE according to any one of claims 27 to 35, characterized in that the discovery signal also carries status information of the transmission point, and the status information indicates whether the transmission point can be reached by the sending unit. Trigger by sending the trigger signal;
所述发送单元,具体用于在所述状态信息指示所述传输点能够被 所述发送单元通过发送所述触发信号的方式来触发时, 根据所述触发 信号的配置信息, 向所述传输点发送所述触发信号。 The sending unit is specifically configured to send the transmission point to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal when the status information indicates that the transmission point can be triggered by the sending unit by sending the trigger signal. Send the trigger signal.
37、 根据权利要求 27 - 36任一项所述的 UE , 其特征在于, 所述发现信号包括: 发现参考信号或下行数据包信号。 37. The UE according to any one of claims 27 to 36, wherein the discovery signal includes: a discovery reference signal or a downlink data packet signal.
38、 根据权利要求 37所述的 UE , 其特征在于, 38. The UE according to claim 37, characterized in that,
在所述发现信号包括: 所述发现参考信号的情况下, 所述发现信 号的配置信息包括: 候选序列和 /或时频资源; In the case where the discovery signal includes: the discovery reference signal, the configuration information of the discovery signal includes: candidate sequences and/or time-frequency resources;
在所述发现信号包括: 所述下行数据包信号的情况下, 所述发现 信号的配置信息包括: 调制编码方式, 载荷大小和时频资源中的至少 一种。 In the case where the discovery signal includes: the downlink data packet signal, the configuration information of the discovery signal includes: at least one of: modulation and coding method, payload size and time-frequency resource.
39、 根据权利要求 27- 38 任一项所述的 UE , 其特征在于, 还包 括: 39. The UE according to any one of claims 27-38, further comprising:
接收单元, 用于接收所述传输点发送的所述触发信号的响应消 息。 A receiving unit, configured to receive a response message of the trigger signal sent by the transmission point.
4 0、 一种传输点, 其特征在于, 包括: 40. A transmission point, characterized by: including:
确定单元, 用于确定发现信号的配置信息; Determining unit, used to determine the configuration information of the discovered signal;
发送单元,用于根据所述确定单元确定的所述发现信号的配置信 息向用户设备 UE发送所述发现信号; A sending unit, configured to send the discovery signal to the user equipment UE according to the configuration information of the discovery signal determined by the determining unit;
所述确定单元, 还用于确定触发信号的配置信息; The determining unit is also used to determine the configuration information of the trigger signal;
接收单元,用于根据所述确定单元确定的所述触发信号的配置信 息接收 UE 发送的所述触发信号; 其中, 所述触发信号中携带有第一 信息; 所述第一信息包括: 所述发现信号的接收功率信息、 所述触发 信号的发送功率信息、 功率偏移量信息及第一定时偏移信息中的至少 一种; 所述功率偏移量是指所述触发信号的发送功率与所述发现信号 的发送功率间的偏移值; 所述第一定时偏移信息是指所述 UE接收所 述发现信号与发送所述触发信号间的时间间隔; A receiving unit, configured to receive the trigger signal sent by the UE according to the configuration information of the trigger signal determined by the determining unit; wherein, the trigger signal carries first information; the first information includes: At least one of the received power information of the discovery signal, the transmit power information of the trigger signal, the power offset information and the first timing offset information; the power offset refers to the transmit power of the trigger signal and The offset value between the transmission power of the discovery signal; The first timing offset information refers to the time interval between the UE receiving the discovery signal and sending the trigger signal;
获取单元, 用于从所述触发信号中获取所述第一信息; An acquisition unit, configured to acquire the first information from the trigger signal;
处理单元, 用于在所述传输点处于休眠态时, 根据所述获取单元 获取的所述第一信息将所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态; 和 /或, 所述处理单元, 用于在所述传输点处于激活态时, 根据所述获取 单元获取的所述第一信息调大第一发送功率; 其中, 所述第一发送功 率是所述传输点发送公共信号时釆用的功率。 The processing unit is configured to switch the transmission point from the dormant state to the active state according to the first information obtained by the acquisition unit when the transmission point is in the dormant state; and/or, the processing unit is configured to use When the transmission point is in an active state, the first transmission power is increased according to the first information obtained by the acquisition unit; wherein, the first transmission power is used when the transmission point transmits a common signal. power.
4 1、 根据权利要求 40所述的传输点, 其特征在于, 所述获取单元, 具体用于在所述第一信息包括: 所述发现信号的 接收功率信息的情况下, 根据所述发现信号的接收功率信息, 及所述 发现信号的发送功率信息, 确定所述传输点和所述 UE 之间的路径损 耗; 4 1. The transmission point according to claim 40, characterized in that, The acquisition unit is specifically configured to determine, based on the received power information of the discovery signal and the transmit power information of the discovery signal, when the first information includes: the received power information of the discovery signal. The path loss between the transmission point and the UE;
所述处理单元,具体用于根据所述获取单元确定的所述传输点和 所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 将所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态; 和 / 或, The processing unit is specifically configured to switch the transmission point from the dormant state to the active state according to the path loss between the transmission point and the UE determined by the acquisition unit; and/or,
所述处理单元,具体用于根据所述获取单元确定的所述传输点和 所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 调大所述第一发送功率。 The processing unit is specifically configured to increase the first transmit power according to the path loss between the transmission point and the UE determined by the acquisition unit.
4 2、 根据权利要求 4 0所述的传输点, 其特征在于, 42. The transmission point according to claim 40, characterized in that,
所述获取单元, 具体用于在所述第一信息包括: 所述触发信号的 发送功率信息的情况下, 根据所述触发信号的发送功率信息, 及接收 所述触发信号时获取的所述触发信号的接收功率信息, 确定所述传输 点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗; The acquisition unit is specifically configured to: when the first information includes: the transmission power information of the trigger signal, according to the transmission power information of the trigger signal, and the trigger obtained when receiving the trigger signal The received power information of the signal determines the path loss between the transmission point and the UE;
所述处理单元,具体用于根据所述获取单元确定的所述传输点和 所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 将所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态; 和 / 或, The processing unit is specifically configured to switch the transmission point from the dormant state to the active state according to the path loss between the transmission point and the UE determined by the acquisition unit; and/or,
所述处理单元,还具体用于根据所述获取单元确定的所述传输点 和所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 调大所述第一发送功率。 The processing unit is further specifically configured to increase the first transmit power according to the path loss between the transmission point and the UE determined by the acquisition unit.
4 3、 根据权利要求 4 0所述的传输点, 其特征在于, 43. The transmission point according to claim 40, characterized in that,
所述获取单元, 具体用于在所述第一信息包括: 所述功率偏移量 信息的情况下, 根据所述功率偏移量信息, 及所述发现信号的发送功 率信息, 确定所述触发信号的发送功率信息; The acquisition unit is specifically configured to determine the trigger according to the power offset information and the transmission power information of the discovery signal when the first information includes: the power offset information. The transmission power information of the signal;
所述获取单元, 还具体用于根据所述触发信号的发送功率信息, 及接收所述触发信号时获取的所述触发信号的接收功率信息, 确定所 述传输点和所述 UE之间的路径损耗; The acquisition unit is further specifically configured to determine a path between the transmission point and the UE based on the transmission power information of the trigger signal and the reception power information of the trigger signal obtained when receiving the trigger signal. loss;
所述处理单元,具体用于根据所述获取单元确定的所述传输点和 所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 将所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态; 和 / 或, 所述处理单元,还具体用于根据所述获取单元确定的所述传输点 和所述 UE之间的路径损耗, 调大所述第一发送功率。 The processing unit is specifically configured to switch the transmission point from a dormant state to an active state according to the path loss between the transmission point and the UE determined by the acquisition unit; and/or, The processing unit is further specifically configured to increase the first transmit power according to the path loss between the transmission point and the UE determined by the acquisition unit.
44、 根据权利要求 40所述的传输点, 其特征在于, 44. The transmission point according to claim 40, characterized in that,
所述获取单元, 具体用于在所述第一信息包括;第一定时偏移信 息的情况下,根据所述发现信号的发送时刻,所述第一定时偏移信息, 及接收所述触发信号的接收时刻, 确定所述传输点与所述 UE 间的传 输距离; The acquisition unit is specifically configured to receive the trigger signal based on the sending time of the discovery signal, the first timing offset information, and receiving the trigger signal when the first information includes first timing offset information. At the receiving time, determine the transmission distance between the transmission point and the UE;
所述处理单元,具体用于根据所述获取单元确定的所述传输点和 所述 UE之间的传输距离, 将所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态; 和 / 或, The processing unit is specifically configured to switch the transmission point from a dormant state to an active state according to the transmission distance between the transmission point and the UE determined by the acquisition unit; and/or,
所述处理单元,还具体用于根据所述获取单元确定的所述传输点 和所述 UE之间的传输距离, 调大所述第一发送功率。 The processing unit is further specifically configured to increase the first transmit power according to the transmission distance between the transmission point and the UE determined by the acquisition unit.
45、 根据权利要求 4 0-44任一项所述的传输点, 其特征在于, 所 述发现信号中携带有发现信号的发送功率信息。 45. The transmission point according to any one of claims 40 to 44, characterized in that the discovery signal carries transmission power information of the discovery signal.
46、 根据权利要求 4 0-45任一项所述的传输点, 其特征在于, 所 述发现信号携带有所述传输点的状态信息, 所述状态信息指示所述传 输点是否能够被所述 UE通过发送所述触发信号的方式来触发。 46. The transmission point according to any one of claims 40 to 45, characterized in that the discovery signal carries status information of the transmission point, and the status information indicates whether the transmission point can be used by the transmission point. The UE triggers by sending the trigger signal.
47、 根据权利要求 40-46任一项所述的传输点, 其特征在于, 所述确定单元,还用于确定所述发现信号的配置信息与所述触发 信号的配置信息之间具有对应关系; 47. The transmission point according to any one of claims 40 to 46, characterized in that the determining unit is further configured to determine that there is a corresponding relationship between the configuration information of the discovery signal and the configuration information of the trigger signal. ;
所述确定单元,具体用于根据所述发现信号的配置信息和所述对 应关系确定所述触发信号的配置信息。 The determining unit is specifically configured to determine the configuration information of the trigger signal according to the configuration information of the discovery signal and the corresponding relationship.
48、 根据权利要求 4 0-47任一项所述的传输点, 其特征在于, 所 述触发信号包括: 触发参考信号或上行数据包信号。 48. The transmission point according to any one of claims 40 to 47, characterized in that the trigger signal includes: a trigger reference signal or an uplink data packet signal.
49、 根据权利要求 48所述的传输点, 其特征在于, 在所述触发 信号包括: 所述触发参考信号的情况下, 所述触发信号的配置信息包 括: 候选序列和 /或时频资源; 49. The transmission point according to claim 48, characterized in that, when the trigger signal includes: the trigger reference signal, the configuration information of the trigger signal includes: candidate sequences and/or time-frequency resources;
在所述触发信号包括: 所述上行数据包信号的情况下, 所述触发 信号的配置信息包括: 调制编码方式, 载荷大小和时频资源中的至少 一种。 In the case where the trigger signal includes: the uplink data packet signal, the configuration information of the trigger signal includes: modulation and coding method, payload size and at least one of time-frequency resources. A sort of.
5 0、 根据权利要求 4 0-49任一项所述的传输点, 其特征在于, 所 述发现信号包括: 发现参考信号或下行数据包信号。 50. The transmission point according to any one of claims 40 to 49, characterized in that the discovery signal includes: a discovery reference signal or a downlink data packet signal.
5 1、 根据权利要求 5 0所述的传输点, 其特征在于, 在所述发现 信号包括: 所述发现参考信号的情况下, 所述发现信号的配置信息包 括: 候选序列和 /或时频资源; 51. The transmission point according to claim 50, characterized in that, when the discovery signal includes: the discovery reference signal, the configuration information of the discovery signal includes: candidate sequence and/or time frequency resource;
在所述发现信号包括: 所述下行数据包信号的情况下, 所述发现 信号的配置信息包括: 调制编码方式, 载荷大小和时频资源中的至少 一种。 In the case where the discovery signal includes: the downlink data packet signal, the configuration information of the discovery signal includes: at least one of: modulation and coding method, payload size and time-frequency resource.
52、 根据权利要求 40- 51任一项所述的传输点, 其特征在于, 所述发送单元,还用于向所述 UE发送所述触发信号的响应消息。 52. The transmission point according to any one of claims 40 to 51, characterized in that the sending unit is further configured to send a response message of the trigger signal to the UE.
5 3、 一种用户设备 UE , 其特征在于, 包括: 5 3. A user equipment UE, which is characterized by including:
处理器, 用于检测传输点发送的发现信号; A processor for detecting the discovery signal sent by the transmission point;
所述处理器, 还用于根据所述发现信号获取触发信号的配置信 息; The processor is also configured to obtain the configuration information of the trigger signal according to the discovery signal;
发送器, 用于根据所述处理器获取的所述触发信号的配置信息, 向所述传输点发送所述触发信号; 其中, 所述触发信号中携带有第一 信息; 所述第一信息包括: 所述发现信号的接收功率信息、 所述触发 信号的发送功率信息、 功率偏移量信息及第一定时偏移信息中的至少 一种; 所述功率偏移量是指所述触发信号的发送功率与所述发现信号 的发送功率间的偏移值; 所述第一定时偏移信息是指所述 UE接收所 述发现信号与发送所述触发信号间的时间间隔。 A transmitter, configured to send the trigger signal to the transmission point according to the configuration information of the trigger signal obtained by the processor; wherein the trigger signal carries first information; the first information includes : At least one of the received power information of the discovery signal, the transmit power information of the trigger signal, the power offset information and the first timing offset information; the power offset refers to the trigger signal The offset value between the transmission power and the transmission power of the discovery signal; the first timing offset information refers to the time interval between the UE receiving the discovery signal and sending the trigger signal.
54、 一种传输点, 其特征在于, 包括: 54. A transmission point, characterized by: including:
处理器, 用于确定发现信号的配置信息; Processor, used to determine the configuration information of the discovered signal;
发送器,用于根据所述所述处理器确定的所述发现信号的配置信 息向用户设备 UE发送所述发现信号; A transmitter, configured to send the discovery signal to the user equipment UE according to the configuration information of the discovery signal determined by the processor;
所述处理器, 还用于确定触发信号的配置信息; The processor is also used to determine the configuration information of the trigger signal;
接收器,用于根据所述处理器确定的所述触发信号的配置信息接 收 UE发送的所述触发信号; 其中, 所述触发信号中携带有第一信息; 所述第一信息包括: 所述发现信号的接收功率信息、 所述触发信号的 发送功率信息、 功率偏移量信息及第一定时偏移信息中的至少一种; 所述功率偏移量是指所述触发信号的发送功率与所述发现信号的发 送功率间的偏移值; 所述第一定时偏移信息是指所述 UE接收所述发 现信号与发送所述触发信号间的时间间隔; A receiver configured to receive the trigger signal sent by the UE according to the configuration information of the trigger signal determined by the processor; wherein, the trigger signal carries first information; The first information includes: at least one of the received power information of the discovery signal, the transmit power information of the trigger signal, power offset information and first timing offset information; the power offset is refers to the offset value between the transmission power of the trigger signal and the transmission power of the discovery signal; the first timing offset information refers to the time interval between the UE receiving the discovery signal and sending the trigger signal ;
所述处理器, 还用于从所述触发信号中获取所述第一信息; 所述处理器, 还用于在所述传输点处于休眠态时, 根据所述第一 信息将所述传输点由休眠态切换至激活态; 和 /或, The processor is further configured to obtain the first information from the trigger signal; the processor is further configured to, when the transmission point is in a sleep state, configure the transmission point according to the first information. Switch from dormant state to active state; and/or,
所述处理器, 还用于在所述传输点处于激活态时, 根据所述第一 信息调大第一发送功率; 其中, 所述第一发送功率是所述传输点发送 公共信号时釆用的功率。 The processor is further configured to increase the first transmission power according to the first information when the transmission point is in an active state; wherein the first transmission power is used when the transmission point transmits a common signal. of power.
55、 一种触发信号的发送及接收的系统, 其特征在于, 包括: 用 户设备 UE及传输点; 其中, 55. A system for sending and receiving trigger signals, characterized by including: user equipment UE and transmission point; wherein,
所述 UE为权利要求 27 - 39 中任一项所述的 UE ; 或所述 UE为权 利要求 5 3所述的 UE ; The UE is the UE described in any one of claims 27-39; or the UE is the UE described in claim 53;
所述传输点为权利要求 4 0- 52 中任一项所述的传输点;或所述传 输点为权利要求 54所述的传输点。 The transmission point is the transmission point described in any one of claims 40-52; or the transmission point is the transmission point described in claim 54.
PCT/CN2013/090339 2013-12-24 2013-12-24 Trigger signal sending and receiving method, device, and system WO2015096037A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201380033691.9A CN105052212B (en) 2013-12-24 2013-12-24 A kind of sending and receiving method of trigger signal, apparatus and system
PCT/CN2013/090339 WO2015096037A1 (en) 2013-12-24 2013-12-24 Trigger signal sending and receiving method, device, and system

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2013/090339 WO2015096037A1 (en) 2013-12-24 2013-12-24 Trigger signal sending and receiving method, device, and system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015096037A1 true WO2015096037A1 (en) 2015-07-02

Family

ID=53477316

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2013/090339 WO2015096037A1 (en) 2013-12-24 2013-12-24 Trigger signal sending and receiving method, device, and system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN105052212B (en)
WO (1) WO2015096037A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017036324A1 (en) * 2015-08-28 2017-03-09 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. System and method for power offset adjustments for downlink communications

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2009142425A2 (en) * 2008-05-19 2009-11-26 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Apparatus and method for saving power of femto base station in wireless communication system
CN102083182A (en) * 2010-12-31 2011-06-01 华为技术有限公司 Method and equipment for realizing energy conservation of communication system
CN102342036A (en) * 2009-03-10 2012-02-01 三星电子株式会社 Communication system with femtocells and interference control method therefor
CN102378324A (en) * 2010-08-10 2012-03-14 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and system for controlling energy conservation of Home (e) NodeB, Home (e) NodeB and network element
CN102804861A (en) * 2009-06-24 2012-11-28 瑞典爱立信有限公司 Energy efficient base station entering sleep mode
CN103369583A (en) * 2012-04-11 2013-10-23 华为技术有限公司 Different-frequency measuring method and device

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR101096408B1 (en) * 2009-11-25 2011-12-21 주식회사 팬택 Wire service or wireless service are possible small basestationand the management method
WO2011137345A1 (en) * 2010-04-30 2011-11-03 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Home node identification, interference reduction, and energy savings
CN102111816A (en) * 2011-03-22 2011-06-29 北京邮电大学 Energy-saving femto-network system and energy-saving method
CN102740426A (en) * 2012-06-05 2012-10-17 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Base station energy-saving method, device and system

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2009142425A2 (en) * 2008-05-19 2009-11-26 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Apparatus and method for saving power of femto base station in wireless communication system
CN102342036A (en) * 2009-03-10 2012-02-01 三星电子株式会社 Communication system with femtocells and interference control method therefor
CN102804861A (en) * 2009-06-24 2012-11-28 瑞典爱立信有限公司 Energy efficient base station entering sleep mode
CN102378324A (en) * 2010-08-10 2012-03-14 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and system for controlling energy conservation of Home (e) NodeB, Home (e) NodeB and network element
CN102083182A (en) * 2010-12-31 2011-06-01 华为技术有限公司 Method and equipment for realizing energy conservation of communication system
CN103369583A (en) * 2012-04-11 2013-10-23 华为技术有限公司 Different-frequency measuring method and device

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017036324A1 (en) * 2015-08-28 2017-03-09 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. System and method for power offset adjustments for downlink communications
US10624039B2 (en) 2015-08-28 2020-04-14 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. System and method for power offset adjustments for downlink communications

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN105052212A (en) 2015-11-11
CN105052212B (en) 2019-03-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN110383862B (en) Communication node and method for enabling positioning related signalling exchange
KR101929996B1 (en) Peer discovery in neighbor awareness networking (nan) aided data link networks
TWI478614B (en) Channel selection in a multiple carrier multiple radio access technology network
CN104782191B (en) Method and apparatus for controlling operation state of base station in wireless communication system
US10091774B2 (en) Discovery signals and procedures
US9832691B2 (en) Cell ID expansion and hierarchical cell ID structures
US8660575B2 (en) Method for tracking area management of a mobile terminal using a discontinuous reception (DRX) mode
US20070254596A1 (en) Communication methods and apparatus relating to cooperative and non-cooperative modes of operation
JP2021177641A (en) Measurement setting for active mode mobility measurement
CN114073163B (en) Method and apparatus for random access procedure
WO2014023266A1 (en) Access method and apparatus in heterogeneous network
KR20160078381A (en) Service continuity for group communications over evolved multimedia broadcast multicast service
EP3494660B1 (en) Efficient communication mode switching in mobile communications networks
KR20090091230A (en) Method and arrangement for selecting an antenna mode in a mobile telecommunication network
RU2675621C2 (en) Fast handover transmission method, fast handover transmission device, service base station and terminal
US10674464B2 (en) Method and device for synchronizing frame numbers between Device-to-Device communication supported user devices
EP3169115B1 (en) Micro cell base station and method and system for adjusting transmit power of micro cell base station
CN108353344B (en) Method and apparatus for enhancing services in a communication system supporting public safety network services
JP2023554677A (en) Fault monitoring and recovery mechanism for SL relays
GB2552705B (en) Mobile terminal switching from broadcast or multicast to unicast based on cyclic prefix length
WO2015096037A1 (en) Trigger signal sending and receiving method, device, and system
US20230060444A1 (en) System Information Message Transmission Indication
KR102061775B1 (en) Method and device for transmitting synchronisation signal
JP5307168B2 (en) Updating overhead messages with distributed control
WO2015139313A1 (en) Method and base station for implementing inter-base station clock synchronization

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201380033691.9

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13900490

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 13900490

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1